Key Benefits:
ACT
of 7 September 1991
o system of education
The Oworld in the Republic of Poland constitutes the common good of the entire society; it is guided by the principles contained in the Constitution of the Republic of Poland, and the indications contained in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenant of Rights Civic and Political and the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Teaching and upbringing-respecting the Christian value system-is the basis for the universal principles of ethics. Education and education serves to develop young people's sense of responsibility, love of their homeland and respect for the Polish cultural heritage, while opening up to the values of Europe and the world. The school should provide every student with the conditions necessary for its development, prepare it for the fulfilment of family and civic duties on the basis of principles of solidarity, democracy, tolerance, justice and freedom.
Chapter 1
General provisions
Article 1. [ Objectives of the education system] The education system shall ensure in particular:
1) the realization of the right of every citizen of the Republic of Poland to education and the rights of children and young people to education and care, appropriate to the age and the development achieved;
2) assisting by the school of parental role of the family;
3) the possibility of setting up and running schools and establishments by various entities;
4) adaptation of the content, methods and organization of teaching to the possibility of psychophysical students, as well as the possibility of using psycho-pedagogical assistance and special forms of didactic work;
5) the possibility to download science in all types of schools by children and young people with disabilities, socially inexperienced and threatened with social inapplicability, in accordance with individual development and educational needs and predispositions;
5a) care for students with disabilities by enabling the realization of the individualised process of education, forms and curricula and the course of the revalidation;
6) care for students particularly gifted by enabling the implementation of individual curricula and the completion of each type of school in a shortened time;
7. disseminating access to schools, the completion of which enables further education in higher education;
(8) the possibility for adults to replenize general education, to acquire or change professional and specialised qualifications;
9) reducing disparities in the conditions of education, education and care between the various regions of the country, and especially the multi-country and rural centres;
10) maintaining safe and hygienic conditions of learning, upbringing and care in schools and establishments;
11. dissemination of knowledge about the principles of sustainable development among children and young people and the development of attinitiative attirents on the local, national and global scale;
12) care for students remaining in a difficult situation of material and life;
13) adapting the directions and content of education to the requirements of the labour market;
13a) the formation of an entrepreneurial entrepreneurial attitude towards active participation in the economic life;
14) preparing students for the selection of the profession and the direction of education;
15) conditions for the development of students ' interests and empowers by organising post-school and extracurricular activities and the shaping of social activity and leisure skills;
(16) dissemination to children and young people of the knowledge of safety and the shaping of appropriate attients to threats and emergency situations.
Article 2. [ Extent of the education system] The education system shall comprise:
1) kindergartens, including integration branches, special kindergartens and other forms of preschool education;
2. schools:
a) basic, including: special, integrative, with integration and sports branches, sports and sports championships,
(b) gymnasiums, including: special, inclusive, bilingual, with integration, bilingual, sporting and adoption branches for work, sports and sports championships,
(c) over-secondary, including: special, inclusive, bilingual, integration, bilingual and sporting, sporting, sports, agricultural and forestry championships,
(d) Artistic;
3) educational and educational establishments, including school youth shelters, enabling the development of interests and skills and the use of various forms of leisure and leisure activities;
(3a) continuing training establishments, practical training establishments and vocational training and training centres, enabling them to obtain and supplement their professional knowledge, skills and qualifications;
(3b) Artistic centres-Artistic centres for the development of artistic interests and skills;
4) psycho-pedagogical counselling, including specialist counselling, providing psychological and pedagogical assistance to children, young people, parents and teachers, as well as helping students to choose the direction of education and profession;
5) youth education centres, youth sociotherapy centres, special education and training centres and special educational centres for children and young people requiring the application of a special organisation of science, working methods and upbringing, as well as centres for children and young people referred to in art. 16 ust. 7, as well as children and young people with mental disabilities with disabilities coupled with the implementation of the obligation provided for in art. 14 para. 3, the school obligation and the obligation to study;
6) (repealed);
(7) establishments ensuring the care and education of pupils during the period of collection of the study outside the place of permanent residence;
8) (repealed);
(9) establishments in education and teacher training establishments;
10) pedagogical libraries;
11) the colleges of social workers.
Art 2a. [ NGOs] 1. The education system shall support non-governmental organisations, including scouting organisations, as well as legal persons carrying out statutory education and education activities.
2. The bodies of public administration conducting schools and establishments shall cooperate with the entities referred to in paragraph. 1, in carrying out the tasks listed in art. 1.
3. The education system may also support the organisational units of the State Fire Service and units of other relevant services in the activities to improve the safety of children and young people, including in the field of fire protection.
4. The bodies of public administration, including the bodies leading schools and establishments, shall cooperate with the entities referred to in paragraph 1. 3, to ensure the proper conditions for the implementation of the tasks set out in paragraph. 3, in particular in conducting educational activities in the scope of raising the safety of children and young people, including fire safety.
Article 3. [ Definitions] Whenever further legislation is mentioned without closer reference to the following:
1) school-this must be understood also by the kindergarten;
(1a) Special School or Special Branch-shall be understood as appropriate:
(a) a school or a branch for pupils with a judgment on the need for specific training, organised in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 71 b ust. 7 (2),
(b) a school or a branch organised in a medicinal product as referred to in the provisions on medicinal activities and in the social assistance unit, for the training of children and young people present in that body or in the unit in which they apply the appropriate organisation of education and special care and educational activities, organised in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article 4 (1) (b) of the basic Regulation. 71c ust. 2;
2) the art school-it is also necessary to understand the library school and the animators of culture;
(2a) the integration department-this must be understood by a school branch in which pupils with a need for special education are taught and brought up together with other pupils, organised in accordance with the provisions laid down in the Article 1 71b ust. 7 point 2;
(2b) The bilingual branch-this is to be understood by the school branch, in which the teaching is conducted in two languages: Polish and a foreign new language being the second language of instruction, with two or more classes being taught in two languages. educational, with the exception of Polish language classes, part of the history concerning the history of Poland and part of geography concerning the geography of Poland, including at least one educational classes selected from among the classes covering: biology, chemistry, physics, part geography referring to the general geography, part of the history relating to the general history, mathematics or any of the supporting subjects;
2c) integration school-this is the understanding of the school where all branches are integrative branches;
2d) a bilingual school-this is meant by a school where all branches are bilingual;
(2e) agricultural school-this must be understood by a secondary school in vocational training only, for which, in accordance with the classification of vocational education professions referred to in Article 4 (2) of the EC, the 24 ust. 1, the minister competent is the minister responsible for agriculture, the minister responsible for rural development, or the minister responsible for the agricultural markets;
2f) forest school-this is to be understood as a secondary school in the field of forestry, for which, according to the classification of vocational education professions referred to in art. 24 ust. 1, the minister shall be the competent minister for the environment;
2g) international branch-this must be understood by the school branch, in which the teaching is carried out in accordance with the curriculum established by a foreign educational institution;
3) the facility-this should be understood by the organisational units listed in art. 2 points 3 to 5, 7 and 10;
(3a) the agricultural facility, which must be understood by the establishments and centres listed in the Article. Article 1 (2) (a) (a) of the European Council of the European Union (2) provides for the acquisition and completion of knowledge, skills and professional qualifications only in the professions for which, in accordance with the classification of vocational education professions, 24 ust. 1, the minister competent is the minister responsible for agriculture, the minister responsible for rural development, or the minister responsible for the agricultural markets;
4) (repealed);
5) the school's leading authority or establishment-this is understood by the Minister, the local government unit, other legal and physical persons;
6) (repealed);
7) (repealed);
8) education curator-this should be understood as the head of the education system as an organizational unit within the complex government administration in the voivodship;
(9) a teacher-this must also be understood by the educator and other educational staff of the school, the establishments and the education establishment and the teacher training centre;
10) parents-this must also mean the legal guardians of the child and the person (s) responsible for the foster care of the child;
11) students-this should be understood also by listeners and educators;
11a) (repealed);
11b) (repealed);
11c) sports department-this must be understood by a school branch in which sports activities involving sports training are carried out, organised in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 9 ust. 5;
11d) the centres of lifelong learning or the centres of practical training-this must be understood by the type of lifelong learning establishment and of the practical training centre;
12) (repealed);
(13) the basis of the programming of pre-school education or the basis of curriculum general education-this should be understood by the compulsory sets of teaching objectives and content, including skills, as described in the form of general and specific requirements for the knowledge and skills required to have a student at the end of a specific educational stage, and school education tasks, taken into account in pre-school education programmes and curricula and making it possible to establish the criteria for school evaluation and examination requirements;
13a) the basis of programmatic training in the professions-this must be understood by the compulsory set of learning and teaching content described in the form of the expected results of education: knowledge, professional skills and personal competences, and social, professional or professional qualifications, which are necessary for the professions or qualifications identified in the professions, which are included in the curricula and which enable the criteria for school evaluation and examination requirements and the conditions for the implementation of vocational training, including recommended equipment in didactic aids and equipment and minimum number of hours vocational training;
(b) the preschool education programme or the curriculum for the educational activities of general education-this must be understood as a description of the way in which education or training is carried out and the content of the teaching laid down respectively in the the basis of a pre-school curriculum or the basis of curriculum general education for a given educational stage or a description of the way in which the objectives of education and the content of educational activities are carried out and for which there has not been a basis curriculum of general education, but the curriculum of these classes has been included in the school set of curricula, referred to in art. 22a (b) 7;
(c) the curriculum for the apprentice-this must be understood as a description of the way in which the aims of education and teaching content are carried out in the basis of the curricula in the professions, in the form of educational effects, taking into account the extraction of qualifications in the profession, in accordance with the classification of vocational education professions, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 24 ust. 1; the curriculum for the profession also includes curricula for the individual compulsory education courses in the field of education established by the school head, and in the case of art schools-defined in the framework plans teaching for these schools;
14) the tasks of local government units of local government-this should be understood by the tasks in education, education and care, including social prevention;
15) adult school-this should be understood by the schools referred to in art. 9 ust. 1 points 1, 2 and 3 (a) b and d in which a separate organisation of education is applied and to which persons of 18 years of age are admitted, and ending 18 years in the calendar year in which they are admitted to school;
16) lifelong learning-this should be understood as education in adult education, as well as obtaining and complementing knowledge, skills and professional qualifications in non-school forms by persons who have fulfilled their school obligation;
17. Non-school forms-this shall be understood by means of obtaining and supplementing knowledge, skills and professional qualifications in the establishments and centres referred to in Article 4 (1) (a) of Regulation (EC) No 175concerned. 2 point 3a, as well as the professional training courses;
18) disability-related disabilities-this should be understood by the occurrence of a deaf or deaf child, blind or weakening child, with motor disability, mental impairment, or with autism at least one more of these disabilities;
18a) specific difficulty in learning-this must be understood as learning difficulties relating to pupils in an intellectual standard, who have difficulties in attaching the content of teaching, resulting from the specificities of their functioning perception-motor and cognitive, unconditionally neurological disorders;
18b) mental handicap in a slight, moderate, significant or deep degree-this must be understood by intellectual disability to a degree of light, moderate, significant, or deep, respectively;
(19) qualification in the profession-this should be understood by the set of expected results of the training, the achievement of which is confirmed by a certificate issued by a district examination board, after the examination of the confirmatory examination, qualifications in the profession in the field of one qualification;
(20) vocational training course-this should be understood by the course to which the curriculum takes into account the curriculum of vocational training, in one qualification, the completion of which makes it possible to accede to the confirmatory examination. the qualifications in the profession in the field of this qualification;
(21) A certificate confirming qualification in the profession-this shall be understood by the examination enabling the certificate of qualification in the profession to be obtained in the form of one qualification and, in the case of obtaining the attestation certificates, all the qualifications identified in the profession and the professional training referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Regulation. 11a ust. 3, or secondary education referred to in art. 11a ust. 4-also diplomat confirming professional qualifications;
21a) checking-this should be understood by the examination carried out in the last year of primary school education, and in an art school pursuing general education in primary education-in the classroom, the extent of which is classed as VI primary education, to check the messages and skills of the student or the listener, as determined by the programming of general education for the second educational stage;
21b) gymnasium-this should be understood by the examination carried out in the last year of the study in junior high school, and in the art school implementing general education in middle school-in the classroom, the scope of which is the class III of the school. gymnasium, checking the messages and skills of the student or the listener determined by the curriculum general education for the III educational stage;
21c) maturalexamination-this shall mean an examination carried out for graduates with averages, as referred to in Article 4 (2) of the basic Regulation. 11a ust. 4 to obtain a certificate of maturity;
22) fees for the use of preschool education-this should be understood by the fees for teaching, upbringing and care in kindergarten or other form of pre-school upbringing, conducted in time exceeding the time of free teaching, education and care, established in accordance with art. 6 para. 1 point 2, paragraph 1 2 or 2a;
23) manual-this should be understood by the manual for school use;
(24) educational material-shall be understood by this material to replace or supplement the textbook enabling the curriculum to be carried out in the form of paper or electronic form;
25) exercise material-this must be understood by the material intended for students to perpetuate the messages and skills they have.
Article 4. [ Duties of a teacher] The teacher in his teaching, educational and caring activities is obliged to direct the students ' good, care for their health, moral and civic attitude with respect for the dignity of the pupil.
Article 4a. [ Security Software] Schools and facilities providing pupils with access to the Internet are required to take measures to prevent students from accessing content that may pose a threat to their proper development, in particular to install and update them. security software.
Article 5. [ School and facility] 1. A school and a facility can be a school and a public or non-public facility.
2. The school and the facility, subject to the paragraph. 3a-3e, may be set up and operated by:
1) unit of local government;
2. other legal person;
3) a natural person.
3. Local government units can assume and operate only schools and public facilities.
3a. The Minister of Internal Affairs and the Minister of National Defence may establish and conduct public schools and establishments referred to in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 29.
3b. Minister for Education and Education:
1) presupposes and conducts:
(a) schools, school teams and school consultative points at the diplomatic representations, consular offices and military representations of the Republic of Poland to educate the children of Polish citizens temporarily staying behind Border
(b) public teacher training establishments of nationwide coverage;
2) may presume and lead:
(a) public schools and establishments of an experimental nature,
(b) public training establishments which are set up at national level.
3c. The Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage shall assume and conduct public art schools and establishments referred to in art. 2 points 7, for students of art schools, as well as institutions for the improvement of teachers in art schools.
The Minister responsible for agriculture:
1) may establish and conduct public agricultural schools and agricultural establishments of regional and supra-regional importance;
2) may presume and conduct public service teacher training courses of vocational subjects who teach in agricultural schools.
3e. The Minister responsible for the environment can assume and conduct public forest schools.
3f. The Minister of Justice may establish and conduct public schools and establishments in correctional facilities and shelters for minors and public schools and establishments in detention facilities and investigative detention facilities. Schools and facilities in detention facilities and investigative detention facilities operate within their structure.
3g. Schools in the profession of fire techniques may assume and operate only the Minister responsible for internal affairs.
4. (repealed).
5. Establishing and conducting public kindergartens, including integration branches, special kindergartens and other forms of pre-school education, referred to in art. 14a par. 1a, primary schools and gymnasiums, including integration departments, with the exception of primary schools of special and secondary schools, arts schools and schools for penal institutions, correctional facilities and shelters, belong to the tasks of its own municipalities.
5a. The establishment and conduct of public primary and special secondary schools, secondary schools, including integration departments, sports schools and sports championships, and establishments listed in art. For the purposes of Article 2 (2), paragraphs 3 to 5 and 7, with the exception of schools and institutions of regional and supra-regional importance, shall be assigned to the tasks of the district, subject to paragraph 1. 3c.
5b. Local government units may establish and operate schools and establishments which do not belong to their own tasks, after the conclusion of an agreement with the local government unit for which the conduct of a given type of school or facility it is the task of its own, and in the case of art schools-with the minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage.
5c. Recipe of the paragraph. 5b shall also apply in the case of the transfer of schools and institutions between local government units.
5d. Conduct of art schools and establishments referred to in art. 2 point 7, for students of art schools, as well as institutions for the improvement of teachers of art schools may be passed by agreement between the minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage and the self-government unit territorial.
5e. Conduct of public agricultural schools and agricultural establishments of regional and supra-regional importance and public forest schools may be transferred by means of an agreement between the competent minister and the self-government unit territorial.
5f. In the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5e, the parties may specify the mode of transfer of property, as appropriate, in the administration of the public agricultural schools and of agricultural establishments of regional and supra-regional importance and of public forest schools which are necessary for the proper performance of the tasks, referred to in paragraph 7.
5g. An entity of local government, which is a school authority with no more than 70 students, on the basis of a resolution of the body of that unit and after having received a positive opinion of the body carrying out pedagogical supervision, may transfer, by contract, a legal person not a self-government entity, with the exception of the person referred to in paragraph. 5ga, or a physical person, running such a school.
5ga. The unit of local government may not entrust or transfer the performance of educational tasks referred to in art. (a) 2-2b, a legal person created by this local government entity or a legal person in which that local government unit has a stake or whose shares it has shares. In particular, a local government entity may not delegate such a legal entity to a school based on a paragraph. 5g, nor give it permission to establish a public school, facility or other form of preschool education on the basis of art. 58 par. 3.
5h. The agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5g, shall specify in particular:
1) in the case of primary school and junior high school-an indication of whether the school is set up in the area;
2) mode of acquisition of the school or establishment by the local government unit in the cases referred to in the paragraph. 5j and 5k;
3) the conditions for the use of the property of the acquired school or establishment;
(4) the mode of control of compliance with the terms
5) the terms and conditions of the termination of the contract as termination.
5i. To a school or a facility taken in accordance with the mouth. 5g shall apply to schools and public establishments operated by legal persons other than local or regional authorities, with the exception of Article 4 (1) of the basic Regulation. 58 par. 3-5.
5j. An entity of local government is required to take over the running of a school or establishment transferred to a legal person not being a local or regional authority or a natural person, if the person running the school or the facility did not perform the command referred to in art. 34 par. 1 or 2, violates the law or the conditions of running the school or establishment specified in the agreement referred to in paragraph. 5g. In this case, the contract shall be terminated on the day of the acquisition of the school or establishment by the local government unit.
5k. A legal person not being a local government entity or a natural person who has taken over to running a school or a public facility under the contract referred to in the paragraph. 5g, may not abolish this school or establishment; at the request of that person, the local government unit which passed the school or establishment shall take over the course of the school or establishment in accordance with the procedure laid down in the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5g.
5l. The local government unit shall be obliged to notify, within six months before the date of transfer of the school or establishment to a legal person not being a local or regional authority or a natural person, staff of the school, or the establishment and the establishment of a trade union with the time limit for the transfer of the school or establishment, its reasons, the legal, economic and social consequences for the workers, and the new working conditions and the pay.
5m. Teacher, within 3 months of obtaining the information referred to in the paragraph. 5l, may submit a statement of refusal of the transition to a school or a public office being taken over to lead by a legal person not being a local or local government entity or a natural person.
5n. The submission of the statement referred to in paragraph 1. 5m, causes the termination of the employment relationship for the reasons set out in art. 20 para. 1 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The teacher's card, on the day of the transfer of the school or establishment, unless the teacher by the date of termination of the employment relationship agrees to transfer to another school or establishment carried out by the local government unit.
5o. Legal person not owned by a local government entity or a natural person who took over a school or a facility, on the basis of the contract referred to in the paragraph. 5g, on the day of taking over the school or establishment is required to propose to teachers in writing new working and pay conditions and to indicate a time limit, not less than 7 days, to which teachers are to submit a declaration of acceptance or refusal of admission the proposed conditions.
5p. Refusal of the adoption of new working conditions and pay referred to in paragraph. 5o, shall terminate the working relationship with the teacher within 3 months from the date on which the teacher was to submit the statement referred to in the paragraph. 5o. To the teacher who refused to accept new working conditions and pay, the provisions on the resolution of working relations for reasons attributable to the employer are applied accordingly.
5r. Until the adoption of new working conditions and pay or termination of employment due to the refusal to accept them, the current rules apply to the rights and obligations of the teacher.
6. The establishment and conduct of public training establishments and institutions for the improvement of teachers, pedagogical libraries and schools and establishments listed in the mouth. 5a of regional or supra-regional importance belongs to the tasks of the provincial government, subject to the paragraph. 3c and 6c.
6a. The county and the municipality may establish and operate in the framework of the public own tasks of teacher training establishments, teacher training establishments and pedagogical libraries, subject to the paragraph. 3c.
6b. (repealed).
6c. The network plan for the establishment of public education establishments and institutions for the improvement of teachers, pedagogical libraries and schools and institutions referred to in paragraph 1. 6, defines the development strategy of the voivodship established on the basis of separate regulations.
6d. The establishment of public colleges of employees of social services belongs to the tasks of the voivodship's own self-government.
7. The school or establishment responsible for its activities shall be responsible for its activities. The tasks of the school's authority or establishment shall be in particular:
1) to provide conditions for the operation of the school or facility, including safe and hygienic conditions of education, education and care;
(1a) provision of conditions for the application of the special organisation of science and working methods for children and young people subject to special training;
2) carrying out repairs of school facilities and investment tasks in this regard;
3) provide administrative support, including legal, financial support, including in the exercise of the activities referred to in art. 4 par. 3 points 2-6 of the Act of 29 September 1994. of accounting (Dz. U. of 2013 r. items 330, of late. zm.), and the organizational support of the school or facility;
4) equipment of the school or establishment in teaching aids and equipment necessary for the full implementation of curricula, educational programmes, carrying out checks and exams and performing other statutory tasks.
8. (repealed).
9 In order to perform the tasks mentioned in paragraph. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 (2) of the Financial and Financial Committee, the Commission shall, in accordance with the provisions of the general budget of the European Economic and Social Committee, provide for the establishment of a joint administrative, financial and organisational structure for the schools and institutions in question. 7 point 3.
10. (repealed).
11. The Minister of National Defence may grant to the authority conducting the school, in connection with the implementation of the obligations of the Republic of Poland resulting from the ratified international agreements in the field of defence, to which the Republic of Poland is a party, a special-purpose subsidy to finance current or investment tasks.
Article 5a. [ Implementation of educational tasks] 1. The educational tasks of local government units shall be financed under the rules laid down in separate laws.
2. The provision of education, education and care, including special education and social prevention, is a global task:
1) municipalities-in kindergartens and in other forms of pre-school education, referred to in art. 14a par. 1a, as well as in the schools referred to in art. 5 par. 5;
2) counties-in schools and establishments referred to in art. 5 par. 5a;
3) local authorities of voivodships-in schools, institutions, training establishments and teacher training establishments, and colleges of social services workers referred to in art. 5 par. 6.
2a. The task of global communes is also to provide additional, free learning of the Polish language referred to in art. 94a ust. 4.
2b. The task of the educational district is also to provide the conditions for conducting the qualification of vocational courses in schools and institutions run by the county.
3. Measures necessary for the realization of the educational tasks referred to in paragraph. 2 and 2b, including the salaries of teachers and the maintenance of schools and institutions, are guaranteed in the income of local government units.
4. The executive body of the local government unit shall, by 31 October, present to the body of the local government unit information about the state of the realization of the educational tasks of this unit for the previous school year, including of the results:
1) test, gymnasium, maturic exam and qualification examination in the profession, taking into account the activities undertaken by schools targeting students ' education with special educational needs, in schools of those types whose conduct belongs to the tasks of the local self-government unit;
2) the pedagogical supervision exercised by the educational curator or the competent minister in the schools and establishments of those types and types, the conduct of which belongs to the tasks of the own local government units.
Article 5b. [ Rights and obligations of teachers] The rights and obligations of teachers of kindergartens, schools and institutions shall be determined by the Act of 26 January 1982. -The Teacher's Card (Dz. U. of 2014 items 191 and 1198), subject to Art. 7e.
Article 5c. [ Tasks and competences of the leading authority] In the case of schools and establishments run by the units of local government the tasks and competences of the leading authority, specified in:
1. 5 par. 9, art. 6 para. 1 point 2 and paragraph. 2, art. 7a ust. 4 and para. 6 point 4, art. 7c par. 1 point 4, art. 7d, art. 58 par. 6, art. 59 (1) 1 and 10 and Art. 62 ust. 1, 1d, 1e and 5-performs respectively: the municipal council, the district council, the state's purse seismik;
2. Article 5 par. 7, art. 14 para. 5g, art. 36 ust. 2, art. 36a par. 1, 4-6, 10, 12, and 14, art. 38 par. 1, art. 39 (1) 5, art. 62 ust. 6 and Article 71c ust. 1-performs correspondingly: the mayor (mayor, president of the city), the administration of the district, the administrative board of the voivodship;
3. Article 7 ust. 1d, art. 34 par. 2, art. 34a, art. 37 par. 1, art. 39 (1) 6, art. 41 par. 3, art. 58 par. 3, art. 59 (1) 3 and 4, art. 67a (b) 3, 5 and 6, art. 71b ust. 2b and 5d and art. 77 par. 6
-performs correspondingly: the mayor (mayor, president of the city), the starosta, the marshal of the voivodship.
Article 5d. [ Legal status of non-teachers] The legal status of workers who are not teachers employed in schools and establishments run by local government units lay down the rules on local workers.
Art. 5e. [ Delegation of tasks and competences of local government bodies] Tasks and competences of local government units referred to in art. 82 ust. 1 and 3-5, and the tasks and competences of the authority of the territorial self-government body referred to in art. 85 (1) 3-performs correspondingly: the mayor (mayor, president of the city), the starosta, the marshal of the voivodship.
Art. 5f. [ Entry into the national register of official entities of the national economy] Public and non-public organisational units referred to in art. 2, and their teams shall be entered in the national official register of entities of the national economy as the entities referred to in art. 42 par. 1 point 2 of the Act of 29 June 1995. o public statistics (Dz. U. Nr. 88, pos. 439, with late. zm.).
Article 5g. [ Prohibition to download from parents fees for information concerning their children] For the provision of parents collected by public kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, schools and establishments of information in the areas of teaching, education and care, concerning their children, may not be levied on the parents of the fee, regardless of the form and method of transmission of this information.
Article 6. [ Public and non-public schools] 1. The public school is a kindergarten which:
1) implement pre-school education programmes taking into account the programming basis of preschool education;
2) provide free teaching, education and care in a time to be determined by the leading authority, not less than 5 hours per day;
3) carry out recruitment of children on the basis of the principle of universal availability;
4) employs teachers with qualifications specified in separate regulations, subject to the paragraph. 6.
2. Public other form of preschool education referred to in art. 14a par. 1a, provides free teaching, education and care in a time to be determined by the leading authority, but not less than the time specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7.
2a. In the case of public kindergartens and public other forms of pre-school education, conducted by legal persons other than the local government unit and natural persons, the time of free teaching, education and care set by the person driving, in accordance with the mouth. 1 point 2 and paragraph. 2, may not be shorter than the time of free instruction, upbringing and care determined, in accordance with the mouth. 1 point 2 and paragraph. 2, by the municipal council for public kindergartens and other forms of preschool education conducted by the municipality.
3. The provisions of the paragraph shall apply to the public other form of pre-school education. Article 1 (1) and (3), and to non-public other forms of pre-primary education, shall be provided for in paragraph 1. 1 point 1.
4. The provisions of the paragraph. 1 shall also apply to the kindergarten branch of primary school.
5. Non-public kindergarten:
1) implement pre-school education programmes taking into account the programming basis of preschool education;
2) employs teachers with qualifications defined for teachers of public kindergartens; the provisions of the paragraph. 6 and art. 7 ust. 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.
6. In justified cases in public kindergarten may be, with the consent of the education curator, employed person not a teacher to conduct classes of developing interest, having the preparation recognized by the preschool director for suitable for conducting the classes data. The provisions of Article 4 7 ust. 1b and 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 7. [ Public and non-public schools] 1. The public school is a school which:
1) provide free teaching in the framework of the framework teaching plans;
2) carry out the recruitment of pupils on the basis of the principle of universal availability;
3) employs teachers with qualifications specified in separate regulations, subject to the paragraph. 1a;
4) realizes:
(a) curricula taking into account the curriculum of general education, and, in the case of a vocational education school, also the curriculum for vocational training,
(b) the framework curriculum;
5. shall implement the principles of grading, classifying and promoting pupils and carrying out checks and examinations referred to in Chapters 3a and 3b.
1a. In justified cases in public school may be, with the consent of the education curator, and in the case of an art school-minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage, employed person not a teacher, having preparation recognized by the school head as suitable for conducting the classes data.
1b. The person referred to in paragraph 1. (a) the rules laid down in the Labour Code, with the application of the provisions relating to the compulsory hours of compulsory education of teachers, and the remuneration of no higher than the prescribed for a diplomat teacher.
1ba. The person referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, may be employed at school if it meets the conditions referred to in art. 10 para. 5 points 3 and 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The Teacher's Card (Dz. U. 2006 r. Nr 97, pos. 674, of late. zm.). In order to confirm the fulfilment of the condition referred to in Article 10 para. 5 point 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The teacher's card, the person, before the employment relationship is established, is obliged to present to the director of the school an information from the National Criminal Register.
1c. The provisions of the paragraph. 1a, 1b and 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis to the arts establishments, the establishments referred to in Article 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis. Article 2 (2), (2), (2) (2), (2) (2), (2) (a) of the Council of Ministers of the European Union, of the Council of Ministers of the European Union, of the Council of Ministers of the European Union,
1d. The provisions of the paragraph. 1a, 1b and 1ba shall also apply in the case of employment of a person with professional training recognised by the head of the school or establishment as being suitable for the pursuit of vocational training activities, with the result that the employment of the person concerned is with the approval of the operator.
1e. In primary school, in this special and inclusive, may be employed a teacher's assistant or a person referred to in the mouth. 1a, conducting classes in classes I-III, or an assistant educator of the skylight. The assistants ' tasks shall be to support the teacher or the person referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, conducting teaching, educational and caring activities, or supporting the tutor of the skyline. The assistant shall perform the tasks only under the direction of the teacher, the person referred to in the paragraph. 1a, or the educator of the skylight.
1f. The assistant referred to in paragraph 1. In order to be able to do so, it is necessary to provide a minimum level of education at the level required to occupy a teacher's post in primary school and to prepare an educational The assistant shall be employed on the basis of the rules laid down in the Labour Code, except that the remuneration shall be fixed at no higher than those prescribed for the diplomat's teacher. The provisions of the paragraph 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.
1g. The assistant referred to in paragraph 1. 1e, shall not be entrusted with the tasks defined for teachers with qualifications in the field of special pedagogy employed in addition to co-organise integration training and for the co-organisation of the training of disabled students, socially inexperienced and threatened with social incomes, as referred to in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 71b ust. 7 point 2.
2. Public schools shall make it possible to obtain certificates or state diplomas.
3. Non-public school may obtain the powers of public school mentioned in the paragraph. 2 if:
1) implement the curricula taking into account the programmatic basics mentioned in the paragraph. 1 point 4 (a)
2) carries out educational activities in a cycle not shorter and in a dimension not lower than the total dimension of compulsory educational activities defined in the framework curriculum of a public school of a given type;
3) apply the rules for classifying and promoting students and carrying out checks and exams, referred to in paragraph. 1 point 5;
4) maintain the documentation of the course of teaching established for public schools;
(5) in the case of a vocational education school, the training courses referred to in the classification of vocational education professions, as referred to in Article 4 (1) of the basic Regulation. 24 ust. 1;
6) employs teachers of compulsory educational activities referred to in point 2, having the qualifications specified for public school teachers; the provisions of the paragraph. 1a, 1ba and 1d shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 7a. [ Creating an international branch] 1. International branches may be created in public and non-public schools.
2. The creation of an international branch requires the permission of the minister competent for education and upbringing.
3. A permit for the establishment of an international branch in primary or secondary school may be granted if the curriculum established by a foreign educational institution to be carried out in this branch enables to obtain by the pupils of the messages and the skills enabling them to join the test and the gymnasium respectively.
4. An application for authorisation to set up an international branch shall be submitted by the body leading to the school where the international branch is to be established.
5. The application referred to in paragraph 1. 4, should specify:
1) the objective, the assumptions of education and the curriculum, which will be carried out in the international branch;
2) the organization of education in the branch and the applied system of assessment, classification and examination;
3) the date on which the branch started functioning.
6. The application referred to in paragraph 1. 4, shall be attached:
1) the consent of the pedagogical council for the establishment of an international branch;
2) a document containing the consent of a foreign educational institution to accede to the school to teach in accordance with the curriculum established by this institution;
3) the opinion of the education curator containing an assessment of organizational and staffing possibilities allowing for the implementation of a curriculum of the curriculum established by a foreign educational institution;
4. in the case of a public school, the obligation of the school's authority to bear, from its own income, the cost of education in the international branch exceeding the current expenditure incurred on one student in the other branches of the school.
Article 7b. [ Operation of the international branch] 1. The class of the first international branch of the public elementary school of general public shall be accepted candidates who have obtained a positive result of the test of language predispositions carried out on the conditions established by the council pedagogic.
1a. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the condition referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of vacant seats in the branch referred to in paragraph. 1, the first stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account the result of the check of the language predisposition referred to in paragraph. 1.
1b. In the case of equivalent results obtained by candidates in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, a total of the criteria referred to in Article shall be taken into account in the second stage of the recruitment procedure. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
1c. For the admission of candidates to an international branch in a public junior high school and a public high school public school, the provisions of Article 4 (1) of the Rules of procedure shall apply mutatis mutandis. 20i and art. 20j.
2. Teaching in an international branch may be conducted in a foreign language, with the exception of classes for pupils who are Polish citizens covering: Polish language, part of the history concerning the history of Poland and part of geography concerning the geography of Poland.
3. The school provides students with an international branch of Polish citizens teaching Polish and a part of the history concerning the history of Poland and the part of geography concerning the geography of Poland in accordance with the basis of the curriculum of general education. fixed in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 2 (a) b.
4. The school provides students with an international branch which is not Polish citizens teaching Polish as a foreign language.
5. The students of the international branch in elementary school and middle school accede to the check and the gymnasium respectively.
6. Students of international branches in upper secondary schools referred to in art. 9 ust. 1 point 3 (a) b and c, they can take the maturalexamination.
(7) The school in which an international branch has been established shall provide the students with the opportunity to transition, at each stage of education, to the training provided in accordance with the curricula referred to in Article 4 (1). 7 ust. 1 point 4 (a) a.
8. The international branch does not apply the provisions of art. 7 ust. 1 points 3 to 5 and paragraph 1 3.
Article 7c. [ Withdrawal of permit] 1. The Minister for Education and Education may withdraw the permission to create an international branch:
1) in the case of a statement by the body exercising the pedagogical supervision that the activity of the international branch is contrary to the provisions of the law or the statute of the school in which such branch was formed;
2) in the case of the withdrawal by the foreign educational institution of the consent referred to in art. 7a ust. 6 point 2;
3) in the case of the withdrawal by the pedagogical council of the consent referred to in art. 7a ust. 6 point 1;
4) in the case of non-execution by the body conducting the school of commitment referred to in art. 7a ust. 6 point 4.
2. Withdrawal of the permit shall be tantamount to the liquidation of the international branch. The decommissioning shall take place within the time limit set in the decision to withdraw the authorisation.
Article 7d. [ Liquidation of the international branch] The international branch may be wound up at the end of the school year by the lead authority, after providing students with the opportunity to continue their studies. The leading authority shall be obliged, at least six months before the date of the winding up of the international branch, to notify the intention to liquidate the parents of the pupils and the minister competent for education and education.
Art. 7e. [ Employment of a teacher for the implementation of classes under programmes financed from EU budget appropriations] 1. A teacher may be employed in the course of programmes financed from appropriations from the budget of the European Union, which are carried out directly with pupils or pupils, or in their favour, in a school or in a public establishment, who does not implement in this school or a weekly school the compulsory hours of teaching, educational and care classes, having the qualifications specified in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 9 ust. 2 and 3 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The teacher's card and meeting the conditions laid down in the Article. 10 para. 5 points 3 and 4 of this Act. In order to confirm the fulfilment of the condition referred to in Article 10 para. 5 point 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The teacher's card, the teacher, before the employment relationship is established, is obliged to present to the director of the school or post information from the National Criminal Register.
2. The teacher referred to in the mouth. 1, shall be employed on the basis of the rules laid down in the Labour Code, except that for each hour of the activities referred to in paragraph 1, the following shall be deemed to be the case. 1, the teacher shall be entitled to remuneration not higher than the salary for one hour of conducting the classes determined in the manner specified in the art. 35 par. 3 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -A teacher's card for a diploma teacher with a higher master's degree and a weekly compulsory timetable for the hours of classes referred to in art. 42 par. 3 in the table in lp. 3 of this Act.
Article 8. [ Elementary school and junior high school] Elementary and junior high schools can only be a public or non-public school with the authority of public school.
Article 9. [ Public and non-public schools] 1. Public and non-public schools shall be divided into the following types:
1) a 6-year primary school in which the test is carried out in the last year of the study;
2) a three-year gymnasium, giving the possibility of further education in schools referred to in point 3 lit. a-c and e in which, in the last year of the study, a gymnasio is carried out;
3) post-secondary schools:
(a) a three year primary vocational school, the completion of which enables the obtaining of a diploma confirming professional qualifications after the sentence of examinations confirming qualifications in a given profession, and further education starting from the second high school class adult general education,
(b) a three-year general education high school, the completion of which makes it possible to obtain a certificate of maturity after the examination of the matrimonial examination,
(c) a four-year technique, the completion of which makes it possible to obtain a diploma confirming professional qualifications after having passed the examinations confirming qualifications in a given profession and also obtaining a certificate of maturity after passing the matrimonial examination,
(d) a police school for persons with secondary education, with a teaching period of not more than 2,5 years, so as to obtain a diploma confirming professional qualifications after the examination of the qualifications in the profession concerned,
(e) a three-year special school appending to work for students with mental disabilities in a moderate or significant degree and for pupils with disabilities, the completion of which makes it possible to obtain a confirmatory certificate the adoption of the work.
1a. (repealed).
1b. (repealed).
2. The Minister for Education and Education may specify, by way of regulation, other types of schools than those referred to in paragraph 1. 1 points 1 to 3 and lay down the rules for their action.
3. The Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage, in agreement with the Minister for Education and Education, will determine, by regulation, the types of public and non-public art schools, including schools where the the diploma examination is carried out and the schools in which the test is carried out, the gymnasium and the maturinal exam, taking into account schools implementing general education and artistic education, and schools implementing only Artistic education.
4. (repealed).
5. The Minister for Education and Education, in agreement with the Minister responsible for physical culture, will determine, by regulation, the conditions for the creation, organisation and operation of branches and sports schools and schools of championship sport, taking into account the possibility for pupils to reconcile sports activities with science, in particular through the appropriate organisation of teaching activities.
Art. 9a. [ Central Examination Board] 1. It is created by the Central Examination Commission with its registered office in Warsaw.
2. The tasks of the Central Examination Board shall be in particular:
1) preparation and establishment of examination materials, in particular tasks and examination papers for the conduct of the test, gymnasium, matural exam, examination confirming qualifications in the profession and exams the extrates referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3;
2) preparing and setting the rules for assessing the solutions of the tasks used to carry out the test, the gymnasium, the matural exam, the examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the extrarial exams, of which Article 10 para. 1 and 3, in order to ensure comparability of assessment;
3) development and publication in the Public Information Bulletin on the website of the Central Examination Board of informants containing in particular examples of the tasks which may occur for checking, gymnasium, exam In the course of the first day of the first day of the first day of the first day of the first day of the day, the first day of the first day of the first day of 10 para. 1 and 3, together with the solutions;
4) organizing the printing and distribution of examination materials; the implementation of selected tasks in the field of printing and distribution of examination materials the director of the Central Examination Board may entrust the heads of the district examination committees, if justified on grounds of the rationality of the expenditure involved in carrying out the check, the gymnasium, the matriculation examination, the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3;
5) analyse the test results, the gymnasium, the matura exam, the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, as well as the submission of the Minister for Education and the raising of annual reports on the results of this check and of these examinations;
6) preparing, in cooperation with the district examination committees, the training materials for candidates for examiners and examiners;
7) cooperation with national and foreign institutions in the field of examination;
8) initiating or organizing research and analysis and the development of new examination solutions;
9) implementation of international and inter-ministerial agreements in the field of performance, gymnasium, matural exam, examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3;
10) announcing each year in the Public Information Bulletin on the website of the Central Examination Board:
(a) messages on:
-the timetable for the exercise of the test, the gymnasium and the matrimonal examination within the main time and the additional time, and, in the case of a maturic examination, also within the period of amendment, an examination confirming qualifications in the profession, and extration exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, including:
-the time limits for announcing the results of the check, the gymnasium, the matural exam and the examination of the qualification in the profession,
-the time limits for the transmission of the results to schools, the gymnasium and the part of the written examination of the matrimonial exam and the attestations on the detailed results of the check or the gymnasium, maturity certificates, adulterity certificates and certificates of the results of the matural exam,
-the time limits for the transmission of schools, to the establishments referred to in Article For the purposes of Article 4 (2), the first subparagraph of Article 4 (2) (a) of the procedure laid down in Article 4 68a (a) 2, the results of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the time limits for the transfer of schools, to the establishments referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 2 (2), point 3a, and the employers ' certificates confirming the qualification in the profession and the time limits for the transfer of recognition to schools of diplomas
-ancillary materials and utensils, which can be used for checking, gymnasiums, maturic exam, examination of qualifications in the profession, and the extermination tests referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, as well as lists of operating systems, utility programs and programming languages-in the case of a maturant exam with computer science,
-detailed ways of adjusting the conditions and forms of carrying out the check, the gymnasium, the matural exam, the qualification examination in the profession, and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, to the needs of the persons referred to in art. 44zzr, art. 44zzzf and art. 44zzzh,
(b) information on the organisation and performance of the check, the gymnasium, the matural exam, the qualification examination in the profession, and the extermination exams referred to in Article 10 para. 1 and 3.
Article 9b. (repealed).
Art. 9c. [ District Examination Commissions] 1. The Minister for Education and Education shall establish, by way of regulation, the district examination commissions and determine their territorial coverage.
2. The tasks of the district examination board shall be in particular:
1) carrying out a check, a gymnasium, a matural exam, an examination confirming qualifications in the profession and of the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3;
2) preparing the proposals of the tasks and examination sheets to carry out the test, the gymnasium, the matural exam, the examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the extrarial exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, to the extent specified by the Central Examination Commission;
3) preparing the task proposals to the informers referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 (3), to the extent specified by the Central Examination Commission;
4) carry out a trial application of tasks within the scope specified by the Central Examination Commission, under conditions providing their protection against unauthorised disclosure;
5) analyse the test results, the gymnasium, the matura exam, the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3;
6. development and transmission:
(a) school heads, school and curators on the reports of the test carried out, the gymnasium, the matural exam and the qualification of the qualification in the profession,
(b) the curators of the reports on the extrarial examinations carried out referred to in Article 4 (1) of the EC 10 para. 1 and 3;
7) keeping records of examiners residing in the area covered by the property of a given district of the examination board;
8) training candidates for examiners and examiners;
9. to provide schools, to the facilities referred to in Article 4. 2 points 3a, employers and operators of the professional training courses referred to in Article 2 (2) of the Rules of Education, 68a (a) 2, the authorisations to carry out the part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the part of the written examination of that examination using the electronic system referred to in art. 44zzzl par. 1;
10) cooperation with other district examination committees;
11) cooperation with the educational curators competent due to the territorial scope of the district examination committee in cases related to the carrying out of the test, a gymnasium, a matriculation examination, an examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3.
2a. (repealed).
2b. For the purpose of carrying out a test, a gymnasium, a matriculation examination, and an examination confirming the qualifications in the district profession, the examination committees give the schools, the establishments referred to in Article 4 (1), and the examination of the qualifications of the school. 2 points 3a, employers and operators of the professional training courses referred to in Article 2 (2) of the Rules of Education, 68a (a) 2, individual identification numbers.
3. In the register of examiners, subject to the paragraph. 4, a person may be entered, who:
1) has the qualifications required to occupy a teacher's post at the school, from the scope of which is carried out check, gymnasial exam, matritorial exam, examination confirming qualifications in the profession, or is an academic teacher specialising in the field of educational activities falling within the scope of appropriate test or examination;
2) possesses, obtained within a period of 6 years prior to submitting an application for entry in the records, at least three years of teaching staff in public school, a public school with the authority of a public school, a teacher training establishment or a school a higher or at least three years ' job at a post requiring teaching qualifications in the teacher training facility, the office of the government body, the education facility or any other body in charge of pedagogical supervision;
3. fulfils the conditions laid down in the Article. 10 para. 5 points 2-4 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The Teacher's Card;
4) completed with the result of positive training for the candidates for examiners organized by the district examination board, completed with an examination of the rules of conduct, in particular, the assessment, checking, the gymnasium examination, a matural exam and an examination confirming qualifications in the profession.
4. The records of examiners in conducting the examination confirming qualifications in the profession may also be entered by the person who is the representative of the employer or organization of employers or of the association or professional self-government, and:
1) has the qualifications required of an instructor of practical instruction of the profession and meets the conditions set out in the mouth. 3 points 3 and 4, or
2) has a vocational preparation recognized by the head of the school or a facility as suitable for carrying out vocational training activities referred to in art. 7 ust. 1d, and fulfils the conditions set out in the paragraph. 3 points 3 and 4.
5. Strikeout from the register of examiners shall follow:
1) at the request of the examiner;
2. in the case of:
(a) unjustifiable nonparticipation in periodic examination of examiners, organised by a district examination board,
(b) unjustified non-participation in the work of checking, gymnasium, matural examination, examination confirming qualifications in the profession and of the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, to which the examiner has been appointed by the head of the board of the examiner's office,
(c) failure to comply with the rules governing the performance of the check, the gymnasium, the matural exam, the examination of the qualification in the profession and the extermination tests referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Rules of the procedure. 10 para. 1 and 3, or rules for assessing the solutions of the tasks referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 2;
3. in the event of failure to comply with the conditions referred to in paragraph. 3 point 3;
4) in the event of an entry in violation of the law.
6. Entry to the register of examiners, the refusal of the entry and the deletion from the records shall be made by the administrative decision of the district director of the examination committee.
7. A higher degree in relation to the director of the district examination board in the cases referred to in paragraph 1. 6, is the director of the Central Examination Board.
8. The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, a framework programme for the training of examiners, the manner in which examiners are kept and the mode of entry and deletion of the examination examiners, Having regard, in particular, to the compulsory dimension of the training hours, as well as the documents required of the applicants for entry in the records and the scope of the records entered in the records.
9. In performing a check, a gymnasium, a matural exam, an examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the extermination exams, referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, to the extent established by law, take part in examiners and teachers, and in the case of an examination confirming qualifications in the profession-also the employers or their authorized employees and the operators of the qualification professional courses referred to in art. 68a (a) 2, or their authorized personnel. Academic teachers may also take part in the oral matural exam.
10. The director of the district examination committee shall include with examiners, subject to the paragraph. 12, and in the case of the matchral exam also with academic teachers participating in the carrying out of the oral part of the matural exam, the contracts specifying the scope of their duties and the amount of remuneration.
11. The teachers involved in the performance of the test, the gymnasium, the matriculation examination and the qualification examination in the profession perform the activities related to carrying out this test and these examinations within the framework of the activities and activities referred to in art. 42 par. 2 point 2 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The teacher's card, and the agreed remuneration, subject to the paragraph. 12.
12. Teachers, including teachers who are examiners, who participate in the oral examination part of the oral examination, carry out the activities involved in carrying out this part of the examination within the classes referred to in art. 42 par. 2 point 1 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The Teacher's Card. In the case of carrying out these activities in a dimension exceeding the weekly mandatory dimension of the hours of classes referred to in Article 42 par. 2 item 1 of the Act-The Teacher's Charter, the teacher shall be entitled to remuneration for oversized hours on the basis of the rules laid down in Art. 35 par. 3 of the Act-the Teacher's Charter.
Art. 9d. [ Supervision of the activities of the Central Examination Board] 1. The supervision of the activities of the Central Examination Board and the district examination committees shall be exercised by the Minister competent for education and education.
2. The Central Examination Board and the district examination committees are the state budget units financed from the budget of the minister competent for education and upbringing.
The activities of the Central Examination Board and the district examination committees shall be guided by the directors appointed after the competition and dismissed by the Minister responsible for the education and education. The Minister for Education and Education may cancel the Director of the Examination Board at the request or after consultation with the Director of the Central Examination Board.
2b. The Deputy Director of the Central Examination Board and the district examination boards shall appoint and dismiss the Minister for Education and Education on a proposal from the Director of the Central Examination Board or the Commission's district examination committee, respectively. examination.
3. The organisation of the Central Examination Board and the district examination committees shall determine their statutes by order by the minister competent for education and education. The Ordinance shall be published in the Official Journal of the Republic of Poland "Monitor Polski".
Art. 9e. [ Protection against unauthorised disclosure] 1. Preparation of examination materials for the conduct of the test, the gymnasium, the matural exam, the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, and the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, as well as the printing, storage and transport of examination materials, shall take place under conditions which ensure their protection against unauthorised disclosure.
2. Persons participating in the preparation, printing, storage and transport of examination materials referred to in the paragraph. 1, shall be obliged not to disclose to persons who are not entitled to the examination materials.
3. In the case of unauthorised disclosure of examination materials referred to in paragraph. 1, or reasonable suspicion of unauthorised disclosure of these materials, the decision on the further course of the test, a gymnasium, a matura exam, an examination confirming qualifications in the profession, and the extermination exams, o which are referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, take the director of the Central Examination Board. The Director of the Central Examination Board may set a new time limit for the performance of the test or the part of the check, the gymnasium or the range, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium, the matural exam of the of a given subject in a written or oral part, an examination confirming qualifications in a profession or a written part or a practical part of that examination and of the extermination exams referred to in art. 10 para. 1 and 3, of the subject matter.
Art. 9f. [ Hearing of the College of Social Services] 1. A servant of the College of Social Services may be only a person with a certificate of maturity.
2. In terms of entitlement to reduced journeys by public collective transport, the use of health services and the provision of military training to the listeners of the colleges of social services, the provisions relating to the university students.
3. College of social services may charge fees for entrance exams and for teaching activities, excluding teaching activities in the day system in public colleges of employees of social services, unless they are repeated for reasons of unsatisfactory results in science.
4. The Minister responsible for social security in agreement with the Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the detailed rules and conditions for the formation, conversion and winding up of, and the organisation and rules of, the activities, including the principles of trusting managerial positions, as well as the principles of the provision of scientific and didactic care and supervision of colleges of social services employees.
5. The Minister responsible for Social Security shall determine, by means of a regulation, the standards of education in the colleges of workers of the social services, taking into account, in particular, the requirements for the implementation of teaching plans, subjects education, the scope and dimension of apprhidean practices, curricula content and required skills.
6. To the extent of non-regulated by the provisions issued on the basis of the paragraph. The provisions on schools shall apply to the colleges of social services workers.
Article 10. [ School Completion Certificate] 1. A person, who was 18 years old, may obtain a certificate of completion of primary school, middle school and general education high school after the sentence of the extermination exams carried out by the district examination board, subject to art. 10a.
2. The extermination exams referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall be carried out in the field of compulsory educational activities as defined in the framework curricula of primary education for adults, a gymnasium for adults or a general education high school for adults respectively.
2a. The extermination exams referred to in paragraph 1, shall be carried out on the basis of the requirements set out in the general education curriculum, except that in the case of adult education for adults, on the basis of the requirements set out in the basis of the curriculum general education for the scope of the primary.
3. The person, who was 18 years old, can obtain:
1) a certificate confirming the qualification in the profession after passing the exuberant's examination confirming qualifications in the profession in the field of the given qualification, carried out by the district examination board, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3b;
2) a diploma confirming professional qualifications, if it holds certificates confirming all qualifications extracted in a given profession and possesses:
(a) a basic vocational education or an exutation examination within the range of requirements determined by the curriculum general education for an elementary vocational school carried out by a district examination board, or
(b) secondary education.
4. The ecsternistic exam referred to in paragraph The following shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements laid down in the first subparagraph of Article 3 (1) (3).
4a. The results of the extermination exams referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, they are final and do not serve to complain to the administrative court.
4b. For the extrarial exams referred to in paragraph. 1, the provisions of art. 44zzz shall apply mutatis mutandis.
5. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the conditions and mode of conducting of the extermination exams referred to in paragraph. 1 and paragraph 3 point 2 (a), including the conditions for their evaluation,
2) conditions for admission to the extermination exams referred to in paragraph. 1 and 3,
(3) the amount of the fees charged for the extermination tests referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3,
4) conditions for the remuneration of examiners conducting the extermination exams referred to in paragraph. 1 and paragraph 3 point 2 (a),
taking into account the possibility of invalidating the extrarial examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and paragraph 3 point 2 (a) and due to the infringement of the rules governing the conduct of those exams, if this violation could have had an impact on the outcome of the examination, and taking into account the possibility of exempting persons with low incomes from all or part of the fees for the implementation of the extrative examination referred to in paragraph. 1 and 3. The amount of fees for the extermination tests referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, may not be higher than the cost of carrying out these exams. The remuneration of the examiners should be determined in relation to the minimum rate of basic salary of a diplomat teacher holding a Master's degree in professional training, as determined on the basis of art. 30 par. 5 point 1 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -The Teacher's Card.
6. In the Regulation referred to in paragraph. The minister responsible for education and education may, at the request of the competent ministers, indicate the profession in respect of which the extrarial examinations referred to in paragraph 1 are not carried out. 3.
Article 10a. [ Certificate and diploma of art school] 1. The certificate or diploma of the completion of the art school may be obtained on the basis of the extermination exams carried out by the state examination committees appointed by the minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage.
2. The extermination exams shall be carried out from the scope of educational activities defined in the framework plans of teaching individual types of public art schools.
3. The minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage shall determine, by means of regulations, the types of art schools, the certificate or diploma of which can be obtained on the basis of extermination exams, conditions and mode the conduct of the extermination tests, the level of fees for the extermination tests and the conditions for the remuneration of persons forming part of the State Selection Board, taking into account the possibility of invalidating the extermination exams due to the for infringements of the provisions relating to the conduct of such examinations, if this is an examination may have an impact on the outcome of the examination, and that the level of the fees for extermination tests may not be higher than the cost of carrying out those examinations, and also taking into account the possibility of exempting from all or part of the fees for carrying out the examinations Low-income people's exam.
Article 11. [ Official documents] 1. State certificates and diplomas awarded by eligible schools, continuing education and training establishments, teacher training establishments, colleges of social services, and district examination committees are official documents.
2. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the conditions and mode of issuing and model certificates, state diplomas and other school prints, the manner of correcting their content and issuing duplicates, as well as the mode and manner of making the legalization of documents intended for legal circulation with Abroad,
2) the amount of the payment for issuing duplicates of certificates, state diplomas and other school prints, and for making the legalization of documents intended for legal trade with the foreign
-having regard to the need to ensure the proper development of teaching documentation, the evaluation of the results of the teaching and educational work of the schools and the results of checks and examinations carried out by the district examination committees, and the requirement, that the amount of the repayments for carrying out the operations referred to in point 2 does not exceed the amount of the tax charge for the legalisation of the document, as laid down in the provisions on the tax charge.
Article 11a. [ Education] 1. Primary education has a person who has completed primary school or has completed a basic vocational study.
2. The secondary education has a person who has completed a gymnasium.
3. The basic vocational education shall have a person who:
(1) have completed a primary vocational school, primary school or other equivalent school, or
2) has completed the primary vocational school referred to in art. 9 ust. 1 point 3 (a), or
3) passed the examination referred to in art. 10 para. 3 point 2 (a), and:
(a) have completed the qualifying professional courses for all qualifications extracted in the profession concerned, or
(b) has obtained a diploma confirming professional qualifications.
4. The secondary education shall have a person who:
1) has completed a supranational school, except for the schools mentioned in the paragraph. 3 point 1, or
2) has completed a secondary school, with the exception of the school mentioned in art. 9 ust. 1 point 3 (a) a and e.
Article 12. [ Science of Religion] 1. Public kindergartens, primary schools and secondary schools organize religion on the request of parents, public secondary schools on request or parents, or pupils themselves; after reaching the age of age, they decide to learn about the education of religion. Students.
2. The Minister for Education and Education in consultation with the authorities of the Catholic Church and the Polish Autocephalous Orthodox Church and other churches and religious associations shall determine, by means of regulations, conditions and manner the performance of the school's duties referred to in paragraph. 1.
Article 13. [ Learning language, history and culture] 1. The school and the public institution allow students to sustain a sense of national, ethnic, linguistic and religious identity and, in particular, the learning of the language and their own history and culture.
2. At the request of the parents the study referred to in the mouth. 1, may be carried out:
1) in separate groups, branches or schools;
2) in groups, branches or schools-with additional learning of the language and their own history and culture;
3) in the inter-school teaching teams.
3. The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the conditions and the manner in which the schools and the tasks referred to in paragraph shall be carried out by the schools and the establishments. 1 and 2, in particular the minimum number of pupils for which the different forms of teaching are organised. 2.
4. In educational and educational work, public schools provide support for regional culture and traditions.
5. School manuals and auxiliary books for the training of pupils to the extent necessary to sustain a sense of national, ethnic and linguistic identity may be subsidized from the budget of the State from the part of which the minister has jurisdiction for education and education.
6. The Minister responsible for education and education shall take action to ensure that teachers are able to educate and to access textbooks for the schools and public establishments referred to in paragraph 1. 1.
7. The Minister for Education and Education will take action to popularize the knowledge of history, culture, language and religious traditions of national and ethnic minorities and of the regional language community.
Art. 13a. [ Mobility and physical education] 1. Pre-trainees are required to conduct activities developing the physical fitness of children by providing participation in motor activities, games and toys.
2. Schools, excluding adult schools, shall be obliged to conduct physical education classes. The mandatory dimension of physical education classes for pupils of classes IV-VI of primary schools and pupils of junior high school is 4 hours ' classroom, and for secondary school students, 3 hours of classroom, within a week.
3. The Minister responsible for education and education, in agreement with the Minister responsible for physical culture, will determine, by means of a regulation, the permissible forms of implementation of compulsory physical education classes, having in particular the the health needs of pupils, the specificities of their sports interests, the conditions for the implementation of physical education classes and the sports traditions of the environment or school concerned.
Chapter 2
Preschool education, compulsory schooI and compulsory education
Article 14. [ Nursery Education] 1. Preschool education shall comprise children from the beginning of the school year in the calendar year in which the child ends 3 years, by the end of the school year in the calendar year in which the child ends 6 years. Preschool education is carried out in kindergartens and in other forms of preschool education.
In the case of children with a decision on the need for special education, preschool education may be subject to a child over the age of 6 years, but not later than the end of the school year in the calendar year in which the child ends 8 years. The school obligation of these children can be postponed until the end of the school year in the calendar year in which the child ends 8 years.
(b) In particular justified cases of preschool education, a child who has completed 2,5 years may also be subject to a pre-school education.
2. (repealed).
3. A child aged 5 years is required to have annual preschool preparation in kindergarten, kindergarten department organized in primary school or in a different form of preschool education.
3a. The obligation referred to in paragraph 1. 3, starts with the beginning of the school year in the calendar year in which the child ends 5 years. In the case of a child referred to in paragraph. The first year of the school year is the first year of the school year in which the child begins to comply with the school's compulsory school year.
4. Providing conditions for compliance with the obligation referred to in paragraph. 3, it is the task of its own municipality.
4a. [ 1] The task referred to in paragraph 1. 4, is performed by the municipality by providing the child with the possibility of using preschool education in:
1) a public kindergarten or a public other form of pre-school education, conducted by the municipality, or
2) a public kindergarten or a public other form of pre-school education, carried out by another legal person or a natural person, situated in the area of the municipality, or
3) the non-public kindergarten referred to in art. 90 par. (b) (b) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) of the second 90 par. 1c, located in the area of the municipality.
4b. If the number of children whose municipality is obliged to provide the possibility of using nursery education, residing in the area of a given municipality, reported during the recruitment to the public kindergarten, the public another form of upbringing preschool, non-public kindergarten, referred to in art. 90 par. (b) (b) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) of the second 90 par. A higher number of places in this kindergarten or other form of preschool education, a kindergarten director, and in the case of another form of preschool education conducted by the municipality-also the school principal, informs about the child's failure to take care of preschool or other form of education of kindergarten (mayor, mayor of the city). In this case, the mayor (mayor, president of the city) is obliged to indicate in writing to parents of other public kindergartens or the public another form of preschool education, or the non-public kindergarten referred to in art. 90 par. (b) a non-public other form of preschool education referred to in Article 1 (b) (c) (c) 90 par. 1c, which can take the child. The working time indicated by the mayor (mayor, president of the city) of another public kindergarten or public other form of preschool education, or a non-public kindergarten referred to in art. 90 par. (b) (b) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) of the second 90 par. 1c, should be close to the working time of a kindergarten or other form of pre-school education, for which the child's parents have applied.
4c. (repealed).
5. The municipal council:
1) determines the amount of fees for the use of preschool education in the communal communal:
(a) public kindergartens over time in excess of the classes referred to in art. 6 para. 1 point 2,
(b) a public other form of pre-school education in excess of the time of free instruction, education and care established for public kindergartens on the basis of art. 6 para. 1 point 2;
2) may specify the conditions for partial or total exemption from the fees referred to in point 1.
5a. The amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 5. 5 point 1, shall not be higher than 1 PLN per hour of classes.
5b. The maximum amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 5. 5a, is subject to valorisation. For the first time, the valorisation shall consist of multiplying the amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 1. 5a, through the valorisation index and rounded down to the bottom of the groszy. The subsequent valorisation of the fee consists in multiplying the amount of the fee of the year in which the last valorisation was made, by the valorisation rate and rounded down to the bottom of the groszy. The valorisation shall be carried out from 1 September of the calendar year in which the value of the valorisation rate determined in accordance with paragraph 1 has been announced. 5c or 5d.
5c. If the average annual price index, of the consumer goods and services described by the President of the Central Statistical Office in the Official Journal of the Republic of Poland "Monitor Polski", on the basis of art. 94 par. 1 of the Act of 17 December 1998. o pensions from the Social Insurance Fund (Dz. U. 2009 r. No. 153, pos. 1227, of late. zm.), for the calendar year in which the last valorisation was carried out, and in the case of valorisation made for the first time-for the year 2013, was at least 110, the value of this rate divided by 100 is assumed to be the indicator valorisation.
5d. If the condition referred to in paragraph 5c, is not met, this valorisation index is determined as the product divided by 100 average annual price indices of consumer prices, goods and services referred to by the President of the Central Statistical Office in the Official Journal The Republic of Poland "Monitor Polski" on the basis of art. 94 par. 1 of the Act of 17 December 1998. o pensions from the Social Insurance Fund, of at least 1,1 in the period from the calendar year in which the last valorisation was carried out, to the year preceding the date of the valorisation and in the case of valorisation for the first time, in the period from 2013 to the year preceding the date of valorization.
5e. The Minister for Education and Education announces the publication in the Official Journal of the Republic of Poland "Monitor Polski" by the end of March of the year in which the valorisation referred to in paragraph is being made. 5b, the value of the valorisation rate and the maximum amount of the amount of the levy referred to in paragraph 1. 5 pt. 1, after the valorisation.
5f. Public kindergartens and public other forms of pre-school education, run by legal persons other than local government units and individuals, collect fees for the use of preschool education in the amount of non- higher than the level of fees fixed by the municipal council on the basis of the paragraph. 5 point 1.
5g. The body conducting the public kindergarten, the public another form of preschool education, the non-public kindergarten referred to in art. 90 par. A non-public or non-public other form of preschool education referred to in Article 4 (1) (b) (c) 90 par. 1c, exempts parents in whole or in part from fees for the use of preschool education, under the conditions laid down by the municipal council on the basis of the paragraph. In the case of a pre-school teacher, he or she may be entitled to grant such exemptions to the preschool director and, in the case of a different form of pre-school education, to the director of the relevant primary school.
5h. A legal person who is not a local government entity or a natural person who leads a public kindergarten, a public other form of preschool education, a non-public subschool referred to in art. 90 par. A non-public or non-public other form of preschool education referred to in Article 4 (1) (b) (c) 90 par. 1c, may grant partial or total exemption from fees for the use of preschool education also in cases other than those defined by the municipal council on the basis of the mouth. 5 point 2.
5i. A redress intending to apply for a total or partial exemption from the fees referred to in paragraph 1. Article 5 (2), provides in the form of a declaration the data necessary to establish the power to grant this exemption.
6. For the setting of fees for the use of nutrition in public kindergartens and public other forms of education of preschool rules of art. 67a shall apply mutatis mutandis.
7. The primary school shall apply paragraph 7 to the kindergarten department. 2, 5 and 6.
8. Public kindergartens, public other forms of preschool education, non-public kindergartens referred to in art. 90 par. (b) (b) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (b) (c) 90 par. 1c, may not charge any fees other than the fees fixed in accordance with the paragraph. 5, 5f, 6 and 9.
9. To kindergartens or other forms of preschool education conducted by the bodies referred to in art. 5 par. 3a and 5b, the provisions of the paragraph shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5-5e, 5g, 5i and 6, with the competence of the municipal council as defined in paragraph 1. They shall carry out these bodies.
Art. 14a. [ Public network of kindergartens] 1. The municipal council establishes the network conducted by the municipality of public kindergartens and kindergartens in primary schools.
In cases of justified demographic and geographical conditions, the municipal council may supplement the network of public kindergartens and kindergartens in primary schools of other forms of pre-school education. Other forms of preschool education shall be organised for children in the place of residence or in any other place as close as possible.
2. A network of public kindergartens and kindergartens in primary schools, together with the public other forms of pre-school education, should provide all children with a five-year resident in the area of the possibility of fulfilling their duty, referred to in art. 14 para. 3. Dear children of five years from home to the nearest public kindergarten, kindergarten branch in primary school or to the public another form of kindergarten education should not exceed 3 km.
3. If the child's journey of five years from home to the nearest public kindergarten, kindergarten branch in primary or public school other form of preschool education exceeds 3 km, the responsibility of the municipality is to provide free transport and care during the carriage of the child, or reimbursement of the costs of the transit of the child and the guardian of public means of communication, if the command is provided by the parents.
4. It is the responsibility of the municipality to provide disabled children with five years and children covered by preschool education on the basis of art. 14 para. 1a free transport and care during transport to the nearest kindergarten, kindergarten in primary school, another form of preschool education or a centre enabling children referred to in art. 16 ust. 7, as well as children with mental disabilities with the disabilities coupled with the implementation of the obligation referred to in art. 14 para. 3, or reimbursement of the costs of the journey of the pupil and the guardian on the basis stipulated in the contract concluded between the mayor (the mayor, the president of the city) and the parents, guardians or legal guardians, if the command is provided by the parents, guardians or guardians legal.
4a. The municipality can organize children free of charge and care during transport to a kindergarten or other form of kindergarten education also in cases where there is no such obligation.
5. (repealed).
6. The teacher and the person referred to in art. 6 para. 6, conducting classes in another form of preschool education conducted by the municipality, employs the director of kindergarten or primary school carried out by this municipality.
6a. Concepts in other forms of preschool education shall be provided by teachers who possess the qualifications required of preschool teachers. The provisions of Article 4 6 para. 6 and art. 7 ust. 1b and 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.
6b. In the case of public other forms of pre-school education, conducted by legal persons other than local government units or natural persons, and non-public, other forms of nursery education, tasks and competences specified In the Act, a person directing a different form of preschool education, appointed by a person leading a different form of preschool education, is performed by a preschool director.
7. The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, the types of other forms of pre-school education, the conditions for the formation and organisation of these forms of pre-school education, the way in which they operate and the minimum daily dimension hours of teaching, education and care, taking into account in particular the need to adjust preschool education to the situation and local needs, and the possibility of conducting classes only on certain days of the week.
Article 14b. [ The child's request to kindergarten] 1. Parents of a child subject to the obligation referred to in art. 14 para. 3, are required to:
1) completion of activities related to the child's declaration to kindergarten, a kindergarten branch organised in primary school or another form of preschool education;
2) ensure the regular attendance of the child for classes;
3) to inform, by 30 September each year, the head of primary school, in the circuit of which the child lives, about the implementation of this obligation fulfilled in the manner prescribed by the art. 16 ust. 5b;
4. to provide the child with the conditions of instruction set out in the permit referred to in art. 16 ust. 8-in the case of a child who pursues an obligation outside a kindergarten, a preschool department or another form of pre-school education.
2. Controlling the fulfilment of the obligation referred to in art. 14 para. 3, belongs to the tasks of the principal of primary school, in the circumference of which the child lives.
3. Public and non-public kindergartens and primary schools, where preschool branches are organised, and teachers in public and non-public, other forms of preschool education are required. notify the principal of the school in whose circumference the child lives, of the child's compliance with the obligation referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Regulation. 14 para. In the case of preschool, preschool and kindergarten education, or in another form of pre-school education, as well as changes in this area.
Article 14c. [ Other forms of preschool education] Legal and natural persons may carry out other forms of pre-school upbringing, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7. Concepts in a different form of preschool education shall be provided by a teacher with the qualifications required of preschool teachers. The provisions of Article 4 6 para. 6 and art. 7 ust. 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 14d. [ A special-purpose subsidy for pre-preschool education tasks] 1. The municipality receives a special-purpose subsidy from the state budget, which can be used exclusively to finance the current expenditure related to the implementation of these tasks.
2. The allocation of the appropriations for the grant referred to in paragraph 2. 1, the minister responsible for education and education shall be carried out between each municipality.
3. The amount of the grant referred to in the paragraph. 1, for a given municipality it shall be calculated as the product of the annual amount referred to in paragraph. 4, and the number of children using pre-school education in the area of the given municipality, established on the basis of the data of the educational system according to the state as at 30 September of the year preceding the grant year.
4. The annual amount of the grant referred to in paragraph 4. 1, for each child referred to in paragraph. 3, regardless of the time of the child's stay in kindergarten or other form of kindergarten education, amounts to 1506 PLN. [ 2]
5. The annual amount referred to in paragraph 5. 4, shall be subject annually to the valorisation of the forecast average annual price index of consumer goods and services as set out in the Finance Act for the calendar year in question.
6. The amount of the grant referred to in paragraph. 1, calculated in accordance with the paragraph. 3, shall be reduced by the amount constituting the product of the annual amount in the year for which the grant is granted, and the number of children whose municipality is required to provide the possibility of using preschool education not accepted in a given school year to the preschool or other form of preschool education, which the mayor (mayor, president of the city), contrary to the obligation under the Act, did not indicate the place of use of preschool education, according to art. 14 para. 4b.
7. [ 3] The reduction of grants shall not relieve the municipality of the obligation to provide children with appropriate conditions for the fulfilment of the obligation referred to in Article 4. 14 para. 3, and the conditions for the implementation of the law referred to in art. 14 para. 3b.
8. If the number of children included in the calculation of the grant for a given financial year for a given municipality in accordance with the paragraph 3 and 6 is larger than the average annual number of children using pre-school education in the area of a given municipality in the financial year for which the grant was granted, part of the grant taken in excess of the subsidy is refundable to the state budget.
9. The dotation referred to in paragraph. 1, give the voyeurans. The grant shall be transmitted in 12 parts by the date of the deadline of 15. the day of each month, except for the first part, which shall be transmitted immediately after the increase in expenditure in the part of the budget of the State at the disposal of the water in the water, with an adjustment for the period from the beginning of the financial year.
10. The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the mode of granting and method of accounting for the grant referred to in paragraph. 1, including the way in which the amount of the grant to be recovered is set, and the way in which the average annual number of children referred to in paragraph 1 is set. 8, as well as the model for the annual settlement of the use of the grant, with a view to ensuring transparency and transparency in the management of the State budget measures;
2) the manner and deadlines for determining the information on the number of children referred to in paragraph. 6, taking into account the possibility of using means of electronic communication and IT data media.
11. Information concerning children not admitted in a given school year to kindergarten and other form of kindergarten education, provided by the kindergarten director or school, the mayor (mayor, president of the city) and wojewater, according to the regulations paragraph based on paragraph 1. 10, contain:
1) the first name, surname, date of birth of the child and the child's PESEL number, and in the absence of the PESEL number-the series and the number of the passport or other document confirming the identity;
2) the names of parents;
3) address of the place of residence of parents and the child.
12. The collected data referred to in paragraph. 11, shall be kept for a period of two years from the date of transmission of this information.
Article 15. [ School obligation] 1. Science is mandatory to complete 18 years of age.
2. The child's school obligation starts with the beginning of the school year in the calendar year in which the child ends 6 years, and lasts until the completion of the gymnasium, however, no longer than to completion of the age of 18.
Art. 15a. (repealed).
Article 16. [ Earlier admission of the child to primary school] 1. At the request of parents, the primary school may also start a child who, in a given calendar year, ends 5 years, if he exhibits a psychophysical maturity to take up school education.
2. A decision on an earlier admission of a child to primary school shall be taken by the director of the school on the basis of the opinion of a public psycho-pedagogical counselor or a non-public psycho-pedagogical counselor, established in accordance with art. 82 and employing staff with qualifications defined for employees of public psycho-pedagogical counseling. A child who has previously been admitted to primary school shall be exempt from the obligation referred to in Article 4. 14 para. 3.
3. Director of the public primary school, in the circuit of which the child lives, and in the case when the child was admitted to primary school other than the public primary school, in the circuit of which he lives, the principal of primary school, to which he was the child received, at the request of the parents, postpone the child's compliance with the school obligation.
4. The application referred to in paragraph 1. 3, consists in the calendar year in which the child ends 6 years. The postponement refers to the school year in which the child is to commence or has already begun to comply with the school obligation.
4a. If the child was admitted to primary school other than the public primary school in which he lives, and has been postponed to the school's duty, the principal of the primary school to which the child has been accepted shall inform the Director the public primary school, in which the child lives, about the deferral of the fulfilment of this obligation.
4b. The application referred to in paragraph 1 shall be amended. 3, an opinion shall be accompanied by the need to postpone the child's compliance with the school obligation in a given school year, issued by a public psycho-pedagogical counseling or a non-public psycho-pedagogical counseling, established by the in accordance with art. 82 and employing staff with qualifications defined for employees of public psycho-pedagogical counseling.
4c. A child who has been postponed for the fulfilment of the school's duties in accordance with the paragraph. 3, continue pre-school preparation in kindergarten or in another form of pre-school education, and a child having a ruling on the need for special education issued due to the disability coupled, one of which disability is a moderate or significant mental impairment, also in a centre enabling children and young people referred to in the mouth. 7, as well as children and young people with mental disabilities with disabilities coupled with the implementation of the obligation provided for in art. 14 para. 3, compulsory schooI and compulsory schooI. The provisions of Article 4 14a par. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
4d. The provisions of the paragraph. 3-4c shall apply mutatis mutandis to the posturing of the requirement for school children with a judgment on the need for special training referred to in Article 3. 14 para. 1a, with the application also accompanied by a decision on the need for special education, and the application may also be submitted in the calendar year in which the child ends 7 years.
5. The school obligation is met by attending elementary and middle school, public or non-public school.
5a. After the completion of gymnasium, the obligation to study meets:
1) by attending a public or non-public secondary school;
2) by realization, in accordance with the separate regulations, of professional preparation at the employer.
5b. The obligation referred to in art. 14 para. 3, compulsory schooI and compulsory schooI may also be met by attending pre-school or school, respectively:
1) abroad, including on the basis of international agreements or agreements with direct cooperation concluded by schools, local government units and government administration bodies or within the framework of the European Union's educational programmes;
2) at the diplomatic representation of another country in Poland.
5c. A student who has completed a secondary school before the age of 18 may also meet the obligation to study by attending a higher education.
6. Directors of non-public primary and middle schools and public directors of primary and middle schools, as well as directors of special schools and centres referred to in art. 2 point 5, carried out by natural persons or legal persons other than local government units, who have not established circuits, the admission of the pupil to the school is obliged to notify the director of the primary school or middle school, in of which the profession of pupil lives, and inform him of the fulfilling of the pupil's obligation.
6a. Paragraph rule. 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the public director of the primary school and the public junior high school, who has accepted to the school a student residing in the circuit of another public school.
6b. Directors of public and non-public secondary schools, the employers referred to in paragraph 1. 5a point 2, as well as those who lead the professional trainees, are obliged to notify the mayor (mayor, mayor of the city) where he is a graduate of a junior high school who has not completed 18 years of his admission to school. either for professional preparation or for a qualification course, within 14 days from the date of adoption of the graduate, and inform this mayor (mayor, city president) of changes in fulfilling the duty of science by the graduate of the gymnasium, in 14 days after the date of the change.
6c. The Minister for Education and Education, in consultation with the Minister of Justice, will determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the cases in which a person, who was 16 years old and in the case of volunteer participants of the Labour Huftsmen and the persons in detention facilities or in the detention centre, may be accepted as a public or non-public school for adults, 15 years,
2) the cases in which a person who has completed a gymnasium may fulfil the obligation to study by attending the qualifying course of a vocational course,
Having regard in particular to the delay in the course of the education cycle, random cases that prevent or significantly impede the attendance of the school or the possibility of fulfilling the obligation to study persons in detention facilities or in the detention of investigators.
7. For the fulfilment of the obligation referred to in art. 14 para. The participation of children and young people mentally handicapped in the degree of deep in the revalidation and educational activities organised in accordance with separate regulations shall also be recognised as a school obligation and compulsory schooI.
7a. (repealed).
8. At the request of the parents, the director of the respectively public or non-public kindergarten, primary school, middle school and secondary school, to which the child was accepted, may allow, by decision, to meet by the child respectively the obligation referred to in Article 14 para. 3, apart from kindergarten, pre-school or other form of pre-school education and compulsory schooI or the obligation to study outside school.
9. (repealed).
10. The permit referred to in paragraph 1. 8, may be issued before the start of the school year or during the school year, if the application for authorisation is accompanied by:
1) opinion of psycho-pedagogical counselling;
2) a statement by the parents to provide the child with the conditions enabling the implementation of the programme base in force at the given educational stage;
3) the obligation of parents to join each school year by a child fulfilling the school obligation or the obligation to study for the annual classification exams referred to in the paragraph. 11.
10a. The provisions of the paragraph. Points (1) and (3) shall not apply in the case of the authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 8, for children and young people with a judgment on the need for special education issued due to mental impairment in a moderate or significant degree.
11. A student fulfilling the school duty or the obligation to study outside the school obtains the annual classification grades on the basis of the annual classification exams from the scope of the part of the curriculum in force at the given educational stage, agreed upon a given school year with the school's principal. The classification exams are carried out by a school, the director of which has allowed the school's duty to be met or the duty to be trained outside of the school. The appraisal of such behaviour shall not be established for the student. The examination of the classification shall be carried out in accordance with art. 44l and the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
11a. The provision of the mouth. 11 shall not apply to children and young people having a judgment on the need for special education issued on grounds of mental impairment to a degree of moderate or significant degree.
12. The annual and final grading of the pupil meeting the school obligation or the obligation to study outside the school shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3a.
13. A student fulfilling the school duty or the obligation to study outside the school shall have the right to participate in the school in the classes referred to in art. 64 par. 1 points 2, 5 and 6.
14. Withdrawal of the authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 8, follows:
1) at the request of parents;
2) if the pupil for unjustified reasons did not accede to the annual classification exams referred to in the paragraph. 11, or did not pass the annual classification exams referred to in paragraph. 11;
3) in case of issuing an authorization in violation of the law.
Article 17. [ Dear child from home to school] 1. A network of public schools should be organised in such a way as to enable all children to comply with the school obligation, taking into account the mouth. 2.
2. The child's way from home to school shall not exceed:
1) 3 km-in the case of pupils of grades l-IV of primary schools;
2) 4 km-in the case of pupils of classes V and VI of primary schools and students of middle school.
3. If the child's way from home to school, in which the child's child lives:
1) exceeds the distances mentioned in the paragraph. 2, it is the responsibility of the municipality to provide free transport and care during the carriage of the child, or the reimbursement of the costs of the journey of the child by means of public communication, if the command is provided by the parents, and for the child's completion of 7 years-also the return the cost of the transit of the child's carer with public means;
2) does not exceed the distances listed in the paragraph. 2, the municipality can arrange free transport, providing care during transportation time.
3a. The duty of the municipality is:
1) to provide pupils with disabilities whose education and education is provided on the basis of art. 71b, free transport and care during transport to the nearest elementary and middle school, and students with motor disability, mental impairment to a moderate or significant degree-also to the nearest upper secondary school, not longer than the completion of 21. year of life;
2) to provide children and youth, referred to in art. 16 ust. 7, as well as children and young people with mental disabilities with associated disabilities, free transport and care during transport to a centre enabling these children and young people to carry out their school duties and their duty to learn, not longer than the end of the age of 25;
3. reimbursement of the costs of the journey of the pupil referred to in points 1 and 2 and his or her guardian to the school or centre referred to in points 1 and 2, as defined in the contract concluded between the mayor (mayor, president of the city) and the parents, if the command and care is provided by parents.
4. The municipal council, taking into account the mouth. 1 and 2, sets the plan of the network of public primary and secondary schools run by the municipality, and determines the boundaries of the circuits of public primary schools and middle schools, with the exception of special ones established in the area of the commune, subject to art. 58 par. 2. In the case of public primary schools and gymnasiums conducted by other authorities, the definition of the boundaries of their circuits shall be in agreement with those authorities. The resolution of the municipal council is subject to publication in the Voivodship Official Journal.
5. The district council shall establish a plan for the network of public secondary schools and special schools, taking into account upper secondary and special schools established in the area of the district run by other leading bodies, so as to enable the children and young people living in the area of the district or staying in establishments and units referred to in art. 3 point 1a (b), the implementation of the school obligation or the obligation to study accordingly.
6. (repealed).
Article 18. [ Responsibilities of parents] 1. Parents of a child subject to compulsory schooI shall be obliged to:
1) completion of the activities related to the child's declaration to the school;
2) ensure the regular attendance of a child for school activities;
3) to provide the child with the conditions for preparing for the classes;
4) to inform, by the deadline of 30 September each year, the director of primary school or middle school, in the circuit of which the child lives, about the implementation of the school obligation fulfilled in the manner specified in art. 16 ust. 5b.
2. Parents of a child subject to compulsory education, upon request of the mayor (mayor, president of the city) in whose territory the child lives, shall be obliged to inform him of the form of fulfilling the obligation of the child to learn and change in this respect.
3. Parents of a child carrying out a school obligation or the obligation to study outside the school on the basis of an authorisation referred to in art. 16 ust. 8, shall be required to provide the child with the conditions of instruction set out in that authorisation.
Article 19. [ Control of the fulfilment of the school obligation] 1. The directors of public primary schools and middle schools control the fulfilment of the school's obligation by children residing in the circuits of these schools, and the municipality controls the fulfilment of the duty of teaching by the youth residing in the area of this municipality, including as follows:
1) they control the performance of the duties referred to in art. 18 (1) 1 points 1, 2 and 4, and shall work with parents in the performance of the duties referred to in Article 1. 18 (1) 1 point 3 and paragraph. 3;
2. they shall keep a record of the fulfilment of the compulsory schooI and the obligation to study.
2. Commune of the commune (mayor, president of the city) is obliged to communicate to the directors of public elementary schools and middle schools in the area of the commune information about the current state and changes in the records of children and young people aged 3-18 years.
Article 20. [ Execution of non-performance of a school obligation] 1. Failure to comply with the obligation referred to in art. 14 para. 3, compulsory schooI or compulsory education shall be subject to enforcement in the administration of enforcement proceedings.
2. By failing to comply with the obligation referred to in art. 14 para. 3, compulsory schooI or compulsory education shall be understood to mean an unjustified absence over a period of one month for at least 50%:
1) days of kindergarten classes, other form of pre-school education, elementary school, middle school, secondary school or facility;
2) classes in the event of fulfilling the obligation of learning in the manner specified in art. 16 ust. 5a point 2 and in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 16 ust. 6c.
Chapter 2a
Admission to public kindergartens, public other forms of preschool education, public schools and public institutions
Art. 20a. [ Recruitment proceedings] 1. Children, young people and persons with age shall be taken into public kindergartens, public other forms of nursery education and public establishments as referred to in art. 2 points 3 to 3 (b) and (7), and to the first classes of all types of schools after the recruitment procedure.
2. The reception of the child to the public kindergarten and children, youth and minors for public schools of all types, including the first classes, and to the public institutions referred to in art. 2 points 3, 3a and 7, during the school year, shall be decided by the Director, except in the cases of admission of children and young people residing in the public school of primary and public junior high schools, which are accepted from office.
3. If the reception of the pupil referred to in paragraph 2, requires the carrying out of organizational changes of the school's work causing additional financial consequences, the head of the school may accept the pupil after obtaining the consent of the leading authority.
4. The recruitment procedure shall be carried out at the request of the candidate's parent or at the request of the candidate of the full-year.
5. To the class of the first public primary school and to the class of the first public junior high school, which has been established the circuit, children and young people residing in this circuit shall be taken from office.
6. The recruitment procedure may be carried out using IT systems.
7. The provisions of this Chapter shall also apply to children and young people holding a decision on the need for special education, who apply for admission to a public kindergarten and public school public.
Art. 20b. [ Definitions] Whenever you are in this chapter, you are talking about:
1) the generosity of the family-it means a family raising three and more children;
2) single raising of a child-this means raising a child by a woman, a bachelor, a widow, a widow, a person who is legally separated by a court judgment, a divorced person, unless such a person is brought up jointly by at least one a child with his parent.
Art. 20c. [ Acceptance criteria for candidates] 1. To the public kindergarten or public another form of preschool education shall be accepted candidates residing in the area of a given municipality.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the condition referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of vacancies in public kindergarten or public another form of preschool education, the following criteria shall be taken into account in the first stage of recruitment proceedings:
1) the multitude of the candidate's family;
2) disability of the candidate;
3) the disability of one of the candidate's parents;
4) disability of the candidate's parents;
5) disability of the candidate's siblings;
6) solitary raising of a candidate in the family;
(7) the inclusion of a candidate for the replacement.
3. The criteria referred to in paragraph. 2, they have the same value.
4. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first step of the recruitment procedure, or if, at the end of this stage, the public pre-school data or the public other form of preschool education still disposes of free places, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall take into account the criteria defined by the leading authority, taking into account ensuring the fullest possible implementation of the needs of the child and his family, especially the needs of the family, in which the parents or parent single-rearing candidate must reconcile professional duties with obligations family, and local societal needs. The lead authority shall specify the documents necessary to confirm those criteria.
5. At the second stage of the recruitment procedure, the criterion of income per person in the candidate's family may be taken into account. The income criterion shall be determined by the body leading up to the amount referred to in Article 4. 5 par. 1 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits (Dz. U. of 2013 r. items 1456, 1623 and 1650). The fulfilment of this criterion is confirmed by the candidate's declaration of the parent.
6. The operator shall specify not more than six of the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 5, and give each criterion a certain number of points, each criterion may have a different value.
7. Candidates residing outside the area of a given municipality may be admitted to a public kindergarten or a public other form of kindergarten education in the area of this municipality, if after carrying out the recruitment procedure in accordance with the mouth. 1-6, the municipality still has free places in this kindergarten or that other form of preschool education. In the case of a larger number of candidates residing outside the area of a given municipality, the recruitment procedure shall be carried out. The provisions of the paragraph 2-6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
8. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-7, 9 and 10 apply mutatis mutandis to recruitment procedures to a public inclusive kindergarten and an integration branch in public kindergarten public, in the case of children who do not have a decision on need of education special issued on the grounds of disability.
9. Under the concept of income referred to in paragraph. 5, the income referred to in Article shall be understood. 3 point 1 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits, except that in the case of taxable income under the rules laid down in Article 27, art. 30b, art. 30c and art. 30e of the Act of 26 July 1991. o Income tax on individuals (Dz. U. 2012 r. items 361, of late. zm.), it is reduced by the cost of obtaining income, advances on income tax on individuals, social contributions not included in the cost of obtaining income, and contributions to health insurance.
10. When calculating the income of a member of the family referred to in para. 9, take into account the average monthly income of the 3 months selected from the last 6 months preceding the submission of the application referred to in art. 20s.
Art. 20d. [ Laureates and finalists of Olympics and Competitions] 1. Laureate or finalist of the nationwide Olympics in question and the laureate of the competition of the voivodship or the voivodship in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 8, are admitted in the first place to the public junior high school, public junior high school, public bilingual junior high school, bilingual branch in public junior high school, international branch in the public public junior high school, public junior high school, public secondary school, public secondary school, secondary school integration or an integration branch in a secondary school of secondary education If the conditions referred to in Article 4 are met, the public shall be free of access to the public. 20e ust. 2 and Art. 20f ust. 1.
2. Laureate or finalist of the nationwide Olympics in question and the laureate of the competition of the voivodship or the voivodship in accordance with the regulations issued pursuant to the Art. 22 par. 2 point 8, are admitted in the first place to the public sports gymnasium, the public junior high school of sports championship, a sports branch in the public junior high school, a public school of secondary school sports, public school a post-secondary sports championship or a sports branch in a public secondary school in general, if the conditions referred to in Article 4 are met, respectively. 20e ust. 2, art. 20f ust. 1 and Art. 20h ust. 1.
3. Laureate or finalist of the nationwide Olympics in question and the laureate of the competition of the voivodship or the voivodship in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of art. 22 par. In the second paragraph of Article 2 (2), they are to be admitted in the first place to a bilingual secondary school, a bilingual branch of a public secondary school or an international branch in a public secondary school. If the conditions referred to in Article 4 are met, the public shall be free of access to the public. 20f ust. 1 and Art. 20j ust. 1, except that the condition for obtaining a positive result of the test of language competence referred to in art. 20j ust. 1, does not apply to the laureate or finaliter of the Olympics in question and the laureate of the competition of the voivodship in the voivodship or the voivodship of the foreign language of the modern language, which will be the second language of instruction in the school or branch, about admission to the It is a laureate or a finalist.
Art. 20e. [ Criteria for admission to the class of the first public primary school and to the class of the first public junior high school] 1. To the class of the first public primary school and to the class of the first public gymnasium, which has been established the circuit, shall be adopted on the basis of the notification of parents of children and young people residing in that circuit.
2. To the class of the first public junior high school shall be accepted candidates with a certificate of completion of primary school.
3. Candidates inhabited outside the public ring of primary or public junior high school can be admitted to the first class after the recruitment procedure, if the given public primary school or public junior high school data continues You have free places. The criteria defined by the leading authority shall be taken into account in the recruitment procedure, taking into account ensuring the fullest possible implementation of the needs of the child and of his family and local social needs, and may be taken into account the criterion of income per person in the family of the candidate referred to in art. 20c ust. 5. Rules of Art. 20c ust. 9 and 10 shall apply.
4. The Criteriom referred to in paragraph. 3, the lead authority grants a number of points and specifies the documents necessary for their confirmation, with the fact that meeting the income criterion per person in the candidate's family is confirmed by the statement.
5. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-4 shall also apply to the recruitment procedure to the class of the first public primary school or public junior high school run by a legal person other than the local or regional authority, or the natural person who has been established the circuit.
6. The provisions of the paragraph. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recruitment procedure to the class of the first public primary or public junior high school run by a legal person other than a local or local authority, or a natural person who has not been established circumference, in the case of more candidates than the number of vacancies in these schools.
7. The provisions of the paragraph. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recruitment procedure to the class of the first public primary integration school, public integration gymnasium, integration branch at the public or public elementary school public school a general secondary school, in the case of children who do not have a decision on the need for special education issued on the grounds of disability.
Art. 20f. [ Criteria for admission to the class of first public secondary school] 1. To the class of the first public secondary school, except for the schools referred to in art. 9 ust. 1 point 3 (a) d and e, shall be accepted candidates who:
1) hold a certificate of completion of a gymnasium;
2) in the case of candidates for the school leading vocational training-have a medical certificate containing a judgment on the lack of health contraindications to take practical instruction of the profession, issued in accordance with the provisions on medical examination candidates for secondary or tertiary schools, students of these schools, students and participants in doctoral studies.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the condition referred to in paragraph. 1 point 1, than the number of vacancies in the school referred to in paragraph 1 above. 1, the following criteria shall be taken into account in the first step of the recruitment procedure:
1) the results of the gymnasium examination;
2) listed on the certificate of completion of the gymnasium of the evaluation from the Polish language and mathematics and of the two compulsory educational activities established by the head of the given school as taken into account in the recruitment proceedings for the given branch of this school;
3) the certificate of the completion of the gymnasium with distinction;
4) the specific achievements mentioned on the certificate of completion of the gymnasium:
a) obtaining a high place awarded or honoured with a winning title in the professions of knowledge, artistic and sports, organised by the curator of education or organised at least at the district level by other entities acting on the area of the school, with the exception of the title of the laureate or finaliter of the nationwide Olympiad of the present and the title of the laureate of the competition of the voivodship concerned or the omnivoivodship referred to in art. 20d,
(b) achievements in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of volunteering;
5) in the case of candidates applying for admission to branches requiring specific individual predispositions-results of the test of the directional captions referred to in paragraph. 5.
3. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, in the second stage of the recruitment procedure, candidates with health problems, limiting the possibility of choosing the direction of education from the It is also a matter of health status, as confirmed by the opinion of a public psycho-pedagogical counselor, including a public expert counseling.
4. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the second stage of the recruitment procedure or if, after the end of this stage, the school referred to in paragraph The criteria referred to in Article 1 shall be taken into account in the third stage of the recruitment procedure, and shall continue to have free seats. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
5. If a curriculum implemented in a school or a branch requires the candidates of specific individual predispositive, upon the request of the director of upper secondary school, positively opinionated by the education curator, the minister competent for education and upbringing can give consent to the conduct of the directional capacity check, on the conditions set by the pedagogical council, if the leading authority agrees to additional hours of educational activities in the implementation of the curriculum requiring a pupil of specific individual predispositive.
6. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-5 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recruitment procedure to the class of the first public secondary school or integration branch in a public secondary school in general, in the case of non-resident children a decision on the need for special education issued on the grounds of disability.
Art. 20g. [ Criteria for admission to the class of the first public policeof school] 1. At the semester of the first public policeof the police shall be accepted candidates who:
1) have secondary education;
2. they have a medical certificate referred to in art. 20f ust. 1 point 2;
3) in the case of candidates applying for admission to a school implementing a curriculum requiring specific individual givings or predisposition useful in a given profession-they have obtained a positive result of the test referred to in the paragraph. 1a.
(a) If the school curriculum requires the candidates of specific individual capacity or suitability for the profession concerned, the Minister for Education and Education, on a proposal from the Director of the School, shall be responsible for the education and training of the school head, after a positive assessment of the training programme. an opinion on the application by the minister competent in the field of the profession may give consent to the performance of the giants or suitability for use in the profession concerned. This check is carried out under the conditions established by the Pedagogical Council.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of free places in the school referred to in paragraph. 1, the following criteria shall be taken into account in the first step of the recruitment procedure:
1) in the case of a non-minors candidate-the criteria referred to in Article 20c ust. 2;
2. in the case of a full-year candidate:
(a) the multitude of the candidate's family,
(b) disability of the candidate,
c) the disability of the candidate's child,
(d) the disability of another person who is close to whom the candidate has custody,
(e) single child-raising by a candidate.
3. The criteria referred to in paragraph. 2, they have the same value.
4. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure or if after the end of this stage a given school referred to in paragraph. 1, still disposes of free places, in the second stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the order of notifications.
Art. 20h. [ Criteria for admission to the first class of primary sports primary school] 1. To the class of the first public primary school of sports, the public primary school of a sports championship or a sports branch in a public elementary school general public or to a class higher than the first in those schools, where training in a given sport starts in this class, accepts candidates who:
1) have a very good health condition, confirmed by a medical certificate of the ability to practise a particular sport issued by a specialist doctor in the field of sports medicine or other authorized medical practitioner, in accordance with the rules on the mode of a decision on the fitness for the sport by children and young people to complete 21. the year of life and by the players between 21. 23. year of life;
2) have the written consent of parents to attend a candidate for school or a branch;
3) have achieved positive results of physical fitness tests, on the terms established by the Polish sports association competent for a given sport, in which there is a sports training course in a given school or a given branch.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of free places in the school and the branch referred to in paragraph. 1, at the first stage of recruitment proceedings shall be taken into account the results of physical fitness tests referred to in paragraph. 1 point 3.
3. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, a total of the criteria referred to in art shall be taken into account in the second stage of the recruitment procedure. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
4. To the class of the first public sports gymnasium, public junior high school athlete, sports branch in public junior high school, public school of upper secondary school, public school of upper secondary school a sports championship or a sports branch in a public high school public school shall be accepted as candidates who meet the conditions referred to in paragraph 3 respectively. 1, art. 20e ust. 2 and Art. 20f ust. 1.
5. In the case of more candidates meeting the conditions referred to in the paragraph. 4, than the number of vacancies in schools and branches referred to in paragraph. 4, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure, the results of the physical fitness tests referred to in paragraph 1 shall be taken into account. 1 point 3.
6. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, in the second stage of the recruitment procedure, the following criteria shall be taken into account, respectively, of the following:
1) the results of the test-in the case of public sports gymnasium, public junior high school of sports championship and a sports branch in the public junior high school;
2) the results of the gymnasium-in the case of a public school of upper-secondary athletic, a public school of a secondary sports championship and a sports branch in the public secondary school of a public school;
3) listed on the certificate of completion of the gymnasium of the evaluation from the Polish language and mathematics and from two compulsory educational activities established by the director of the given school as being taken into account in the recruitment proceedings for the given branch of this school- in the case of a public school of secondary sports, a public school of a secondary sports championship and a sports branch in a public school of secondary school open to the public;
4) certificate of completion respectively of primary school or junior high school with distinction;
5) the special achievements mentioned on the certificate of completion respectively of primary school or middle school:
a) obtaining a high place awarded or honoured with a winning title in the professions of knowledge, artistic and sports, organised by the curator of education or organised at least at the district level by other entities acting on the area of the school, with the exception of the title of the laureate or finaliter of the nationwide Olympiad of the present and the title of the laureate of the competition of the voivodship concerned or the omnivoivodship referred to in art. 20d,
(b) achievements in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of volunteering.
7. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the second stage of the recruitment procedure, a total of the criteria referred to in art shall be taken into account in the third stage of recruitment procedure. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
Art. 20i. [ Criteria for admission to the class of the first public bilingual gymnasium or bilingual branch in the public junior high school] 1. To the class of the first public bilingual gymnasium or bilingual branch in the public junior high school, candidates who hold a certificate of completion of primary school and have obtained a positive result of the test language predispositions carried out under conditions laid down by the Pedagogical Council.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of free places in the school and the branch referred to in paragraph. 1, the following criteria shall be taken into account in the first step of the recruitment procedure:
1) the results of the test;
2) the result of the check of the language predisposition referred to in the paragraph. 1;
3) certificate of completion of primary school with distinction;
4) the specific achievements mentioned on the primary school's certificate:
a) obtaining a high place awarded or honoured with a winning title in the professions of knowledge, artistic and sports, organised by the curator of education or organised at least at the district level by other entities acting on the area of the school, with the exception of the title of the laureate of the competition of the voivodship concerned or the supra voivodship referred to in 20d,
(b) achievements in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of volunteering.
3. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, a total of the criteria referred to in art shall be taken into account in the second stage of the recruitment procedure. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
Art. 20j. [ Criteria for admission to the class of the first public secondary school of a bilingual or bilingual school in the public secondary school of secondary education to the public] 1. To the class of the first public secondary school of a bilingual or bilingual school in the public secondary school, the candidates who meet the conditions referred to in art shall be accepted in general. 20f ust. 1, and have obtained a positive result of the exercise of language competence carried out under conditions established by the Pedagogical Council.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the condition referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of free places in the school and the branch referred to in paragraph. 1, the following criteria shall be taken into account in the first step of the recruitment procedure:
1) the results of the gymnasium examination;
2) the result of the check of the language competence referred to in paragraph. 1;
3) listed on the certificate of completion of the gymnasium of the evaluation from the Polish language, mathematics, foreign language of the modern language, with the assessment of the foreign language of the modern language, taking into account the evaluation of the higher, and from some obligatory educational activities defined by the head of the school concerned as being taken into account in the recruitment procedure for the particular branch of that school;
4) the certificate of the completion of the gymnasium with distinction;
5. the special achievements mentioned on the certificate of completion of the gymnasium:
a) obtaining a high place awarded or honoured with a winning title in the professions of knowledge, artistic and sports, organised by the curator of education or organised at least at the district level by other entities acting on the area of the school, with the exception of the title of the laureate or finaliter of the nationwide Olympiad of the present and the title of the laureate of the competition of the voivodship concerned or the omnivoivodship referred to in art. 20d,
(b) achievements in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of volunteering.
3. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, a total of the criteria referred to in art shall be taken into account in the second stage of the recruitment procedure. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
Art. 20k. [ Criteria for admission to the public primary school for adults, to the classroom of the first public junior high school for adults and public secondary school for adults] 1. To a public primary school for adults, to the class of the first public junior high school for adults and a public secondary school for adults shall be accepted candidates who:
1) have completed the fifth grade of primary school-in the case of applying for admission to primary school for adults;
2) have completed a six-year primary school or a class six or seven eight years of primary school-in the event of applying for admission to a junior high school;
3) have completed a gymnasium or an eight-year elementary school-in the case of applying for admission to an adult general education high school;
4. they have an average education and a medical certificate referred to in art. 20f ust. 1 point 2-in the case of applying for admission to an adult policeof school;
5. they shall have an average education and a medical certificate referred to in Article 4. 20f ust. In accordance with Article 1, point 2, and the positive result of the check referred to in paragraph 1, point 2. 1a-in the case of applying for admission to a secondary school for adults implementing a curriculum requiring specific individual abilities or predispositions useful in the profession concerned.
(a) If a curriculum implemented in an adult police school requires the candidates of specific individual capacity or suitability for the profession concerned, the Minister for Education and the Minister for Education, at the request of the school head, shall be required to take the necessary measures. education, after having received a favourable opinion of the Minister responsible for the profession, may agree to carry out a test of givings or predisposition useful in the profession concerned. This check is carried out under the conditions established by the Pedagogical Council.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of free places in the school referred to in paragraph. 1, in the first stage of recruitment proceedings shall be taken together:
1) in the case of candidates referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 16 ust. 6c-the criteria referred to in art. 20c ust. 2;
2) in the case of a full candidate-the criteria referred to in art. 20g ust. 2 point 2.
3. The criteria referred to in paragraph. 2, they have the same value.
4. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure or if after the end of this stage a given school referred to in paragraph. 1, still disposes of free places, in the second stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the order of notifications.
5. A candidate, who does not hold a document confirming the completion of the fifth grade of primary school, may be admitted to the public primary school for adults on the basis of an interview conducted by the recruitment commission.
6. Candidates who hold a certificate of completion of an essential vocational school may be accepted into the class of the second public general education high school for adults. The provisions of the paragraph 2-4 shall apply.
Art. 20l. [ Delegation] [ 4] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation:
1) how to convert to the points of individual criteria referred to in art. 20f ust. 2 points 1-4, art. 20h ust. 6, art. 20i para. 2 points 1, 3 and 4 and Article 4 20j ust. 2 points 1, 3, 4 and 5,
2) the method of determining the scoring in the case of persons exempted respectively from the test or the gymnasium,
3) the composition and detailed tasks of the recruitment commission, the detailed procedure and deadlines for conducting recruitment procedures and supplemental proceedings, as well as deadlines for the submission of documents
-having regard to the need to ensure that candidates are adopted for selected schools on an equal and transparent basis for the assessment of their knowledge, skills and achievements.
Art. 20m. [ List of knowledge, artistic and sporting professions] The education curator shall make public by the end of February a list of the knowledge, artistic and sporting professions organised by the educational curator or other operators in the school premises which may be mentioned on the certificate. the completion of primary and secondary schools referred to in art. 20f ust. 2 point 4 (a), 20h ust. 6 point 5 a, art. 20i para. 2 point 4 (a) a and art. 20j ust. 2 point 5 (a) and the places considered to be high in those professions.
Art. 20n. [ Acceptance criteria for public schools and public establishments of art] 1. Public schools and public art establishments may be accepted candidates who have obtained a positive result of the recruitment procedure.
2. To the first stage of the recruitment procedure, candidates who have joined the application for admission to a public school or public establishment are allowed to include a medical certificate in the absence of any medical contraindications to take part in the education at a given public school or a public artistic establishment, issued by a doctor of primary health care.
3. Public art school leading vocational training may, depending on the scope of education, request a medical certificate in the absence of health contraindications to undertake education in a given profession, speciality or specialization, issued by a specialist specialist due to the extent of the education in the given profession, speciality or specialization. In this case, the provision of the paragraph 2 with regard to the requirement to join the application to the public school of artistic attestation of the primary health care doctor does not apply.
4. At the first stage of the recruitment procedure, the results of the usefulness test or the entrance examination in the field of aptitude, predisposition or practical skills shall be taken into consideration.
5. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, the following criteria shall be taken into account in the second stage of the recruitment procedure:
1) in the case of a non-minors candidate-the criteria referred to in art. 20c ust. 2;
2) in the case of a full candidate-the criteria referred to in art. 20g ust. 2 point 2.
6. The criteria referred to in paragraph. 5, they have the same value.
7. For a candidate applying for admission to a public school or a public art establishment for a class higher than the first or a year of higher education than the first, a qualifying examination shall be carried out, which is to check whether the predispositions and the skill level of the candidate shall correspond to the class programme or the year of education at the public school or the public arts establishment to which the candidate is to be accepted. The provisions of the paragraph 2 and 3 shall apply.
8. In order to carry out an examination of the qualification, the director of the public school or public artistic establishment shall appoint a qualification committee, appoint its chairman and determine the tasks of the members of the committee.
9. In the case of passing a student from one public school or public artistic establishment to another public school or a public art establishment or in case of a candidate's application for admission to a public school or public establishment During the school year, the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be adopted. 2, 3, 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
10. The Minister responsible for Culture and National Heritage shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the detailed conditions for admission of candidates to individual types of public schools and public art establishments and documents proving compliance with these conditions,
2) the manner, detailed modalities and deadlines for carrying out recruitment procedures for individual types of public schools and public arts establishments, including the scope, detailed conditions and mode of carrying out the usefulness and examination of the examination the initial provisions referred to in paragraph 1. 4, the qualification examination referred to in paragraph. 7, and the composition and detailed tasks of the recruitment commission and the qualification committee, respectively,
3) detailed conditions for the passing of students from one type of public art schools to other types of public art schools
-having regard to the need to ensure that candidates are adopted for selected public schools and public establishments on an equal and transparent basis for the assessment of their abilities, predispositions and practical skills, and the efficiency of the recruitment procedure, as well as the need to supplement the curriculum differences by the students, including continuing the learning of the foreign language in the case of the provision of general education by the public school of artistic education.
11. The Minister for Culture and Protection of National Heritage may define, by means of a regulation, a model application for admission to public school and public art establishments, taking into account the organisational structure of public schools and public art establishments.
12. To the recruitment procedure for public schools and public establishments, the provisions of art. 20s and art. 20t and art. 2 0za-20ze shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 20o. [ Acceptance criteria for seizure of interest or developing skills organised in a public educational and educational establishment] 1. For activities of developing interests or developing skills organised in an educational and educational establishment, candidates residing in the area of a given county shall be accepted.
2. For candidates applying for the adoption of a capacity building, the director of the establishment referred to in paragraph 1 shall be eligible for the establishment of the institution. 1, may arrange to conduct a study of directional faculties on the conditions set by the Pedagogical Council. In such a case, candidates who have received a positive outcome of the directional capacity survey shall be accepted for classes.
3. In the case of more candidates meeting the conditions referred to in the paragraph. 1 or 2, than the number of seats available for the classes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, organised at the facility referred to in paragraph. 1, the first stage of the recruitment procedure shall take into account the total criteria referred to in art. 20c ust. 2. Article Recipe 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
4. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, the criteria specified by the leading authority shall be taken into account in the second stage of the recruitment procedure, taking into account the provision of the fullest possible realization of the needs of the child and his family and local social needs, and may be taken into account the criterion of income per person in the family of the candidate referred to in art. 20c ust. 5. The operator shall specify the documents necessary for the confirmation of these criteria, with the result that the fulfilment of the income criterion per person in the candidate's family is confirmed by the statement. The provisions of Article 4 20c ust. 6, 9 and 10 shall apply.
5. Candidates residing outside the area of a given district may be admitted to the classes referred to in paragraph. 1, organised at the facility referred to in paragraph. 1, in the area of this county, if after the recruitment procedure in accordance with the mouth. 1-4, the district still has free places for these activities organized in this facility. The provisions of the paragraph 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 20p. [ Acceptance criteria for public establishments providing care and education to pupils during the period of collection outside the place of normal residence] 1. In relation to public establishments providing care and education to pupils during the period of collection of the study outside the place of permanent residence in the first stage of recruitment proceedings shall be taken into consideration together with the following criteria:
1) in the case of a non-minors candidate-the criteria referred to in art. 20c ust. 2;
2) in the case of a full candidate-the criteria referred to in art. 20g ust. 2 point 2;
(3) the criteria defined by the leading authority, taking into account ensuring the fullest possible implementation of the needs of the pupil and the local social needs.
2. At the first stage of recruitment proceedings may be taken into account the criterion of income per person in the candidate's family, referred to in art. 20c ust. 5. Rules of Art. 20c ust. 9 and 10 shall apply.
3. The body conducting the establishment referred to in paragraph 3. 1, shall grant each of the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 1, a specified number of points, with the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. Article 1 (1) and (2) shall have the same value and each criterion referred to in paragraph 1 shall be identical. 1 point 3 and paragraph. 2, may not be awarded a number of points higher than the lowest number of points awarded for one of the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. Article 1 (1) and (2). The operator shall specify the documents necessary to confirm the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 3. Compliance with the criterion referred to in paragraph 1 shall be met. 2, is confirmed by a statement of the candidate's parent.
4. In the case of equivalent results obtained by candidates in the first stage of the recruitment procedure or if after the end of this stage a given facility referred to in the paragraph. 1, still disposes of free places, in the second stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the order of notifications.
Art. 20q. [ Acceptance criteria-lifelong learning in non-school forms carried out by public establishments or public centres] 1. If continuing education in non-school forms is carried out by public establishments or public centres referred to in art. For the first stage of the recruitment procedure for a given form of non-school continuing education, a total of the criteria referred to in Article 2 (2) shall be taken into account in the first step of the recruitment procedure. 20g ust. Article 2 (2) Article 2 (2). 20c ust. 3 shall apply.
2. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the first step of the recruitment procedure or if after the end of this stage a given public institution or public centre referred to in art. In accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 2 (2) (a) (a), the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be the second step of the recruitment procedure. The first step shall be the first step of the recruitment procedure.
3. The provisions of the paragraph. 1 and 2 do not apply to out-of-school forms carried out by public establishments and public establishments referred to in art. In accordance with Article 2 (2) (a) of the second subparagraph of Article 2 (2) (a), the second subparagraph of Article 4 (2) (a) of the
Art. 20r. [ Acceptance criteria for qualifying professional courses run by public schools, public establishments or public centres] 1. For qualifying professional courses run by public schools, public establishments or public centres referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 2 (2), the Commission shall adopt the procedure referred to in Article 2 (2) (a) of the Regulation. 20f ust. 1 point 2.
2. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the condition referred to in paragraph. 1, than the number of vacancies at public school, public establishment or public centre referred to in art. For the first stage of the recruitment procedure, the candidates who do not have any professional qualifications shall be accepted for the first stage of the recruitment procedure.
3. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the criterion referred to in paragraph. 2, than the number of vacancies at public school, public establishment or public centre referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2) (a), (a) (2) (a), (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) In the second stage of the recruitment procedure, the following shall be taken into account in the second step of the recruitment procedure:
1) in the case of candidates referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 16 ust. 6c-the criteria referred to in art. 20c ust. 2;
2) in the case of a full candidate-the criteria referred to in art. 20g ust. 2 point 2.
4. The criteria referred to in paragraph. 3, they have the same value.
5. In the case of equivalent results obtained in the second stage of the recruitment procedure or if after the end of this stage a given public school, public institution or public centre referred to in art. In accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 2 (2) (a) (a), the second subparagraph of Article 2 (2) (a) of the Rules of Procedure shall be the same as that of the first subparagraph
6. The body conducting the public school, the public service or the public centre referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 2 (2) (a), the Commission may decide to take up residence as a criterion before the criterion referred to in paragraph 2. 2.
7. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-6 do not apply to recruitment proceedings for qualifying professional courses run by public schools, public establishments and public centres referred to in art. 2 point 3a, on behalf of other entities.
Art. 20s. [ Application for adoption] An application for admission to a public kindergarten, another form of pre-school education, a public school, a public institution, a public education facility, a lifelong learning institution, or a compulsory education in non-school forms, or the qualifying professional course, hereinafter referred to as 'the application', shall be submitted to the Director, as appropriate:
1) selected public kindergarten or selected public school, and in the case of public selection of another form of preschool education-to the director of public kindergarten or public primary school;
2) a public educational and educational establishment-for selected classes in this facility;
(3) a public service providing care and education to pupils during the period of the collection of the study outside the place of permanent residence;
4) the public establishment or the public centre referred to in art. 2 (a) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (1) (2) (2) (2) (a
5) the public school, the public establishment or the public centre referred to in art. 2 points 3a, presenters of the qualifying vocational courses-for the selected qualification course;
6) the selected public school or public art facility.
Art. 20t. [ Application content] 1. The application shall contain:
1) the first name, surname, date of birth and the PESEL number of the candidate, and in the absence of the PESEL number-the series and the number of the passport or other document confirming the identity;
2) the names of the parents of the candidate, and in the case of the candidate of the fulltime-the names of the parents;
3) the address of the place of residence of the parents and the candidate, and in the case of the candidate of the full year-the residence address of the candidate;
4) the e-mail address and telephone numbers of the candidate's parents, and in the case of a full-year candidate-the e-mail address and the telephone number of the candidate, if they have them;
5) an indication of the order of selected public kindergartens, public other forms of preschool education or public schools in order from the most to the least preferred;
6) in the case of an application for admission to public secondary schools-an indication of the selected branch in a given school.
2. The application shall be accompanied by:
1) documents proving compliance by the candidate of the criteria referred to in art. 7b par. 1b, art. 20c ust. 2, art. 20f ust. 4, art. 20g ust. 2, art. 20h ust. 3 and 7, art. 20i para. 3, art. 20j ust. 3, art. 20k ust. 2, art. 20n ust. 5, art. 20o ust. 3, art. 20p ust. 1 points 1 and 2, art. 20q ust. 1 and Art. 20r par. 3, as appropriate:
(a) a declaration of the multitude of the candidate's family,
(b) a decision on the need for special education issued on the grounds of disability, a judgment on disability or a degree of disability or an equivalent decision within the meaning of the provisions of the Act of 27 August 1997. about professional and social rehabilitation and employment of people with disabilities (Dz. U. of 2011 r. Nr 127, pos. 721, of late. zm.),
(c) a final judgment of a family court adjudicating a divorce or a separation or death certificate, and a statement of the child's solicitude and the unrearing of any child together with his parent,
(d) a document certifying that the child is subject to replacement care in accordance with the Act of 9 June 2011. to support family and foster care system (Dz. U. of 2013 r. items 135, ze zm.);
2) documents proving compliance by the candidate of the criteria specified by the leading body referred to in art. 20c ust. 4, art. 20e ust. 3, art. 20o ust. 4 and art. 20p ust. 1 point 3;
3) a statement of income per person in the candidate's family-if the lead authority has specified the criterion of income per person in the candidate's family;
4) documents proving compliance by the candidate of the conditions referred to in art. 20d, art. 20e ust. 2, art. 20f ust. 1, 2 (1) and (1) 3, art. 20g ust. 1, art. 20h ust. 1 (1) and (2), (b) 4 and 6 paragraphs 1 and 2, art. 20i para. 1 and 2, point 1, art. 20j ust. 1 and 2, point 1, art. 20k ust. 1 and 6 and Art. 20r par. 1 and 2, as appropriate:
(a) the certificate of completion of the school and, in the case referred to in Article 4, 20k ust. 1 point 1-document confirming the completion of the fifth grade of primary school,
(b) a certificate of detailed results of a check or a gymnasium,
(c) a declaration of failure to hold any professional qualifications by the candidate,
(d) a certificate of obtaining the title of the laureate or finalist of the nationwide Olympiads in question or the title of the laureate of the competitions of the voivodship or voivodship concerned, carried out in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 8,
(e) in the case of a vocational training school, a medical certificate containing a decision on the absence of health contraindications for the practical instruction of the profession, issued in accordance with the provisions on medical examination of candidates for schools post-secondary or higher education, students of these schools, students and participants in doctoral studies,
(f) an opinion issued by a public psycho-pedagogical counseling, including public guidance, on priority in the admission of a student with health problems to a post-secondary school,
(g) a medical certificate on the ability to practise the sport in accordance with the rules on the mode of adjudication on the ability to practise the sport by children and young people to complete 21. the year of life and by the players between 21. 23. year of life,
(h) the written consent of the parents referred to in Article 20h ust. 1 point 2.
3. The documents referred to in paragraph. 2 point 1 (c) (b) to (d) and point 4 (a), (b) and (d) shall be submitted in an original, notarized certified copy or officially certified in accordance with Article 4 (1) (b), (b) and (d). 76a § 1 of the Code of Administrative Procedure of the copy or the exodus of the document.
4. The documents referred to in paragraph. 2 point 4 (a) a and b, can be folded in the form of a copy certified for compliance with the original by the school director, which the candidate completed.
5. The documents referred to in paragraph. 2 point 1 (c) b-d and point 4 (a) d-g, may also be submitted in the form of a copy certified for compliance with the original by the candidate's parent or a full-year candidate.
6. The certificates referred to in paragraph 1 2, consists of a rigorous criminal liability for making false statements. The applicant shall be obliged to enter in it the clause of the following text: "I am aware of the criminal responsibility for making a false statement." This clause replaces instructing the body of criminal responsibility for making false statements.
7. The Chairperson of the Selection Board may request documents confirming the circumstances contained in the statements referred to in the paragraph. 2, within the time limit set by the President, or may turn to the mayor (mayor, city president) competent because of the candidate's residence for confirmation of these circumstances. Wójt (Mayor, Mayor of the City) confirms these circumstances within 14 days.
8. In order to confirm the circumstances contained in the statements, the mayor (mayor, mayor of the city) competent due to the place of residence of the candidate uses the information he knows of the office, or he/she can apply to public institutions for the award of information on the circumstances contained in the statements, if the institutions have such information. A declaration of solitary raising of a child may be verified by an interview referred to in art. 23 (1) 4a of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits.
9. At the request of the mayor (mayor, president of the city) competent due to the place of residence of the candidate, public institutions and non-governmental organizations are obliged to provide explanations and information as to the circumstances contained in the statements, if they have such information.
10. To carry out the cases referred to in paragraph. 8 and 9, the mayor (mayor, president of the city) competent due to the place of residence of the candidate may authorise the head of the social assistance centre, the manager of another organizational unit of the municipality or another person at the request of the manager of the assistance centre social, or manager of another organisational unit of the municipality.
Art. 20u. [ Notification Contents] 1. The notification referred to in art. 20e ust. 1, contains:
1) the first name, surname, date of birth and the PESEL number of the candidate, and in the absence of the PESEL number-the series and the number of the passport or other document confirming the identity;
2) the names of the candidate's parents;
3) address of the place of residence of the candidate's parents and candidate
4) the e-mail address and the telephone numbers of the candidate's parents-if they have them.
2. When a candidate for the class of the first public junior high school is reported, a certificate of completion of primary school shall be submitted for inspection.
Art. 20v. [ Application model or notification model] The public nursery school, public other forms of pre-school education, public schools or public establishments may specify the model of the application or the model of the application referred to in art. 20s and art. 20u.
Art. 20w. [ Conducting recruitment proceedings every year for another school year for free places in public kindergarten or in a public other form of preschool education] 1. recruitment procedures for public kindergartens and public other forms of preschool education shall be carried out each year for the following school year for free seats in the public kindergarten or in the public another form of preschool education.
2. Parents of children admitted to a given public kindergarten or public other form of preschool education annually submit to the next school year a declaration on the continuation of preschool education in this kindergarten or that other form of preschool education, within the 7 days prior to the date of commencement of recruitment proceedings, specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 20l.
3. Recruitment procedures for classes organised by public educational establishments and recruitment procedures for public care facilities providing care and education for pupils during the period of collection outside the permanent place. In the case of a number of members of the European Commission, it is not necessary to take care of the activities provided for in the course of the period of the year. the place of residence.
4. Parents of children or full-year participants who continue to participate in activities organised by the public educational and educational establishment and parents of children or persons who are underage to the public service providing care and education to pupils in the the period for the collection of the study outside the place of residence shall make a declaration of continuing participation in the classes for which the child was adopted or to continue to stay at the public service providing care and education. pupils during the period of collection of the study outside the place of permanent residence, in the period of 7 days prior to the start of the recruitment procedure, determined in accordance with the paragraph. 5.
5. The director of a public educational establishment or public establishment providing care and education to pupils during the period of collection of the study outside the place of permanent residence, in agreement with the leading authority, shall establish and make public the date of the recruitment procedure, including time limits for the submission of documents.
Art. 20z. [ The transmission of data on the state of health, the diet used and the development of the child's psycho-physical] In order to provide a child during a stay in a public kindergarten, a public another form of nursery education, a public school and a public establishment referred to in art. In accordance with Article 2 (2) (7), the appropriate care, nutrition and the care and educational methods of the child's parent shall be transmitted to the director of a kindergarten, school or establishment recognised by him as relevant data on the state of health, the diet and the development of the child's psycho-physical.
Art. 20za. [ Acceptance request-limit] 1. An application for admission to a public kindergarten, a public other form of pre-school education and a public school may be made up to no more than three selected public kindergartens, public other forms of pre-school education, or public schools, unless the leading authority allows the possibility of submitting an application to more than three selected public kindergartens, public other forms of nursery education or public schools.
2. In the application referred to in paragraph. 1, specifies the order of selected public kindergartens, public other forms of nursery education or public schools in order from the most to the least preferred.
Art. 20zb. [ Tasks of the Selection Board] 1. The recruitment procedure for public kindergartens, public other forms of nursery education, public schools and public institutions shall be carried out by a recruitment commission appointed by the kindergarten director, the school or the institution. The Director shall appoint the Chairman of the Selection Board.
2. The tasks of the recruitment commission shall be in particular:
1) establish the results of the recruitment procedure and make public a list of candidates qualified and candidates for the non-eligible, referred to in art. 20zc ust. 1;
2. the establishment and public message of the lists of candidates accepted and of candidates not accepted, referred to in art. 20zc ust. 3;
3) carrying out a test of directional captions, physical fitness tests, checking of language predispositions, checking of language competence, testing of suitability, fitness checking or predispositions useful in the profession concerned, pre-examination or examination of directional capacity-in the cases referred to in art. 7b par. 1, art. 20f ust. 5, art. 20g ust. 1a, art. 20h ust. 1 point 3, art. 20i para. 1, art. 20j ust. 1, art. 20k ust. 1a, art. 20n ust. 4 and art. 20o ust. 2;
4) the holding of the interview referred to in art. 20k ust. 5;
5) draw up the protocol of the recruitment procedure.
Art. 20zc. [ Publication of results of recruitment proceedings] 1. The results of the recruitment procedure shall be made public in the form of a list of candidates qualified and candidates not qualified, containing the names of candidates and the information on the qualification or disqualification a candidate for a given public kindergarten, a public nursery school, a public school, a public institution, a public education institution, a lifelong learning institution in non-school forms, or Qualifying course.
2. The recruitment commission takes the candidate for a given public kindergarten, a public other form of preschool education, public school, public school, classes at public educational and educational establishment, to lifelong learning in the non-school forms or for the qualifying professional course if the candidate has been qualified as a result of the recruitment procedure and has submitted the required documents.
3. The recruitment commission shall make public a list of candidates admitted and candidates not admitted to a given public kindergarten, a public other form of nursery education, a public school, a public institution, to classes in educational and educational establishment, for lifelong learning in non-school forms or for the qualification of a professional course. The list shall include the names of candidates admitted and candidates not accepted or information on the number of vacant seats.
4. The lists referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, shall be made public by placing in a prominent place at the premises of a public kindergarten, a public other form of preschool education, public school or public establishment. The lists shall contain the names of the candidates ranked in alphabetical order and the lowest number of points which entitles them to be accepted.
5. The day of the application to the public of the list referred to in paragraph. 3, shall be specified in the form of an annotation placed on that list bearing the signature of the chairman of the recruitment commission.
6. Within 7 days from the date of application to the public a list of candidates accepted and candidates not accepted, the parent of a candidate or a full-year candidate may request the recruitment commission to draw up a statement of reasons for refusal of acceptance a candidate for a given public kindergarten, a public school, a public school, a public school, a public educational establishment, a vocational education course or a lifelong learning course or a vocational training course in the non-school forms.
(7) The statement of reasons shall be made within 5 days of the date on which the parent or candidate of the year of application referred to the application referred to in paragraph 1 of the decision is made. 6. The reasons shall include the reasons for refusal of acceptance, including the lowest number of points that qualified for admission, and the number of points that the candidate obtained in the recruitment procedure.
8. The candidate of the candidate or the full-age candidate may bring to the director of public kindergarten, public school or public office an appeal against the resolution of the recruitment commission, within 7 days from the day of receipt of the justification.
9. The director of a public kindergarten, public school or public establishment shall consider an appeal against the resolution of the recruitment commission referred to in paragraph. 8, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the appeal. An administrative court shall be used to determine the director of a given public kindergarten, public school or public office.
Art. 20zd. [ Supplementary procedure] 1. If, following the recruitment procedure, a public kindergarten, a public school or a public school, the public school or public service still has free places, the director of the preschool, school or institution carry out complementary measures.
2. The supplementary procedure should be completed by the end of August of the school year preceding the school year for which the recruitment procedure is carried out.
3. The provisions of this Chapter shall apply mutatis mutandis to the procedure.
Art. 20ze. [ Personal data of candidates] 1. The personal data of candidates collected for the purposes of the recruitment procedure and documentation of the recruitment procedure shall be kept no longer than the end of the period in which the pupil benefits from kindergarten education in a given public kindergarten or a public other form of pre-school education, or a public school, a public institution, a public educational establishment, a lifelong learning course in non-school forms, or a qualification course professional.
2. Personal data of candidates not accepted collected for the purposes of recruitment proceedings are stored in a public kindergarten, public another form of nursery education, public school or public institution, which carried out recruitment procedures, for a period of one year, unless a complaint has been brought to the administrative court, the school or the institution has been brought before the Administrative Court, and the proceedings have not been completed by a final judgment.
Art. 20zf. [ Tasks and competencies in the case of public kindergartens, public schools and public institutions conducted by local government units] In the case of public kindergartens, public schools and public institutions conducted by the units of local government tasks and competences specified in:
1. 20c ust. 4-6, art. 20e ust. 3 and 4, art. 20o ust. 4, art. 20p ust. 1 point 3 and paragraph. 3, art. 20r par. 6 and art. 20za ust. 1-shall be carried out by the municipal council, the district council, the state purse seismik, respectively;
2. Article 20a par. 3, art. 20f ust. 5, art. 20v and art. 20w para. 5-performs correspondingly the mayor (mayor, president of the city), starosta, marshal of the voivodship.
Art. 20zg. [ Schools run by the Minister responsible for internal affairs] 1. The provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to schools run by the minister competent for internal affairs, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 29.
2. The conditions and the mode of admission to schools referred to in paragraph. 1, determine the provisions issued on the basis of art. 112 (1) 4 point 1 of the Act of 24 August 1991. o State Fire Brigades (Dz. U. of 2013 r. items 1340 and 1351).
Art. 20zh. [ Going from a student to another school] 1. In the case of traversing a student from a public school or a non-public school with the authority of a public school of one type or from a non-public school that does not have the authority of a public school, to a public school of another type or the same of a type, the admission of a pupil to a public school decides the school head. Article Recipe 20a par. 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. A student passing from a public school or a non-public school with the authority of a public school shall be admitted to the appropriate class or for the relevant semester of a public school of another type or of the same type, after an assessment of the scope The training provided at the school to which the apprentice attended, on the basis of a copy of the pupil's appraisal sheet, certified as being in conformity with the original by the head of the school to which the pupil was attending or on the basis of a certificate of teaching the pupil referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 5.
3. In the case of traversing a student from a public school or a non-public school with the authority of a public school of one type to a public school of another type, a classification examination may be carried out. The examination of the classification shall be carried out in accordance with art. 44l and the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
3a. A non-public school student who does not have the authority of a public school shall be admitted to the appropriate class or to the relevant semester of the public school after the sentence of the examination. The examination of the classification shall be carried out in accordance with art. 44l and the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
4. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the detailed conditions for the passing of a student from a public school or a non-public school with the authority of a public school of one type to a public school of another type or to a public school of the same type,
2) cases in which a pupil passing from a public school or a non-public school with the authority of a public school of one type to a public school of another type may be admitted to a programming class higher, and in the case of a polygonal school for youth and school for adults-for a semester programmatically higher than that results from a copy of the pupil's evaluation sheet or the certificate of teaching of the pupil referred to in the paragraph. 2
-having regard to the need to complement the programme's differences by the pupils, including the continuation of the learning of the foreign language of the modern language.
Chapter 3
Management of schools and public institutions
Article 21. [ Educational policy] 1. The Minister for Education and Education shall coordinate and implement the country's education policy and shall cooperate in this respect with the voicins and with other bodies and agencies competent in matters of the functioning of the education system.
2. The Minister for Education and Education initiates, coordinates and supervises the organisation of nationwide Olympic Games and tournaments for pupils, and may delegate tasks in this field, through contract, to higher schools, to scientific institutions, scientific and professional associations and other bodies carrying out statutory educational or scientific activities.
Article 21a. [ The necessary activities of schools and facilities to create optimal conditions for the realization of the teaching activity] 1. Schools and establishments shall take the necessary measures to create the optimal conditions for the realization of teaching, educational and care activities and other statutory activities, to provide each student with the conditions necessary for his the development, improvement of the quality of the school's work or establishment and its organisational development.
2. The actions referred to in paragraph. 1, refer to:
1) the effects on education, education and care and the realisation of objectives and statutory tasks;
2) the organization of the processes of education, education and care;
3) creating conditions for the development and activity of students;
4) cooperation with parents and the local environment;
5) management of the school or facility.
3. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the requirements for schools and establishments, on the implementation of the necessary measures referred to in paragraph 1. 1, allowing the quality of their work to be examined-in relation to different types of schools and types of establishments, taking into account the characteristics of meeting the requirements at the level of:
1) basic-providing for the proper course of education, education and care processes, enabling each student to develop on a case-by-case basis his or her individual opportunities, school-taking, or the establishment of activities which improve the quality of her work, the involvement of pupils, parents and teachers in the operation of the school or facility, and cooperation with the local environment;
(2) a high-performance, high-performance of the activities referred to in point 1, expressed in particular by the effects of education and training, the positive opinions of pupils, parents and teachers on the adequacy of the education and training process to the needs and opportunities of pupils and to improve the quality of work of the school or establishment leading to their development and socialization by engaging in the school community and the local environment.
Article 22. [ Delegation] 1. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine by way of regulation:
1) (lost power);
2. (repealed);
3) organization of education of children of Polish citizens temporarily staying abroad;
3a) conditions and method of aiding among the Polish and Polish residents living abroad as well as children of migrant workers teaching Polish language, history, geography, Polish culture and other subjects taught in Polish language in schools functioning in the education systems of other countries or taught in other forms by social organisations registered abroad, taking into account in particular:
(a) directing teachers to work abroad,
(b) the transmission of the necessary textbooks and teaching aids for this teaching,
c) organizing in the country and abroad the professional development of teachers conducting teaching of Polish language, history, geography, Polish culture and other subjects taught in Polish abroad,
(d) organizing colony and other forms of summer recreation of children and post-lonily youth;
4) the scope and conditions for granting the benefits entitled to Polish teachers directed or posted to work abroad for the purposes referred to in points 3 and 3a, taking into account in particular the partial reimbursement of the cost of living and accommodation and travel expenses, as well as teachers ' equipment in the necessary manuals, teaching resources and other aids necessary for the teaching process at the place of employment.
5) (repealed).
(1a) In the Regulation referred to in paragraph 1 (a), the Council Article 1 (3), the Minister for Education and Education may exempt the application of certain provisions of the Law in respect of schools, school teams and school consultative posts at diplomatic representations, consular posts and Military representations of the Republic of Poland referred to in art. 5 par. Article 3 (1) (b) (b) (1) (b) (1) (b) (1) (b) (1) (b) (1) (b) (b) (1) (b) of the European
2. The Minister responsible for education and education shall also determine, by means of a regulation:
1) framework teaching plans, including the time dimension at the disposal of the school head, taking into account, in particular, the working hours of educational activities for the individual educational stages, and the hours of the course of the course of the course of the course of the course of the course of students with disabilities;
2. Software base:
(a) preschool education,
(b) general education in particular types of schools,
Having regard, in particular, to the sets of objectives and content of teaching, the skills of pupils, and the educational tasks of the school, according to the different stages of education and the types of schools;
(2a) the curriculum of vocational training, taking into account, in particular, the general objectives and tasks of vocational training, the effects of the training appropriate to the qualifications identified in the professions, the effects of training common to all professions, the results of the training learning common to the professions within the area of education and the possibility of obtaining additional qualifications within the area of education;
3. (repealed);
4) (repealed);
(5) the manner in which schools and establishments are taught the course of instruction, educational and care activities and types of documentation, taking into account, in particular, the records of children and young people subject to compulsory schooI and the obligation to study, as well as the basis for the issuance of certificates and diplomas;
6) the conditions for conducting innovative and experimental activities by schools and facilities, taking into account the possibility of introducing new programming, organisational and methodological solutions in the field of teaching, educational and caring, as well as the introduction of different from the universally applicable conditions of operation and organisation of schools and establishments;
(7) the organisation of the school year, taking into account, in particular, the dates of commencing and completing the educational and educational activities, the periods of time and the school's holidays;
8) the organization and the way of conducting competitions, tournaments and Olympics, taking into account that competitions, tournaments and Olympics should serve to discover and develop students ' abilities, to stimulate creative thinking, to support the ability to use the acquired knowledge in practical action, as well as better preparation of students to study in higher education or to pursue a profession;
9) (repealed);
10) (repealed);
11) the principles of granting and organising psychological and pedagogical assistance in schools and institutions, which should create conditions for meeting the students 'development and educational needs, in particular to support students' development and efficiency of learning;
12) the conditions and manner of organizing by schools and establishments of national education and tourism, taking into account the educational and educational objectives and the safety of pupils;
13) conditions for the remuneration of examiners and academic teachers referred to in art. 9c par. 10, taking into account the principle that the amount of the remuneration shall be determined in relation to the minimum rate of remuneration of the basic salary of a diplomat teacher holding a master's degree with a pedagogical preparation established on the basis of art. 30 par. 5 point 1 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -the teacher's card, and taking into account the need for the school head to confirm the participation of the academic teacher in the oral part of the matural exam.
2a. (repealed).
3. The Minister of Justice, in agreement with the Minister for Education and Education, shall determine, by way of regulation, the organisation of a school year in schools in correctional facilities and in shelters for minors, taking into account in the In particular, the specificities of the organisation of education and rehabilitation work in these establishments and shelters and the enforcement of judgments.
4. (repealed).
5. (repealed).
Article 22a. [ Kindergarten Education and Teaching Programs] 1. A teacher or team of teachers shall present a preschool or school head to a preschool education program or a curriculum for the educational activities of general education for a given educational stage.
2. In the case of a different form of nursery education, a teacher or a team of teachers shall present a preschool or primary school to the director of preschool or primary school.
3. In the case of a vocational education school, a teacher or a team of teachers conducting vocational training in a given profession presents the school head with a curriculum for a given profession.
4. The preschool education programme and the curricula referred to in paragraph. 1 and 3, may include teaching content which goes beyond the content of the teaching content established by the curriculum of pre-school education, the content of teaching established for the educational activities concerned, either by programming or by general education, or the content of the teaching determined in the form of the educational effects of the profession on the basis of curriculum training in the professions.
5. The preschool education programme and the curricula referred to in paragraph. 1 and 3, they should be adapted to the needs and opportunities of the students for whom they are intended.
6. The director of kindergarten or school, after consulting the pedagogical council, allows for use in a given kindergarten or school presented by a teacher or a team of teachers a preschool education programme or curricula, o referred to in paragraph 1: 1 and 3.
7. Accepted for use in a given kindergarten or school of pre-school education programs or curricula referred to in paragraph. 1 and 3, they constitute an appropriate set of preschool education programmes or a school set of curricula. The preschool or school head is responsible for taking into account the set of pre-school and school curricula for the curriculum of the curriculum as a whole, respectively, of the programming basisof the pre-school curriculum or the basicprogramming basis general education established for a given educational stage, and, in the case of a vocational education school, the whole basis of the curriculum of education in the professions in which the school is educated.
8. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-7 does not apply to individual programmes developed for pupils referred to in art. Article 1 (5), and to the individual programmes of study drawn up for the pupils referred to in Article 1 (1) (a), 66.
9. The curricula for the basic professions for maritime and inland waterway can be allowed for use in a given school after having received a positive opinion of the minister competent for maritime affairs and minister competent for affairs, respectively. of transport, in respect of compliance with the provisions of the Convention referred to in Article 32b.
Article 22aa. [ Decision on how to implement the curriculum] The teacher can decide on the implementation of the curriculum:
1) using textbook, educational material or exercise material or
2. without application of the manual or materials referred to in point 1.
Art. 22ab. [ Selection of manuals by the team of teachers] 1. A team of teachers conducting teaching in classes I-III primary school and a team of teachers conducting the teaching of educational activities in classes IV-VI of primary school, in junior high school and secondary school submit to the Director School proposal:
1) one textbook for educational, mathematical, natural and social education, and one textbook for classes in the scope of a given foreign language, or educational material, for students of a given class-in the case of classes I-III of primary school;
2) one textbook for the data of educational activities or educational material for the data of educational activities, for students of a given class-in the case of IV-VI classes of primary school, middle school and secondary school;
3) workout materials.
2. The teachers ' teams referred to in paragraph. 1, may present to the school head a proposal of more than one textbook or educational material:
1) to a given foreign language newborn in a given class, taking into account the levels of teaching foreign languages-in the case of IV-VI classes of primary, middle school and secondary school;
2) to the data of educational activities in a given class, taking into account the scope of education: basic or extended, established by the curriculum general education-in the case of secondary school;
3) to the data of educational activities in a given classroom in the field of education in the profession-in the case of a school running vocational training;
4) in the case of pupils with disabilities covered by special education;
5) in the case of pupils included in education to the extent necessary to sustain a sense of national, ethnic and linguistic identity.
3. The teachers ' teams referred to in paragraph. 1, when selecting textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials for pupils with disabilities subject to special education, shall take into account the educational needs and psychophysical opportunities of these pupils.
4. The head of the school, on the basis of the proposals of the teams of teachers referred to in the paragraph. 1, and in the absence of agreement in the team of teachers on the presentation of proposals of textbooks or educational materials, in accordance with the paragraph. 1 and 2, sets out:
1) a set of textbooks or educational materials in force in all branches of a given class for at least three school years,
2) the training material in the individual branches in a given school year
-after consulting the pedagogical council and the parents ' councils, subject to Art. 22ad par. 2.
5. The head of the school, at the request of the team of teachers referred to in the mouth. 1, may:
1) make changes to the set of textbooks or educational materials and to change the exercise materials, if it is not possible to purchase a given textbook, educational material or exercise material;
2) complete a set of textbooks or educational materials, as well as exercise materials.
6. The school head shall make public the set of textbooks or educational materials and the training materials in force in the school year in question.
7. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to art schools in the field of general education.
Art. 22ac. [ Right to free access to textbooks, educational materials or workout materials] 1. Pupils of primary and secondary schools shall have the right to free access to textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials, intended for compulsory education in general education, as defined in the framework the teaching plans established for these schools.
2. The provision of the paragraph. 1 shall not apply to schools for adults.
Art. 22ad. [ The purchase of a manual other than the handbook provided by the minister responsible for education and education] 1. The equipment of primary schools in textbooks for educational, mathematical, natural and social classes in the classes I-III provides the minister competent for education and education. These manuals shall be the property of the primary school authority on the date of their transfer by the Minister responsible for education and education.
2. The principal of the primary school, with the consent of the school's authority, may set out in the set referred to in art. 22ab ust. Article 4 (1), other than the manual provided by the Minister responsible for education and education, is a manual.
3. In the case referred to in paragraph. 2, the cost of purchasing a manual other than the handbook provided by the Minister responsible for education and education shall be borne by the authority leading the primary school.
4. Manuals referred to in paragraph 1, they are adapted to the educational needs and possibilities of psychophysical students with disabilities.
Art. 22ae. [ Subsidy for equipment] 1. Equipment:
1) elementary schools and art schools implementing general education in primary education in textbooks for a given foreign language class, educational materials for classes in a given foreign language, or exercise materials, for classes I-III,
2) elementary schools and art schools pursuing general education in primary school in textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials, for IV-VI classes,
3) gymnasiums and art schools pursuing general education in the field of gymnasium in textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials
-is a task commissioned from the scope of government administration, carried out by local government units leading these schools.
2. In the case of primary and secondary schools run by legal persons other than local government units or natural persons, to provide for the financing of the cost of purchasing textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials, o referred to in paragraph 1: 1, is a task commissioned from the scope of government administration, carried out by local government units obliged to conduct schools of the appropriate type and type.
3. To carry out the task referred to in the paragraph. 1 and 2, the local government unit receives a special-purpose subsidy from the state budget, given by the voicwater.
4. To finance the purchase cost of textbooks, educational materials or the exercise materials referred to in paragraph. 1, elementary and middle school run by a legal person other than a local government unit or a natural person shall receive, upon request, a customs grant from the budget of the local government unit required to run schools the appropriate type and type.
5. The special-purpose subsidy shall be granted for the equipment:
1) elementary schools and art schools implementing general education in primary education in textbooks for a given foreign language or educational material for the classes of a given foreign language, for the classes I-III-up to the amount of 25 PLN per pupil;
2) elementary schools and art schools performing general education in primary school in the exercise materials for classes I-III-up to the amount of 50 PLN per pupil;
3) elementary schools and art schools performing general education in primary school in textbooks or educational materials for classes IV-VI-up to the amount of PLN 140 per pupil;
4) elementary schools and art schools performing general education in primary school in the exercise materials for IV-VI classes-up to the amount of 25 PLN per pupil;
5) gymnasiums and art schools pursuing general education in the field of gymnasium in textbooks or educational materials-up to the amount of 250 PLN per pupil;
6) gymnasiums and art schools pursuing general education in the field of middle school in the exercise materials-up to the amount of 25 PLN per pupil.
5a. The amounts of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 5. 5, are enlarged by multiplying them by pointers:
1) not less than 2 and not greater than 3-in the case of pupils with mental impairment, deaf, deaf, with autism, blind and weak, subject to points 2 and 3, having a judgment on the need for special education, o how many students will use textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials, tailored to the educational needs and psychophysical capabilities of these students;
2) not less than 5 and not more than 10-in the case of weak students with a judgment of need of special education, as long as the students will use textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials, tailored to the educational needs and psychophysical possibilities of these students, printed in a magnified print;
3) not less than 10 and not more than 25-in the case of blind students with a decision on the need for special education, as long as the students are to use textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials, tailored to the educational needs and psychophysical capabilities of these students, printed in Braille's system.
6. The special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. Points 1, 3 and 5 shall be granted, taking into account the costs of servicing the task referred to in paragraph 5. 15, up to the cost of purchasing a set of textbooks or educational materials for each pupil in a class, per year not exceeding the amounts referred to in paragraph respectively. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, taking into account the mouth. 5a, provided that such a complete set of textbooks or educational materials will provide the opportunity to use them by students of this class for at least three consecutive school years. The next target grant for pupils in this class is awarded after three consecutive school years.
7. The number of pupils in a given class subject to the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, granted in accordance with the paragraph. 6, it is increased by the number of pupils equal to the number of branches of the given class covered by this grant.
8. If there is a need to provide a set of textbooks or educational materials for a larger number of pupils in a class than in the previous school year, and from the school year starting in the year in which the last grant was awarded Three school years have not been targeted at all pupils in this class, the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1 shall not be completed. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, shall be given up to the cost of purchasing a set of textbooks or educational materials for the number of pupils making the difference between the number of pupils in a given class in a given school year and the number of pupils in that class in the previous year the school year.
9. The special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. Points 2, 4 and 6 shall be granted on an annual basis, taking into account the cost of servicing the task referred to in paragraph 5. 15, up to the cost of the purchase of the exercise materials for each pupil in a class, per year not exceeding the amounts referred to in paragraph respectively. 5 points 2, 4 and 6, taking into account the mouth. 5a.
10. If, as a result of the increase in the number of pupils in a given class during the course of the school year, the funds from the transferred celowa grant do not cover the cost of purchasing the complete textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials for these students, the cost of purchase of missing sets of textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials is refunded from the means of the special-purpose donations transferred to the next school year.
11. A customs grant may also be used to cover the cost of printing and duplicating textbooks, educational materials and exercise materials for teaching purposes or for the purchase of devices for printing or reproduction of these manuals and materials.
(12) The maximum amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 5, shall be subject to verification every three years. The Minister responsible for education and education shall be verified, taking into account the number of compulsory education courses in general education at the educational stage concerned, the conditions to be fulfilled by the manuals and the results of the analyses. concerning the development of the prices of textbooks, educational materials and exercise materials in the last two years preceding the year in which the verification is carried out.
13. The Council of Ministers may determine, by means of a regulation, the maximum amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in the paragraph. 5, after verification, by the date until the end of June of the year in which the verification is made.
14. The maximum amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1 shall be provided. 5, after verification, shall apply from the financial year following the year in which the verification is carried out.
15. The costs of servicing the task referred to in paragraph. 1 and 2, amount to 1% of the special-purpose subsidy used.
16. The special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 3, it shall be transmitted within the period from 1 May to 15 October.
17. The special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 4, shall be transferred within 14 days from the date of receipt of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph. 3, by the local government unit.
(18) A customs grant may be used until the end of the financial year for which it was granted.
Art. 22af. [ Deduction of use of the special-purpose subsidy] 1. The head of primary or middle school and art school realizing general education in primary or secondary school, conducted by the local government unit, shall provide the body with information to the leading authority necessary for the determination of the amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in Article 22ae 3.
2. The principal of a primary school or a gymnasium conducted by a legal person other than a local government entity or a natural person shall transfer to the local self-government unit competent to grant the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 4, the application for grant of this grant together with the information necessary to determine the amount of the grant.
3. The information and request referred to in paragraph. 1 and 2, shall be transmitted within the period from 15 March to 15 September.
4. The unit of local government, on the basis of the information and conclusions referred to in the paragraph. 1 and 2, the application for the special-purpose subsidy referred to in Article 2 shall be transmitted to the competent authority. 22ae 3, within the period from 1 April to 20 September. A local government unit may submit more than one application.
5. Where the information and the application referred to in paragraph 1 are concerned. 1 and 2, have been forwarded before 25 August, the head of the school shall update this information and request, by the deadline of 25 August, taking into account the current results of the recruitment procedure for the school.
6. Where the application referred to in paragraph 4, was submitted before 31 August, the unit of local government, on the basis of the information and conclusions referred to in the paragraph. 5, updates this application by 31 August, taking into account the current results of the recruitment procedure for schools.
7. If, as a result of the update of the application and the information referred to in the paragraph 5, submitted by a primary or secondary school carried out by a legal person other than a local government entity or a natural person, the requested amount of the special-purpose subsidy will decrease and the special-purpose subsidy transferred by the self-government entity the territorial unit exceeds the amount indicated in the update, the school shall, by 31 August, return to the local government unit a part of the grant equal to the difference between the amount which the school has received by 25 August and the amount resulting from the updates.
8. If, as a result of the update of the application referred to in the paragraph 6, the requested amount of the special-purpose subsidy will decrease, and the special-purpose subsidy transferred by the wojewater unit of local government exceeds the amount indicated in the update, the local government unit, by the date of 7 September, returns the wojewater part of the grant equal to the difference between the amount which the local government unit received by 31 August and the amount resulting from the update.
9. Settlement of the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 4, by the head of the school and the reimbursement of unused grants shall take place by 15 January of the following year.
10. The deduction of the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3, by the local government unit and the reimbursement of unused grants shall take place by 31 January of the following year.
(11) The Wojewoda shall draw up and forward to the Minister for Education and Education, by 15 March of the following year, a summary statement of the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in Article 4 (2) of the Rules of the European Union. 22ae 3, by the local government units in a given financial year.
Art. 22ag. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation:
1) way of passing by the head of primary school, middle school or art school realizing general education in primary or middle school, conducted by local government units, and school head basic or gymnasium carried out by a legal person other than the local or regional authority or a natural person, the local government units of the information necessary to determine the amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3 and 4, and a model form containing that information,
2. the model of the request for the purpose of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in Article 4 (2) 22ae 4, elementary school or gymnasium conducted by a legal person other than a local government unit or a natural person,
(3) the manner in which the authorities of the local authorities are communicating the purposes of the request for the purpose referred to in Article 4 (1) of the EC-Law. 22ae 3, and the model of the application for this grant,
4) the mode and timing of the granting and the method of accounting for the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3, and a model for the settlement of the use of this grant,
5) the method of accounting for the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 4, and a model for the settlement of the use of this grant
-taking into account the possibility of using electronic means of communication and data media, and with a view to ensuring transparency and transparency in the management of the State budget.
Art. 22aga. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, the amount of the indicators referred to in Article 4. 22ae 5a, taking into account the results of analyses of the formation of prices of textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials adapted to the educational needs and the possibilities of psychophysical students with mental disabilities, deaf, notorious, with autism, the blind and the weakening, and the possibility to provide these textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials.
Art. 22ah. [ Grants to art schools or gymnasiums conducted by legal persons other than local government units] 1. To finance the cost of purchasing textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials in the scope referred to in art. 22ae 1, art schools pursuing general education in primary or secondary education conducted by legal persons other than local government units or individuals receive, upon request, a customs grant from the state budget. The provisions of Article 4 22ae 5-14 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. An application for a customs grant referred to in paragraph 2. 1, together with the information necessary to determine the amount of the grant, shall submit the director of the school to the minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage, within the period from 15 March to 15 September.
3. Where the application for the purpose of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1 1, together with the information necessary to determine the amount of the grant, was submitted before 25 August, the school head shall update this application and the information, by the deadline of 25 August, having regard to the current results of the recruitment procedure to schools.
4. If, as a result of the update of the application and the information referred to in the paragraph 3, the requested amount of the special-purpose subsidy will be reduced and the special-purpose subsidy transferred by the Minister responsible for culture and the protection of national heritage exceeds the amount indicated in the update, the school, by the deadline of 31 August, returns the Minister for Culture and the Protection of the National Heritage of a part of the grant equal to the difference between the amount that the school received by 25 August and the amount resulting from the update.
5. The special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 5. 1, it shall be transmitted within the period from 1 May to 15 October.
6. The special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 1, may be used until the end of the financial year for which it was granted.
7. The deduction of the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph 1 1, by the head of the school and the return of the unused part of the grant shall take place by 15 January of the following year.
8. In the case of textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials for art schools implementing general education in the field of primary or middle school, conducted by legal persons other than self-government units territorial or natural persons, minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage, shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the manner of the communication by the head of the school of information necessary to determine the amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in the paragraph. 1, the model of the form containing that information and the model of the grant application,
2) the mode of granting and the method of accounting for the use of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in paragraph. 1, and a model for the settlement of the use of this grant
-taking into account the possibility of using electronic means of communication and data media, and with a view to ensuring transparency and transparency in the management of the State budget.
Art. 22ai. [ Exceeding the amount of the special-purpose subsidy] 1. The director of primary or middle school, with the consent of the leading authority, may determine:
1) in the set referred to in art. 22ab ust. 4 (1), manuals or educational materials whose cost of purchase for the student exceeds the amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in Article 4 (1), respectively. 22ae 5 points 1, 3 and 5, taking into account the mouth. 5a;
2) exercise materials the cost of purchasing for the student exceeds the amounts of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 5 points 2, 4 and 6, taking into account the mouth. 5a.
2. In the case referred to in paragraph. 1, the difference between the purchase cost for the student of the set of textbooks or educational materials and the purchase of the exercise materials and the amount of the amount of the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 5, taking into account the mouth. 5a, the body of primary school or junior high school.
Art. 22aj. [ School Library] 1. In the school library are the collected textbooks, educational materials, exercise materials and other library materials.
2. The activities related to the purchase to the school library of textbooks, educational materials, workout materials and other library materials and activities related to the management of these manuals and materials are performed by the school head.
Art. 22ak. [ Conditions for the use of pupils from textbooks or educational materials] 1. Elementary and junior high school free of charge:
1) lend students textbooks or educational materials, having the form of paper, or
2) provide students with access to textbooks or educational materials, in electronic form, or
3) give the students the exercise materials without the obligation to return or make them available.
2. The detailed conditions for the use of students from textbooks or educational materials shall be defined by the school head, taking into account the need to ensure at least three years of use of these textbooks or materials.
3. In the event of damage, destruction or failure to return a textbook or educational material, the elementary and middle school students may request the parents of the student to return:
1) the cost of purchasing a textbook or educational material or
2) the cost of the textbook for classes in the field of education: polonistic, mathematical, natural and social classes in the classes of I-III of primary school referred to in art. 22ad par. 1, as defined by the Minister responsible for education and education and posted on the website of the office serving this minister.
4. The amount of the refund referred to in paragraph 1. Article 3 (2) is the revenue of the State budget.
5. When a disabled student passes from one school to another school during the school year:
1) the manuals provided by the minister competent for education and upbringing referred to in art. 22ad par. 1, or purchased from the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3, or
2) educational materials purchased from the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3
-adapted to the educational needs and psychophysical capabilities of this pupil, the pupil's use of which becomes the property of the teaching authority to which the pupil passes.
6. Where the school has free:
1) the manuals provided by the minister competent for education and upbringing referred to in art. 22ad par. 1, or purchased from the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3, or
2) the educational materials purchased from the special-purpose subsidy referred to in art. 22ae 3
-adapted to the educational needs and possibilities of psychophysical students with disabilities, the director of the school shall provide these textbooks or educational materials to the school director who will request the transfer of them. The textbooks or educational materials become the property of the school's leading authority, which has been transferred.
Art. 22al. [ Provisions applicable to the artistic schools implementing general education in primary or secondary education respectively] The provisions of Article 4 22ac, art. 22ad, art. 22ai and art. 22ak shall apply mutatis mutandis to art schools implementing general education in primary or middle school.
Article 22am. [ Liquidation of the artistic primary school or junior high school] 1. In the case of the liquidation of the primary school or the gymnasium referred to in art. 22ae 2:
1) manuals, educational materials or devices referred to in art. 22ae 11, purchased from the special-purpose subsidy are subject to the reimbursement of the local self-government unit which granted the grant;
2) textbooks for classes in the field of education: polonistic, mathematical, natural and social classes in the classes of I-III of primary school referred to in art. 22ad par. 1, shall be subject to reimbursement of the local self-government entity required to conduct schools of the relevant type and type.
2. In the case of liquidation of the art school realizing general education in primary school or gymnasium referred to in art. 22ah ust. 1, manuals, educational materials or devices referred to in art. 22ae 11, purchased from the special-purpose subsidy and textbooks for classes in the field of education: polonistic, mathematical, natural and social classes in the classes of I-III of the primary school referred to in art. 22ad par. 1, they shall be reimbursed to the Minister for Culture and the Protection of the National Heritage.
3. If the value of textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in Art. 22ae 11, to be recovered in accordance with paragraph 1. 1 and 2, outweighs the value of the targeted grant, the school's leading authority may return the equivalent of the grant received, respectively, to the local government or the minister competent for cultural and national heritage protection.
Art. 22an. [ Admission to the use of school textbooks for education in the professions of artistic education and maritime and inland waterway] 1. The Minister for Education and Education, and in the case of education manuals in the professions of artistic education-minister for culture and protection of national heritage, allow for school use in accordance with the rules of the schools or art schools manuals, having obtained positive opinions of the experts appointed by the Minister responsible for education and education, or the Minister for Culture and Conservation of the National Heritage, respectively, the list of assessors carried out by these ministers.
2. The admissibility for the use of the school textbooks for training in primary professions for maritime and inland waterway may take place after a favourable opinion by the appropriately Minister responsible for maritime affairs and the minister responsible for the for transport, in respect of compliance with the provisions of the Convention referred to in Article 32b.
3. The handbook is authorised for use by a company with a copyright holder in a manual or other right to use a handbook. Application for entry into service of a revised version of the textbook entered in the list of manuals referred to in Article 22ap, may not be submitted within three years from the date of entry into service of the textbook for school use.
4. The subject referred to in paragraph 1. 3, pays a fee of between 800 PLN and 6000 PLN.
5. The admissibility of the school manual shall refer to the issue concerned and to subsequent unchanged releases.
6. The textbooks authorised for school use intended for vocational training should be updated in new editions if the update is necessary due to technical and technological progress.
7. Admission and refusal to allow the manual for school use shall be made by means of an administrative decision.
Art. 22ao. [ Guide] 1. The manual may be of paper or electronic form.
2. The manual may be issued in parts where this is justified on the basis of the functionality of the manual.
3. The manual may be authorised for school use, if:
1) in the case of a textbook for educational, mathematical, natural and social education, and a textbook for a foreign language class of a new foreign language, in grades I to III of primary school-contains a structured language. the presentation of the content of education in the fields of education: post-secondary, mathematical, natural and social, or the foreign language of the new, established by programming general education;
2) in the case of the textbook for the educational activities of general education in classes IV-VI of primary school, in middle school and secondary school-contains a structured presentation of the content of teaching in the field of educational activities at a given educational stage, established on the basis of a programme of general education;
3) in the case of a textbook for training in the profession-contains a structured presentation of the content of the teaching established by the curriculum training in the professions, in the form of educational effects, in the scope of:
(a) occupation or
(b) the qualification extracted in the profession, or
(c) one of the parts of the qualification extracted in the profession;
4) does not contain:
(a) questions, commands, tasks and exercises requiring completion in the manual, in the case of a handbook in paper form,
(b) appeals and instructions requiring the use of additional didactic materials designed for the pupil by the publisher;
5) does not contain material and content of a publicity character;
6) in the case of a manual in electronic form-is designed in such a way as to allow for the application of solutions enabling reading by students with different types of disability;
7) meets the detailed conditions laid down in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22aw.
Art. 22ap. [ Lists of textbooks authorised for school use] Textbooks authorised for school use shall be entered in the lists which are made available to the public on the website of the office serving respectively the Minister responsible for the education and education or the minister responsible for the matter. culture and protection of national heritage.
Art. 22aq. [ Withdrawal of the admission of the textbook for school use] 1. The Minister for Education and Education and, in the case of textbooks for education in the professions of artistic education, the Minister for Culture and the Protection of the National Heritage, by means of an administrative decision, may withdraw The admission to the school manual is:
1) at the request of the entity referred to in art. 22an (c) 3;
2. ex officio-if at least two of the experts appointed by the Minister responsible for the education and education or the minister responsible for culture and protection of the national heritage, as appropriate, shall establish that the manual:
(a) has lost its timeliness or didactic usefulness, or
(b) contain factual errors, for which the manual should not be used in school.
2. The Minister for Education and Education or the Minister for Culture and National Heritage shall include on the website of the office serving as appropriate minister responsible for education and education, or minister the competent for cultural and heritage protection matters by the time limit after which the manual cannot be included in the set referred to in Article 3 (1) of the Regulation. 22ab ust. 4 point 1.
Art. 22ar. [ Entry on the list of assessors] The entry for the list of assessors shall be made at the request of the person concerned, and in the case of textbooks for training in the professions of artistic education-also at the request of the specialist supervision unit referred to in art. 32a ust. 1, an institution for the improvement of teachers of art schools or of higher education, with the consent of that person.
Art. 22as. [ Sign-on conditions for the list of assessors] 1. A person with the following may be entered on the list of assessors:
(1) Master's degree education, except that in the case of a spokesperson for textbooks for special education, a higher master's degree in the specialty of the disability or qualification concerned required to occupies a teacher's position in a special school;
2) experience and achievements in scientific or didactic work, with the fact that in the case of:
(a) expert appraisers for vocational education manuals-experience and achievements in scientific, didactic work or in the profession concerned,
(b) appraisers in the field of education textbooks in the professions of artistic education-experience and achievements in scientific, didactic or artistic work;
3) competence in the field of information and communication technology;
4) the recommendation of the institution confirming the possession of experience and achievements respectively in the scientific, didactic, artistic or work work in a given profession by the person applying for entry on the list of assessors, providing adequate carrying out the duties of the experts in the case of textbooks.
2. The list of experts shall not be entered by the person:
1) against which the criminal proceedings for a deliberate offence prosecuted by public prosecutions or criminal prosecution of a deliberate treasury offence are being prosecuted;
2) punished by disciplinary punishment;
3) convicted by a final sentence for a deliberate offense or a deliberate tax offence.
3. The list of experts shall include the name of the assessor, the degree or scientific title, as indicated by the appraisal of the address for correspondence, the e-mail address and the telephone number and the name of the institution which has given the recommendation, o referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 4.
4. The lists of assessors shall be made public on the website of the office serving as appropriate minister competent for education and education or minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage.
Article 22at. [ Deletion of the assessor from the list of assessors] 1. The Minister for Education and Education or the Minister for Culture and National Heritage shall be deleted from the list of assessors:
1) at the request of the assessor, and in the case of textbooks for education in the professions of artistic education-also at the request of the specialist supervision unit referred to in art. 32a ust. 1, an institution for the improvement of teachers of art schools or of a higher education institution which has submitted an application for the entry of the person concerned to the list of assessors, with the consent of the expert;
2) in the case of punishing the appraisal with a disciplinary punishment or conviction of the appraisal by a final sentence for a deliberate offence or a deliberate treasury offence;
3) in the event of the death of the appraisal;
4) in the event of the withdrawal of the recommendation referred to in art. 22as (a) 1 point 4.
2. The Minister for Education and Education or the Minister for Culture and National Heritage shall be able to delete the appraisal from the list of experts if:
(1) the appraiser twice, without justification, refused to draw up an opinion;
2) the appraisal twice, without justification, has exceeded the time limit set for the drawing-up of the opinion;
3) the opinion drawn up by the assessor does not comply with the requirements laid down in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22aw or a textbook authorised for school use on the basis of a positive opinion the assessor contains factual errors, due to which it should not be in school use.
3. The Minister competent for education and education or minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage shall suspend the apprentice in the performance of his or her tasks, in the case where criminal proceedings for intentional conduct are being brought against the appraisal. the offence prosecuted either from public prosecutions or treasury criminal proceedings of a deliberate treasury offence.
Art. 22au. [ Exclusion of assessors from the opinion of the textbook] 1. The remark shall not give an opinion on the manual if:
1) is the author or co-author of the manual:
a) which is intended for the same educational activities at the same educational stage,
(b) intended to be educated in the profession with regard to the same qualification as extracted in the profession or the same part of the qualification extracted in the profession;
2) is a spouse, relative or a member of the person submitting the application referred to in art. 22an (c) 3;
3) remains with the entity submitting the application referred to in Article. 22an (c) 3, in such a legal or factual relationship, that it may raise reasonable doubts as to its impartiality.
(2) Before drawing up an opinion on a manual, the Ombudsman shall submit, as appropriate, to the Minister for Education and Education, or to the Minister for Culture and for the Protection of the National Heritage, a declaration that there are no indications that he or she may be Paragraph 1. 1.
Art. 22av. [ Remuneration of the valuer] The remuneration of the appraisal shall be determined by the Minister for Education and Education or Minister for Culture and National Heritage, as appropriate, taking into account:
1) the type and form of the opinion of the textbook;
2) the educational stage for which the textbook is intended;
3) type and scope of opinion.
Art. 22aw. [ Delegation] 1. The Minister for Education and Education, and in the case of textbooks for education in the professions of artistic education-Minister for Culture and National Heritage Protection, will determine, by means of a regulation:
1. the specific conditions which the textbooks authorised for school use must comply with;
2) the type of educational activities to which textbooks for school use are not allowed, due to the specificity of these educational activities;
3) the detailed conditions and mode of admitting textbooks for school use;
4) the documents to be attached to the application for entry on the list of assessors;
5) the amount of fees paid in the procedure for admission of the textbook for school use;
6) the mode of application and reimbursement of fees in the procedure for admission of the textbook for school use.
2. The regulation referred to in paragraph. 1, should include:
1) ensuring the validity, didactic, educational and linguistic correctness of manuals;
2) the possibility of differentiating the detailed conditions that the manual must meet, depending on the type of educational activities to which it is intended, and the form of the handbook;
3. types of lists of manuals authorised for school use;
4) institutions whose recommendation is required when applying for inclusion on the list of assessors;
5) the possibility of differentiating the fees paid in the procedure for admission of the textbook for school use depending on the type and form of the textbook, the scope of education, the type of educational activities and the educational stage.
Art. 22ax. [ Body conducting in the case of schools run by local government units] In the case of schools run by the local government units of the task and the powers of the body of the presenter specified in Art. 22ad par. 2 and 3 and Article 3 22ai performs respectively: the mayor (mayor, president of the city), the administrative board of the district, the administrative board of the voivodship.
Art. 22ay. [ School consultative points] 1. Students of the school consultative points, which allow these students to supplement their education in primary or secondary school, established and run by the minister competent for education and upbringing, referred to in art. 5 par. 3b, point 1 (a) shall have the right to access free of charge to textbooks, educational materials and/or exercise materials, enabling the teaching of compulsory educational activities as defined in the supplementary curriculum referred to in the rules issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 1 point 3. The provisions of Article 4 22ad shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. To the school consultative points of the art regulations. 22aa, art. 22ab ust. 1, 2 (4) and (4) 3-6 and art. 22ak shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 22az. [ Award of the contract by the school] School, awarding the contract referred to in art. 4 point 8c of the Act of 29 January 2004. -Public procurement law (Dz. U. of 2013 r. items 907, with late. zm.), the value of which exceeds the amount of EUR 30 000, expressed in PLN, includes an advertisement for a contract on the website of the school's website or website.
Art. 22aza. [ How to award a contract] The order referred to in Article 22az shall be provided in such a way as to ensure transparency, equal treatment of the entities involved in the performance of the contract and taking into account the circumstances which may have an impact on its award.
Art. 22azb. [ Secrets covered] The school does not provide the information related to the order referred to in art. 22az, constituting the business secret within the meaning of the provisions on combating unfair competition, if the entity interested in the performance of the contract, not later than before the conclusion of the contract for the performance of the contract, stipulated that they could not be they are provided.
Art. 22azc. [ Information on the conclusion of the contract for the performance of the contract or of the contract not awarded] The school shall make public without delay, on the website of the school or the website of the leading authority, the award of the contract referred to in Article 4 (1). 22az, giving the name (company) or the name of the entity with which it has entered into an agreement for the performance of the contract or information about the failure to award this contract.
Article 22b. [ Turnover used textbooks on the school premises] The school head shall take organisational measures to enable the use of textbooks on the school premises to be used.
Article 22c. [ Request for the development, release and distribution of the manual or parts thereof] 1. The Minister for Education and Education, and, in the case of textbooks for education in the professions of artistic education, minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage, may commission the development and release, including Distribution, manual, or part thereof.
2. The manual or part of the manual as a result of the order referred to in paragraph. 1, and accepted by the minister responsible for education and education, or minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage, respectively, shall be admitted for school use by virtue of law.
3. The Minister for Education and Education or Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage, before accepting the manual or parts thereof developed as a result of the order referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall consult the experts appointed from the lists provided by those Ministers referred to in Article 3. 22an (c) 1. Rules of Art. 22at the mouth. Article 2 (1), point 1, 22au and art. 22av shall apply mutatis mutandis.
4. The task referred to in paragraph. 1, the Minister for Education and Education and the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage may perform in cooperation with, or supervised by, the ministers, wojewaters and curators. education.
5. Paragraph Recipe 2 shall also apply to the manual or parts thereof elaborated in the framework of a project co-financed by the budget of the European Union, the implementation of which has been entrusted by the Minister responsible for education and education to the Article 1 28 paragraph 1 point 2 of the Law of 6 December 2006. the rules for the conduct of development policy (Dz. U. 2009 r. Nr 84, pos. 712, of late. zm.).
Article 22d. [ Unfair Competition] 1. It shall be prohibited:
1) offering, promising or giving schools or teachers any benefit in an indirect or direct way in exchange for the selection of specific textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials;
2) offer the sale of a manual exclusively with another textbook or additional teaching materials intended for the student.
2. The actions referred to in paragraph. 1, they constitute acts of unfair competition within the meaning of the provisions of the Act of 16 April 1993. combating unfair competition (Dz. U. 2003 r. No. 153, pos. 1503, as of late. zm.).
Article 23. (repealed).
Article 24. [ Classification of vocational education professions] 1. The Minister responsible for education and education shall, at the request of the minister competent for the profession to which the application relates, determine, by means of a regulation, the classification of vocational education professions, taking into account the classification of professions and the specialties for the labour market.
2. Classification of the professions referred to in paragraph. 1, also indicates the types of secondary schools in which education may take place in the profession concerned, the qualifications extracted in the profession, the profession in which the qualification is not extracted, the applicant and the areas of education to which they are assigned profession, as well as qualifications in the profession, whose education can be carried out on the qualification course of vocational training.
3. The application referred to in paragraph. 1, shall be accompanied by the opinion of the employers ' organizations, representative within the meaning of the Act of 24 July 2015. about the Social Dialogue Council and other institutions of social dialogue (Dz. U. Entry 1240), hereinafter referred to as the "Social Dialogue Council Act".
4. The introduction of a profession in the classification of vocational education professions may take place only if none of the professions included in the classification covers all the qualifications extracted in that profession.
5. The application referred to in paragraph 1. 1, it shall contain:
1) a description of the profession and the qualifications separated in that profession, together with a set of professional skills for each qualification;
2) justification of the need for education in this profession;
3) the name and place of the profession in a specified group of classification of professions and specialties for the needs of the labour market;
4) information on the needs of the labour market in terms of the profession concerned.
6. Owners the ministers referred to in paragraph. 1, they can support material and organizational schools and institutions training in a given profession in the field of practical classes and the use of modern techniques and technologies in the process of vocational training in relation to the needs of the labour market.
7. The trade associations, the economic authorities and other economic organisations may apply to the competent ministers with a proposal to establish new vocational education professions.
Article 25. (repealed).
Article 26. (repealed).
Article 27. (repealed).
Article 28. [ Security Privileges] The provisions of the Act do not violate the powers of the Minister of National Defence to establish, conduct and supervise schools on the basis of regulations on the military service of professional soldiers.
Article 29. [ Delegation] The Council of Ministers may determine, by means of a regulation, a list of schools and institutions that lead the Minister responsible for internal affairs and the Minister of National Defence.
Article 30. [ Curator] 1. The education curator appoints and refers to the water, with the consent of the minister responsible for education and education. In case of cancellation of the curator's education, the water shall, on the day of the curator's dismissals, be entrusted with the duties of the Vice-Chancellor of the education.
2. The candidate for the position of the education curator emerges in the way of the contest. The competition shall be advertised at the latest within one month from the date on which the curator's appeal occurred.
A candidate for the position of an education curator may be a teacher appointed or diploma with a higher master's degree and having at least 7 years of service in his profession, including at least 3 years of age at a post requiring a pedagogical supervision.
2b. The competition for the position of the education curator shall be carried out by the competition committee set up by the wojewater. The competition committee shall be composed of:
1) three representatives of the minister responsible for education and education;
2) three representatives of the wojewater;
3) two representatives of the state's purse seismic;
4) after one representative of the provincial trade union structures, bringing together teachers, representative within the meaning of the Act on the Social Dialogue Council.
3. The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by regulation, the rules of procedure of the contest for the position of the education curator, the design of the competition notice, the working mode of the competition committee and the way of voting, and the possibility of invalidity a competition in the event of a breach of the rules relating to its conduct, guided by the efficiency and effectiveness of the work of the committee.
4. The education litigators appoints and refer to the wojewoda at the request of the education curator.
Article 31. [ Curator Tasks for Worlds] 1. The education curator, on behalf of the voivodship, performs the tasks and competences in the field of education specified in the Act and the separate regulations in the area of the voivodship, and in particular:
(1) he has pedagogical supervision of public and non-public kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, schools, establishments, teacher training centres, including non-public service teacher training courses. nationwide, and colleges of employees of the social services located in the area of the given voivodship;
2) issue administrative decisions on the matters specified in the Act;
3. (repealed);
4) co-operates with the educational councils established on the basis of art. 48;
5) perform the tasks of the higher authority within the meaning of the provisions of the Code of Administrative Procedure
(a) in relation to the bodies of local government units-in the cases of public schools, established and carried out by legal and natural persons, and schools and non-public institutions,
(b) in respect of school heads, in matters of compulsory school and compulsory education, and for the deletion of pupils from the list of pupils;
6) implement the state policy of the state, and also cooperate with the bodies of local government units in the creation and implementation of a properly regional and local educational policy, consistent with the state policy of the state;
6a) (repealed);
6b) (repealed);
6c) draw up programmes for the use of funds to fund the improvement of teachers, extracted in the budget of the wojewater, after consultation of the trade unions, representative within the meaning of the Law on the Social Dialogue Council;
7) organizes the Olympics, competitions, tournaments, reviews and other forms of competition and presentation of the achievements of school students in the area of the voivodship;
8) interacts with the district examination committees;
9) interacts with the institutions of teacher training, psycho-pedagogical counselling and pedagogical libraries in the implementation of the tasks concerning diagnosis, on the basis of the results of pedagogical supervision, the needs for improvement teachers;
10) supports activities in the field of organizing examinations and checking in schools;
11) cooperate with the bodies of local government units in the scope of shaping and developing the material base of schools and facilities;
12) interact with the competent authorities, organizations and other entities in matters concerning the conditions of development of children and young people, including in counteracting the phenomena of social pathology, and can assist the activities of these entities;
13) coordinate, assist and supervise the organization of the recreation of children and young people in the area of the voivodship during the summer and winter holidays;
14) perform other tasks specified in the separate provisions, in particular in the field of defence.
2. Operational programmes as referred to in the Act of 6 December 2006. the rules for the conduct of development policy (Dz. U. 2009 r. Nr 84, pos. 712, of late. zm.) and in the Act of 11 July 2014. on the principles of implementation of the cohesion policy programmes financed in the financial perspective 2014-2020 (Dz. U. Entry 1146), as well as government programs referred to in art. 90u, they can determine the tasks that the education curator performs on behalf of the wojewater.
3. The probation officer and the education whistle cannot be combined with the mandate of the councillor.
Article 32. [ Couratore of the worlds] 1. The education curator performs his tasks and competencies with the help of the education system.
2. The educational establishments are the state budget units.
3. The Wojewoda, at the request of the education curator, may create a delegation of the education system. The head of the delegation may, under the authority of the education curator, pursue matters in the area of action of the delegation, including the exercise of pedagogical supervision and administrative decisions.
4. The Minister for Education and Education, in agreement with the Minister responsible for public administration, shall determine, by means of regulations, the organisation of educational tufts and the rules for the formation of their delegations.
Article 32a. [ Pedagogical Supervision] 1. Pedagogical supervision of public and non-public schools and arts establishments, the establishments referred to in art. Article 2 (2), point 7, for the pupils of art schools and the institutions for the improvement of teachers in artistic schools shall be exercised by the Minister for Culture and National Heritage, who shall, for this purpose, and for the purpose of carrying out the tasks referred to in Article 4 (2), 5 par. In accordance with the rules laid down in Article 6 (7), in relation to schools and establishments, they may, in agreement with the Minister for Education and Education, set up a specific supervisory body by means of a regulation and define the organisation and scope of the supervision. the tasks associated with the exercise of the pedagogical supervision and the tasks referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Financial Regulation. 5 par. 7.
1a. The Minister responsible for Agriculture shall exercise pedagogical supervision of public agricultural schools, agricultural establishments and institutions for the improvement of teachers in vocational subjects who teach in agricultural schools, by themselves the minister responsible for the environment-over the public schools of the forest-led by the self-led. To this end, and to carry out the tasks referred to in art. 5 par. 7, in respect of schools and establishments, respectively, the minister responsible for agriculture or the minister responsible for the environment may, in agreement with the minister competent for education and education, by regulation, create a specialist supervision unit and define its organisation and the scope of the tasks assigned to the supervision of the pedagogical supervision.
2. The specialized supervisory units referred to in paragraph. 1 and 1a, shall be the state budget units financed by the budget of the Minister responsible for culture and the protection of the national heritage, the minister responsible for agriculture or the minister responsible for the environment, respectively.
3. The provisions of the paragraph. 1 and 1a do not infringe the powers of the education officer in the field of pedagogical supervision on the teaching of general subjects in art schools, and on the teaching of general subjects in agricultural schools and in forest schools. carried out by the minister responsible for agriculture or the minister responsible for the environment, respectively.
4. With regard to public schools and establishments, the minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage in agreement with the minister competent for education and upbringing shall issue the provisions referred to in art. 11 (1) 2-with the exception of the rules governing the conditions and the mode of issue and model certificates, state diplomas and other school prints issued by the district examination boards, the means of correcting their content and issuing duplicates, and the amount of the repayments for the issuing of duplicates of these certificates, state diplomas and other school prints, and the mode and manner of legalisation issued by the district examination committees of documents intended for legal circulation with Abroad and the amount of the payment for performing these tasks-and in art. 22 par. 1 point 1 and paragraph. 2 points 1, 2a and 5-8.
5. The regulations referred to in art. 22 par. In accordance with the provisions of Article 2 (2) and point 2a, the Minister for Education and Education shall issue, in agreement with the Minister responsible for agriculture or the Minister for Environment, respectively.
Article 32b. [ Vocational training for maritime and inland waterway transport] In the case of public and non-public schools providing vocational education for maritime and inland waterway training, the education supervisor shall exercise pedagogical supervision, in cooperation with the Minister responsible for maritime affairs, and Minister competent for transport, in respect of the implementation of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, drawn up in the course of the training of these schools in these schools. London dnia 7 lipca 1978 r. (Dz. U. 1984 r. Nr 39, pos. 201 and 1999 Nr 30, pos. 286).
Article 33. [ Pedagogical Supervision] 1. Pedagogical supervision shall consist of:
1) observing, analysing and evaluating the course of education and education processes and the effects of didactic, educational and caring activities and other statutory activities of schools and facilities;
2) assessing the state and conditions of the teaching, educational and care activities and other statutory activities of schools and facilities;
3. providing assistance to schools and institutions, as well as teachers in the performance of their teaching, educational and care tasks;
4) inspiring teachers for pedagogical, methodical and organizational innovations.
2. To the extent mentioned in paragraph. In particular, points 1 and 2 of the surveillance system shall be subject to:
1) the conformity of the recruitment of teachers with the required qualifications;
2) the implementation of the curricula and framework curricula;
3. adherence to the rules governing the assessment, classification and promotion of pupils and the conduct of examinations, as well as the observance of the rules on school compulsory education and the obligation to study;
4) compliance with the statutes of the school or establishment
5) (repealed);
6. respect for the rights of the child and the rights of the student, and the dissemination of knowledge of these rights;
7) provide students with safe and hygienic conditions of learning, upbringing and care.
3. The teachers referred to in art. 35 par. 5. exercising the functions of pedagogical supervision shall have the right to:
1) entrance to schools and institutions;
2) insight into the school or educational documentation of the course of teaching, education and care, and the organization of work;
3) participation in the meeting of the pedagogical council, after prior notification to the school head;
4) admission as an observer for teaching, parental, caring and other activities organised by the school or the facility;
5) carry out studies to assess the effectiveness of teaching, educational and caring activities of schools and institutions.
4. The teachers referred to in art. 35 par. 5, may issue recommendations to the directors of schools and institutions resulting from the activities carried out, together with the date of their implementation.
5. The principal of the school or establishment, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the recommendations referred to in the paragraph. 4, may submit objections to them to the body responsible for the supervision of pedagogical supervision.
6. The principal of the school or establishment, within 30 days from the date of receipt of the recommendations referred to in the paragraph. 4, and in the case of a statement of objections in accordance with the paragraph. 5-within 30 days from the date of receipt of the written notice of disclaimer, shall be obliged to notify:
1. the authority exercising pedagogical supervision on how to implement the recommendations;
2. the school authority or the institution of the recommendations received and the way in which they are implemented.
7. In the event of significant deficiencies in the activity of the school or of the establishment, the body exercising the pedagogical supervision shall be independent of the measures referred to in paragraph 1. 4, gives notice of the deficiencies identified by the body leading to the school or establishment.
(8) The supervisory authority may issue recommendations resulting from surveillance activities to the school body or to the institution. The provisions of the paragraph 5 and 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
9. The body performing the pedagogical supervision may process the personal data of the staff and pupils of schools and premises to the extent necessary for the exercise of pedagogical supervision.
Article 34. [ Deletion of deficiencies] 1. If the school or establishment or the leading authority conducts its activity in violation of the provisions of the Act, the body exercising the pedagogical supervision may instruct, by decision, the removal of the deficiencies within the prescribed period, subject to the paragraph. 5.
2. In the event of a finding of insufficient results of education or education in a school or establishment, the body performing the pedagogical supervision instructs the head of the school or the establishment to be drawn up, in agreement with the responsible authority, the programme and the schedule improving the efficiency of education or education. The implementation of the programme shall take place within the time limits laid down in the schedule, which shall be accepted by the body responsible for the pedagogi The programme must take account of the comments and conclusions of the Pedagogical Supervision Authority.
If the principal of the school or establishment does not remove the deficiencies referred to in paragraph 2 within the prescribed period. 1, does not develop or implement a programme of measures to improve the efficiency of education or training, or fails to take into account the comments and applications submitted in the programme, the body responsible for the supervision of the pedagogical supervision of the body a school presenter or an institution with a request to revoke the head of the school or establishment at the end of, or during the school year, without notice. The request submitted in this case by the teaching authority shall be binding on the body leading to the school or the establishment.
2b. In the case of non-graduation by a school or a facility at the basic level of the requirements, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 21a (b) 3, concerning the effects on education, education and care and the achievement of the objectives and statutory tasks, the body performing the pedagogical supervision shall carry out at school or the facility a re-examination of the fulfilment of the requirements, no later than 3 years from the date on which the director of the school or the institution of the results of the pedagogical supervision in which the requirements were not met was transmitted.
2c. In the case of the school and the establishments run by the Minister, in the situation referred to in the paragraph. 2a, the competent minister refers to the director of the school or of the institution at the end of or during the school year without notice.
3. In the case of a school conducted by a legal or natural person, with the exception of the school carried out by the local government unit, failure to follow the order referred to in the paragraph. 1 or 2, may be the basis for the withdrawal by decision of the establishment of that school. Withdrawing the permission to set up a school is equivalent to putting it into liquidation.
4. If the school or facility conducted by the local government unit, as well as the local self-government unit itself, does not remove the deficiencies resulting from the infringement of the provisions of the Act referred to in paragraph. The competent authority shall inform the competent authorities of the Commission, in order to ensure that the national authorities concerned are not able to carry out their activities in the field of education and training.
5. The provisions of the paragraph. 1 and 4 shall not apply if the violation of the provisions of the Act took place in the resolution of the body of the local government unit. In this case, the education curator shall be obliged to immediately notify the violation of the provisions of the Law of the voyev.
Article 34a. [ Supervision of financial and administrative matters] 1. The body conducting the school or establishment shall exercise supervision over its financial and administrative affairs, taking into account separate provisions.
2. To the extent mentioned in paragraph. 1 supervision shall be subject in particular to:
1. the correctness of the disposal of the school or establishment awarded to the budget and the school or establishment obtained by means of other sources, as well as the management of the swords;
2) compliance with the applicable rules on occupational health and safety of workers and pupils;
3) compliance with the rules on the organization of the school's work and the establishment
3. The exercise of the supervision referred to in paragraph. 1, the provisions of Article 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 33 (1) 3 (1) and (2) and (2) 4-6.
4. The body conducting the school or the establishment, not having the authority to supervise the pedagogical supervision, may perform in educational and educational matters with applications to the head of the school or the establishment and the supervising authority pedagogic. The Director or the authority which received the request shall be required to respond within 14 days.
Article 34b. [ Scope of interference in the activities of the school] The school or establishment, and in the field of educational and educational activities, may also interfere with the activity of the school or of the establishment only within the scope and under the conditions laid down in the Act. In the case of schools in detention facilities, this interference is also admissible in the execution of the objectives of the execution of the custodial sentence laid down in the Implementing Code and, in the case of schools in correctional facilities and shelters, minors-in the execution of the objectives set out in the provisions on the proceedings in the cases of minors.
Article 34c. [ Application of the provisions of art. 34a] The provisions of Article 4 34a shall apply mutatis mutandis to the nursery education provided in the forms referred to in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 14a par. 7.
Article 35. [ Competent Authority of the Minister] 1. The Minister for Education and Education:
1) supervising the pedagogical supervision of the schools and institutions referred to in art. 5 par. 3b;
2) supervise and coordinate the exercise of the pedagogical supervision on the territory of the country, in particular supervise the activity of the educational curators in this regard;
3. shall take steps to ensure the efficiency and effectiveness of the pedagogical supervision, in particular:
a) develops and modifies the tools of pedagogical supervision,
(b) develop training programmes for persons carrying out pedagogical supervision tasks and organise such training,
(c) analyse and draw up data on pedagogical supervision,
(d) draw up annually and publish on a website that supports it, information on the results of the pedagogical surveillance carried out by the education curators is published.
1a. For the purpose of carrying out the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. The Minister for Education and Education shall conduct an electronic pedagogical supervisory platform and administer it to the Minister responsible for education and education. For access to the electronic pedagogical supervision platform are authorised persons carrying out pedagogical supervision tasks, teachers, pupils, parents and representatives of the school's leading bodies or establishments.
2. In order to carry out the tasks referred to in paragraph. 1 point 2 and in Article 21 (1) 1, the minister responsible for education and education in particular:
1) establish the basic orientations of the implementation of the country's education policy, including the tasks of the pedagogical supervision;
2) scrutinise the efficiency and effectiveness of the pedagogical supervision exercised by the education curators and compliance with the regulations in force in this respect, and may issue, in writing, to the curators of education binding their guidelines and instructions, with the exception of individual cases decided by an administrative decision;
3) may request from the curators the education of information, documents and periodic reports, or concerning a specific case or type of affairs;
4) may organize trainings, deliberations and conferences of educational curators;
5) may advertise in the official journal the recommended standards for the equipment of schools necessary for the teaching of general education subjects.
2a. The Minister of Justice and the subordinate bodies shall exercise pedagogical supervision of the correctional works, the shelters for minors, the diagnostic and consultation centres and the schools in these establishments and shelters, as well as on schools and detention facilities and detention facilities, with the exception of the supervision of the teaching of general education subjects, which is under the supervision of the education curator.
2b. The minister responsible for education and education may entrust the performance of the tasks referred to in paragraph 2. 1 point 3 and paragraph. The European Union shall be subject to the general budget of the Member State in which it is based.
2c. The Minister responsible for education and education may, by means of a regulation, entrust the subordinate organisational unit to the educational supervision of schools and the school consultative posts referred to in art. 5 par. 3b, point 1 (a) and the performance of the tasks referred to in Article 3 (1) (a). 5 par. 7.
3. (repealed).
4. The head of the school or institution and other teachers occupying managerial positions, subject to art. 36 ust. In the case of teachers employed in these schools and institutions, and in schools and institutions providing vocational training and employers in which the practical training of the profession is organised, they shall also be responsible for the supervision of teachers, including those in which the apprentiary is organised. the instructors of practical instruction of the profession.
5. The education curator and the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2a and in art. 32a and art. 32b, they shall be responsible for the supervision of teachers who are employed in positions requiring pedagogical qualifications in education courses and at the offices of these bodies or their departments.
5a. The education curator and the authorities referred to in paragraph 5. 1 and 2a and in art. 32a and art. 32b, may instruct individuals who have the appropriate qualifications to carry out research and develop expertise to assess the effectiveness of teaching, educational and caring activities in schools and institutions.
6. the Minister for Education and Education, in consultation with the Minister for Culture and National Heritage, the Minister of Justice, the Minister for Agriculture, the Minister for Environment, the Minister for Maritime Affairs, the Minister responsible for Transport, the Minister for Internal Affairs and the Minister for National Defence will determine, by way of regulation, the detailed conditions and mode of exercise and the form of pedagogical supervision, the method of determining compliance with the requirements referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 21a (b) 3, the manner and conditions of access to the electronic platform of pedagogical supervision, the list of the posts referred to in paragraph. 5, the qualifications necessary for the exercise of pedagogical supervision, as well as the qualifications of the persons referred to in the paragraph. 5a, taking into account the efficiency, effectiveness and effectiveness of the pedagogical supervision.
Article 35a. (repealed).
Article 35b. [ Application of provisions of the Act] The provisions of Article 4 21a (b) 1 and 2, art. 33 and art. 34 and provisions issued on the basis of art. 21a (b) 3 shall apply, respectively, to kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, teacher training establishments and schools and the school consultative point referred to in Article 3. 5 par. 3b, point 1 (a) a.
Article 36. [ Directing school or facility] 1. A school or a facility shall be headed by a teacher appointed or diplomat, to whom the post of Director has been appointed.
2. A school or institution may also direct a non-teacher appointed to the position of the Director by the lead authority, after consulting the body exercising the pedagogical supervision.
2a. The person referred to in paragraph 2. 2, may not exercise pedagogical supervision. In the case of appointment of a person to the post of Director, a teacher occupying a different managerial position in a school or a facility shall be exercised by a teacher.
3. The Minister responsible for education and education, and in relation to art schools-in agreement with the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage, will determine, by means of the regulation, the requirements to which the person should be responsible occupying the position of the Director and other managerial positions in the different types of schools and types of establishments, taking into account, in particular, the qualification to occupy a teacher's position in a given school or establishment, preparation in the field of management, evaluation of the work and meeting the health conditions for occupying the post -
Article 36a. [ The position of the school head or facility] 1. The position of the head of the school or establishment shall be entrusted to the school's leading authority or establishment.
1a. As a director of a public director for the improvement of teachers with nationwide coverage, a public institution for the improvement of teachers in arts schools and the public service teacher training courses, who teach in the the agricultural schools referred to in Article 5 par. 3b (1) (b) (b) (b) 3c and paragraph. 3d point 2, he appoints and refers from this position the competent minister leading the facility. The provisions of the paragraph 2-15 does not apply. The appointment and appeal shall be made on the basis of the provisions of the Labour Code concerning the establishment of the employment relationship.
1b. Candidate for the position of the Director of the facility referred to in paragraph 1a, it emerges through the competition.
1c. If no candidate has been presented to the contest or a candidate has not been selected as a result of the contest, the competent minister presenter the establishment referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, appoints the position of the director of a candidate's establishment.
1d. Until the appointment of the Director of the institution referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, according to the mouth. The competent minister responsible for the establishment of the institution may entrust the duties of the Director of the institution to the Vice-Director or to another staff member of that establishment.
1e. The position of the Director of the institution referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, may occupant a person:
1) which holds a higher master's degree;
2) which has an internship specified in the provisions issued on the basis of the mouth. 1f
3) which has the experience of carrying out activities for the development of schools and facilities or experience in the managerial position;
4) which meets the health conditions necessary for the performance of the work on the managerial position;
5) which has full capacity for legal acts and enjoys full public rights;
(6) which has not been punishable by disciplinary action and disciplinary proceedings are not being held against it;
7) who has not been convicted of a final sentence for a deliberate offence or a deliberate treasury offence;
8) against whom no criminal proceedings are brought against the public prosecutions;
(9) which has not been punishable by the prohibition of the exercise of the functions of public funds referred to in Article 9. 31 par. 1 point 4 of the Act of 17 December 2004. the responsibility for the violation of the discipline of public finances;
10) which was not punishable by the order referred to in art. 108 of the Labour Code.
1f. The Minister for Education and Education, in consultation with the Minister for Culture and National Heritage and the Minister for Agriculture, will determine, by way of regulation, the seniority required of the person concerned. on the position of the Director of the establishment referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, the manner and mode of competition and the composition and working mode of the competition committee, taking into account the manner in which the competition is advertised, the manner in which the nomination is to be made, how to supervise the correctness of the competition proceedings and the mode of invalidity competition.
1g. In the regulation referred to in paragraph. 1f, the Minister for Education and Education in consultation with the Minister of Culture and National Heritage and the Minister responsible for Agriculture may lay down additional requirements to be met by a person occupying the position as appropriate:
(1) the director of the public service teacher training facility for national coverage as referred to in Article 4 (1). 5 par. 3b (1) (b);
2) the Director of the Public School of Excellence for Artistic Schools referred to in art. 5 par. 3c;
3) the director of the public service teacher training courses, who teach in the agricultural schools referred to in art. 5 par. 3d para. 2.
2. The candidate for the post of the head of the school or establishment shall be emerging through the competition. A candidate may not be refused the position of the Director.
3. The requirement to conduct the competition for the position of the Director shall not apply to schools and public institutions conducted by natural persons or legal persons other than local government units.
4. If no candidate has been submitted to the contest or a candidate has not been selected as a result of the contest, the leading authority shall be entrusted with the position to be determined by the candidate, after consultation of the school board or institution and of the pedagogical council.
5. Until the position of the Director is entrusted in accordance with the paragraph. 2 or 4 the leading authority may entrust the duties of the director of the school to the deputy director, and in schools where there is no deputy director, the teacher of that school, however, no longer than for a period of 10 months.
6. For the purpose of conducting the competition, the body leading to the school or establishment shall establish a competition committee as a part of:
1. three representatives of the school's leading authority or establishment;
2. two representatives of the body exercising pedagogical supervision;
3) one representative:
(a) the pedagogical council,
(b) parents ' advice
(c) the establishment of trade union organisations, where a representative of a trade union may not be employed at the school or establishment concerned by the association
-subject to paragraph. 7.
7. The total number of representatives of the bodies referred to in paragraph. The total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 6 (1) and (2) shall not be less than the total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 6 6 point 3.
(8) If the total number of representatives of the bodies referred to in paragraph 1 is in the composition of the competition committee. The total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, would be smaller than the total number of representatives referred to in paragraph The number of representatives of these bodies shall be increased proportionately so that their total number is not less than the total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 6 (3). 6 point 3.
9. The provisions of the paragraph. 6-8 shall also apply in the event of a competition for the post of director of a newly established school or establishment team, except that:
1) a representative of the pedagogical council emerges from among the representatives of the pedagogical councils of all schools or institutions combined with the team;
2) a representative of the board of parents emerges from the advice of parents of pupils of all schools or institutions combined in the team.
10. In the case of schools and establishments, the newly established composition of the competition committee shall be determined by the body leading to the school or establishment, taking into account the participation of the representative of the body performing the pedagogical supervision.
11. In the case of schools and establishments referred to in art. 44 and Art. 52 par. 1, the committee shall not be composed of representatives of the pedagogical council and of the parents ' councils, respectively.
12. The Minister for Education and Education, and in the case of art schools and establishments referred to in art. Article 2 (7), for the students of art schools, the Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage, will determine, by means of a regulation, the rules of procedure of the competition for the position of the head of the school or of the establishment and the working mode of the competition committee, Having regard, in particular, to the manner in which the competition is advertised and the manner in which the authority of the school leading or the institution supervise the competition proceedings.
13. The position of the principal of the school or establishment shall be entrusted to 5 school years. In justified cases, this position may be entrusted to a shorter period, but not less than 1 school year.
14. After the expiry of the period referred to in paragraph. 13, the leading authority, after consulting the school board or the educational establishment and councils, in agreement with the education curator, and in the case of the school and the arts establishment and the facility referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 2 (2), point 7, for the students of artistic schools, with the Minister for Culture and for the Protection of the National Heritage, may extend the post to the subsequent periods mentioned in the paragraph. 13. The arrangement with the education curator shall not apply in the case of schools and establishments referred to in art. 5 par. 3b.
15. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-14 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the person referred to in Article 1. 36 ust. 2.
16. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-15 and art. 37 do not apply to schools run by the Minister of National Defence and the Minister of Justice or subordinated to the authorities.
Article 37. [ Leadership Positions] 1. In a school or a facility where, in accordance with the statutory framework, the post of deputy director and other managerial positions may be established, the appointment of those posts and the appeal shall be made by the principal of the school or establishment, after consultation of the authority If you are a member of the Board of Education, you will be able to take
2. The contract of employment on the position of the teacher, concluded for a fixed period of time shorter than the period of entrusting the managerial position, shall be extended for the period of entrusting.
3. In the case of the persons referred to in art. 36 ust. 2, paragraph. 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 38. [ Reference from managerial position] 1. The body that has entrusted to the teacher the managerial position at the school or the facility:
1) cancels the teacher from a managerial position in the event of:
(a) a resignation by the teacher, for three months ' notice,
(b) the findings of a negative work assessment or a negative assessment of the performance of the tasks referred to in Article 34a par. 2 in accordance with the provisions of the provisions on the evaluation of the work of teachers, without notice,
(c) the submission by the body responsible for the pedagogical supervision of the application referred to in Article 34 par. 2a;
2) in cases of particularly justified cases, after consulting the educational curator, and in the case of the school and the art facility and the facility referred to in art. 2 point 7, for the students of art schools run by a local government unit-minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage, may cancel the teacher from the managerial position during the school year without notice.
2. The opinion referred to in paragraph 1 1 point 2, it shall be issued within 5 working days of the date of receipt of the occurrence of the authority referred to in paragraph 1. 1. The failure to deliver an opinion within this time limit shall be tantamount to issuing a positive opinion.
Article 38a. [ Application of provisions of the Act] 1. Rules of Art. 38 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the person referred to in Article. 36 ust. 2.
2. Rules of the art. In the framework of the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission, the European Commission teach in agricultural schools, as referred to in art. 5 par. 3b (1) (b) (b) (b) 3c and paragraph. 3d para. 2.
Article 39. [ Director of the school or facility] 1. The principal of the school or establishment in particular:
1) directs the activity of the school or facility and represents it externally;
2) exercise pedagogical supervision, subject to art. 36 ust. 2;
3) exercise care for students and creates the conditions for harmonious psychophysic development through active pro-health activities;
4) implement the resolutions of the school board or the establishment and the pedagogical council, taken within the framework of their respective competences;
5) have the resources specified in the financial plan of the school or the institution given an opinion by the school board or the facility and is responsible for their proper use, and may organise administrative, financial and economic services schools or establishments;
(5a) carry out tasks related to ensuring the safety of pupils and teachers during classes organised by the school or the establishment;
6) perform other tasks resulting from special provisions;
7. co-operates with higher education institutions and teacher education establishments in the organisation of pedagogical practices;
8) (repealed);
9) create conditions for action at school or facility: volunteers, associations and other organizations, in particular scouts organizations, whose statutory objective is the activity of educating or extending and enriching forms of activity the educational, educational and caring of the school or establishment;
10) is responsible for the implementation of the recommendations resulting from the decision on the need to educate a special student.
2. The principal of the school or establishment may, by decision, delete the pupil from the list of pupils in the cases specified in the statutes of the school or establishment. The deletion takes place on the basis of a resolution of the pedagogical council, after consulting the student self-government.
2a. Recipe of paragraph. 2 does not apply to a pupil covered by a school obligation. In justified cases, this apprentice, at the request of the school head, may be transferred by the education curator to another school.
2b. The director of an artistic school realizing only artistic education shall delete the pupil from the list of pupils at the written request of the parents or a full-year pupil.
3. The Director shall be the manager of the work establishment for the school or teachers ' establishment and non-teachers. The Director shall, in particular, decide on:
1. hiring and dismissal of teachers and other staff of the school or establishment;
2) the award of prizes and the puking of ordinal penalties to teachers and other staff of the school or establishment;
3) to request, after consultation of the pedagogical council and the board of the school or establishment, in matters of deductions, awards and other distinctions for teachers and other staff of the school or establishment.
4. The principal of the school or establishment in the performance of his duties shall cooperate with the school board or the institution, the pedagogical council, the parents and the student self-government.
4a. (repealed).
5. The director of the vocational training school, in agreement with the school's leading authority, shall determine the professions in which the school educates, after consulting the district and provincial council of the labour market as to compliance with the needs of the labour market.
6. The powers referred to in paragraph. 3, the directors of single-branch kindergartens and managers of primary schools (affiliated schools) are not entitled to the organizationally of another school. They shall be entitled, respectively, to the presenter authority or to the head of the school, to which the branch office is to be organised under a subordinate organisation.
7. In the absence of the head of the school or establishment, he shall be replaced by the deputy director, and in schools and establishments where the post of deputy director is not established, another teacher of that school or establishment, appointed by the leading authority.
Article 40. [ Pedagogical Council] 1. In a school or a facility employing at least 3 teachers, a pedagogical council, which is a collegial body of the school or establishment in the implementation of its statutory tasks concerning education, education and care, is in employment.
2. School teachers with less than 3 teachers are members of the school's pedagogical council, which is subordinated to the school of affiliation.
3. The pedagogical council shall consist of: the head of the school or of the institution and all the teachers employed in the school or the institution and the staff of other establishments acting as instructors for the practical instruction of the profession, or the apprenticework of educational work. young workers in collective accommodation, for whom teaching and educational work is a basic occupation. In the meetings of the pedagogical council they may also take part, with a consultative voice, the persons invited by its President with the consent or at the request of a pedagogical council, including representatives of associations and other organizations, in particular the organization scouts, whose statutory purpose is to educate or extend and enrich the forms of teaching, educational and caring activities of a school or facility.
4. The Chair of the Pedagogical Council shall be the principal of the school or establishment.
5. The meetings of the pedagogical council are organised before the beginning of the school year, during each period (semester) in connection with the classification and promotion of the pupils, after the completion of annual educational and educational activities and as the current needs. Meetings may be organised at the request of the teaching authority, on the initiative of the school head or the institution, the school board or the establishment, the school's body or the institution, or at least 1/3 of the members of the pedagogical council.
6. The President shall conduct and prepare the meetings of the Board of Pedagogy and shall be responsible for the notice of all of its members on the date and order of the meeting in accordance with the Rules of Procedure
7. The head of the school or establishment shall present the pedagogical council, not less than twice in the school year, the general conclusions of the pedagogical supervision and the information on the school's activities.
Article 41. [ Powers of the pedagogical council] 1. The competence of the pedagogical council shall be:
1) approving the school's or post-school job plans after an opinion by the school board or the facility;
2) taking a resolution on the results of the classification and promotion of pupils;
3) adopt resolutions on innovation and pedagogical experimentation at school or facility, after the opinion of their projects by the school board or the facility;
(4) the establishment of a vocational training organisation for teachers in the school or establishment;
5) take decisions on the deletion of pupils from the list of pupils;
6. establishing the method of use of the results of the pedagogical supervision, including the school or the institution by the pedagogic supervisor, in order to improve the work of the school or establishment.
2. The pedagogical council shall give an opinion, in particular:
1) the organization of the work of the school or establishment, including the weekly timetable of educational activities, and the organization of the qualifying vocational courses, if the school or facility such courses lead;
2) the draft financial plan of the school or establishment;
3) the Director's requests for the award of teachers of badges, prizes and other distinctions;
4) the proposals of the school head or the institution on the allocation of teachers for regular work and classes as part of the basic salary and additionally paid teaching, educational and caring activities.
3. The principal of the school or establishment shall abstain from the implementation of the resolutions referred to in paragraph 3. 1, not in accordance with the provisions of the law. The Director shall without delay inform the school or service authority and the body responsible for the supervision of the resolution of the cessation of the implementation. The governing body shall repeal the resolution when it finds that it does not comply with the provisions of the law after having consulted the school's leading authority or by the establishment. The decision of the pedagogical supervisor shall be final.
Article 42. [ Powers of the Pedagogical Council] 1. The pedagogical council shall prepare a draft statute for the school or establishment or its amendments and submit it to the establishment of the school board or the institution.
2. The pedagogical council may request a teacher's appeal from the position of the Director or from another managerial position at the school or establishment.
3. In the case referred to in paragraph. 2, the authority entitled to the appeal shall carry out the investigation procedure and notify of its outcome to the pedagogical council within 14 days of the receipt of the request.
Article 43. [ Resolutions of the Pedagogical Council] 1. The Resolutions of the Pedagogical Council shall be taken by a simple majority of votes in the presence of at least half of its members.
2. The pedagogical council shall determine the rules of procedure of its activity. Meetings of the pedagogical council shall be logged.
3. The persons taking part in the meeting of the pedagogical council are obliged not to disclose the issues raised at the meeting of the pedagogical council, which may violate the personal interests of the pupils or their parents, as well as teachers and other staff of the school or facility.
Article 44. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, the types of schools and establishments in which no pedagogical council is established because of the specific organisation of the school or establishment.
Chapter 3a
Assessing, classifying and promoting students in public schools
Article 44a. [ Educational classes] [ 5] Whenever this chapter refers to educational activities without a closer definition, this should be understood by the compulsory and additional educational activities referred to in art. 64 par. 1 (1) and (2), classes of religion or ethics referred to in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 12 (1) 2, and the classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3.
Article 44b. [ Oceania disciple] 1. The Oceations are subject to:
1) educational achievement of pupil;
2) the pupil's behaviour.
2. In a police school, the student's behavior does not evaluate.
3. Evaluating educational achievements of the student consists in the recognition by teachers of level and progress in the mastering by the student of news and skills in relation to:
1) the requirements determined by the curriculum of general education or the effects of education determined by the curriculum of vocational education and educational requirements resulting from the school curricula;
2) the educational requirements resulting from the school curricula-in the case of additional educational activities.
4. Assessment of the pupil's behaviour consists in the recognition by the educator of the branch, teachers and students of a given branch of the degree of respect by the student of the principles of social coexistence and ethical norms and the duties set out in the school's statute.
5. The assessment of educational attainment and the conduct of the pupil shall be carried out in the framework of intra-school evaluation, which shall aim at:
1) informing the student about the level of his educational attainment and his conduct and about the progress in this regard;
2) give the student the help in science by providing the student with information on what he has done well and how he should continue to teach;
3) giving guidance for self-planning of its own development;
4) motivating the student to further progress in science and behavior;
5. providing parents and teachers with information on the progress and difficulties in learning and retaining the pupil and the particular skills of the pupil;
6) to enable teachers to improve the organisation and methods of teaching and educational work.
6. Intra-school Oceans include:
1) the formulation by teachers of the educational requirements necessary to receive by the pupil of individual interim and annual, and in the police-semester school, the classification grades from compulsory and additional educational activities, and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3;
2. establishing the criteria for assessing behaviour;
3) the establishment of assessments of current and interim classification assessments from obligatory and additional educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, as well as the interim evaluation of the classification behaviour;
4) conduct of the classification exams referred to in art. 16 ust. 11, art. 20zh ust. 3 and 3a, art. 44k ust. 2 and 3 and Article 3 66 (1) 1b;
5) annual fixing, and in the police-semester school, classification assessments from obligatory and additional educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour;
6) setting the conditions and mode of receiving higher than the predicted annual, and in the police-semester school, the classification grades from educational activities and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour;
7) setting conditions and how to communicate to parents the information on the progress and difficulties in learning and retaining the pupil and the particular skills of the pupil.
7. Oceania of the student from religion and ethics shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 12 (1) 2.
8. The teachers at the beginning of each school year inform the pupils and their parents, and in the school of police, pupils, at:
1) the educational requirements necessary to receive by the pupil of the individual interim and annual, and in the police-semester school, the classification grades from the educational activities resulting from the curriculum of the curriculum;
2) ways to check the educational achievements of the students;
3) conditions and mode of receipt higher than the annual expected, and in the school of the police-semester, the classification grade from the educational activities.
9. The educator of the branch at the beginning of each school year informs the students and their parents about:
1) the conditions and the manner and criteria for assessing behaviour;
2) the conditions and mode of receipt of a higher than expected annual assessment of the classification behaviour.
10. The detailed conditions and manner of in-school assessment shall be determined by the statutes of the school.
Article 44c. [ Obligation of individualization of work with a student] 1. The teacher is obliged to individualize work with the student in educational classes according to the development and educational needs and the possibility of psychophysical pupil.
2. The teacher is obliged to adjust the educational requirements referred to in art. 44b (b) 8 point 1, to the individual development and educational needs and the possibility of a psychophysical pupil, in the cases specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
Article 44d. [ Exempt pupil from the implementation of certain compulsory educational activities] The school head dismisses the pupil from the implementation of some compulsory educational activities due to the state of health, specific difficulties in learning, disability, qualifications or accomplishment of the compulsory education data at an earlier educational stage, in the cases specified in the legislation issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
Art. 44e. [ References] 1. Apprentice in the course of study at the school receives evaluations:
1. current;
2. classification:
a) interim and annual, and in a police school-semestrals,
(b) final.
2. Ratings are open to the student and his parents. In the school of police, the evaluation is open to the student.
3. The teacher justifies a determined assessment in the manner specified in the school's statutes.
4. The proven and rated written works of the student are made available to the student and to his parents. In a police school, the students ' written work and the written works are made available to the student.
5. At the request of the pupil or his parents, the documentation concerning the classification examination referred to in art. 16 ust. 11, art. 20zh ust. 3 and 3a, art. 44k ust. 2 and 3 and Article 3 66 (1) 1b, the correctional exam referred to in art. 44m ust. 1, the reservations referred to in art. 44n, as well as other documentation on the evaluation of the pupil, shall be made available for inspection to the student or to his parents.
6. In the school of police, the documentation referred to in paragraph. 5, shall be made available to the student for inspection at his request.
7. The manner in which the documentation referred to in paragraph is made available. 4 and 5, specifies the statute of the school.
Article 44f. [ Classification of pupil] 1. The student is subject to classification:
1) interim and annual, and in the school of police-semester;
2) final.
2. The interim classification consists in periodic summary of educational achievements of the student from the educational and behaviors activities of the student and the establishment of interim classification assessments from these classes and the interim evaluation of the classification behaviour. The interim classification shall be carried out at least once during the school year, within the time limit laid down in the statutes of the school.
3. The annual classification consists in summarising the educational achievements of the student from the educational and behaviors of the pupil in a given school year and setting the annual classification grades from these classes and the annual assessment of the classification behaviour, with that of Classes I to III of primary school in the case of:
1) compulsory educational activities shall be established by one annual classification assessment from those classes;
2) additional educational activities shall be established by one annual classification assessment from those classes.
4. A semester classification in a police school consists in summarizing educational achievements of the student from the educational activities of the given semester and determining the semester grades of the classification from these classes.
5. The final classification consists of:
1) annual, and in the police school-semestrals, classification grades from educational activities, established according to the curricular class of the highest or the programme semester, respectively, and
2) annual, and in the school of police-semester, classification grades from educational activities, the implementation of which has been completed according to the programme classes lower or the semesters programmatically lower at the school of a given type, and
3) an annual assessment of the classification behaviour established in the programme class of the highest.
6. Final classification shall be made in the programme class of the highest school of a given type, and in the School of Police-the programme of the highest semester.
7. In the case of pupils with a judgment on the need for special education issued on grounds of mental impairment to a degree of moderate or significant interim and annual classification shall be made taking into account the findings of the an individual educational and therapeutic programme referred to in art. 71b ust. 1b.
8. Classification scores from educational activities have no influence on the assessment of the classification of behaviour.
9. The assessment of the classification of behaviour has no effect on:
1) classification grades from educational activities;
2) promotion to a programming class or the completion of a school.
Article 44g. [ The student's information on the annual classification assessments envisaged for it] 1. Prior to the annual classification of the pedagogical council, teachers conducting individual educational activities and the educator of the branch inform the pupil and his parents about the annual classifications of the classes for which he/she has been assigned to the teaching staff. education and the anticipated annual assessment of the classification behaviour, within the time limit and the form set out in the school's statutes.
2. In a police school, before the semester of the semester of the pedagogical council, teachers conducting individual educational activities inform the pupil of the semestrral appraisal assessments envisaged for him in educational activities, in the the date and form specified in the statutes of the school.
Art. 44h. [ Interim and annual arrangements, and in the police-semester school, classification assessments] 1. Interim and annual, and in the police-semester school, classification grades from educational activities shall be determined by the teachers conducting individual educational activities, and the interim and annual evaluation of the classification of behaviour-the educator of the branch after the Consultation of teachers, pupils in the branch and the pupil's assessment.
2. In a vocational education school, which organises the practical training of the profession, the interim and the annual, and in the police-semester school, the apprentiary appraisal of the apprentiary work is set up by the practical teachers. instruction of the profession or persons carrying out practical training of the profession, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 70 par. 4.
3. In a school or a secondary and an annual integration department, and in a police school-a semester, an educational evaluation of educational activities for a student holding a decision on the need for a special education shall be determined by the teacher conducting the classes educational, after consultation with a teacher employed to co-organise integration training, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 71b ust. 7 point 2.
4. In a school or in a secondary and annual secondary school, and in a police school-a semester, an educational evaluation of educational activities for a student holding a decision on the need for special education shall be determined by the teacher conducting the classes concerned. educational, and where in school or branch is additionally employed teacher to co-organise training of students with disabilities, socially-inexperienced and at risk of social maluse, referred to in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 71b ust. 7 point 2, after consulting the teacher.
5. At a school in a correctional facility and a juvenile shelter and an annual assessment of the classification of behaviour, the educator of the branch shall be established after consulting the teachers and educators respectively of the correctional facility or the juvenile shelters.
6. The deadline for the determination of the evaluations referred to in paragraph 1 1-5, specifies the statute of the school.
7. The assessments determined in accordance with the paragraph. 1-5 are final, subject to art. 44m and art. 44n.
Article 44i. [ Descriptive Scores] 1. In the classes of I-III primary school:
1) current evaluations with obligatory and additional educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, shall be established in the manner laid down in the statutes of the school;
2) interim and annual classification grades with obligatory and additional educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, as well as the interim and yearly assessment of the classification behaviour are descriptive assessments.
2. In the classes I-III of primary school, the current evaluation of compulsory and supplementary educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, may be descriptive assessments, if the statute of the school so provides.
3. Starting from class IV of primary school:
1) ongoing evaluation and interim evaluation of classification from obligatory and additional educational activities and classes, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, as well as the interim evaluation of the classification of behaviour shall be established in the manner laid down in the statutes of the school;
2) annual, and in the police-semester school, classification grades from educational activities and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour are determined according to the scale specified in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
4. Starting from class IV of primary school, current and interim evaluations and annual grading evaluations from all or selected compulsory or supplementary educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, as well as the interim and yearly assessment of the classification behaviour can be described as descriptive, if the statutes of the school so provide.
5. In the case referred to in paragraph. 4, the annual classification evaluations from educational activities and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour shall also be established according to the scale specified in the legislation issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
6. Final grading assessments from educational activities and the final assessment of the classification behaviour shall be expressed according to the scale specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
7. Current and interim evaluations, annual and final classification assessments from compulsory and supplementary educational activities and classes referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, as well as interim and annual classification assessments of behaviour for a student holding a judgment on the need for special education issued due to mental impairment to a moderate degree or significant are descriptive assessments.
Article 44j. [ Laureates of Competitions] The laureate of the competition of the voivodship or of the voivodship concerned and the laureate or finalist of the nationwide Olympiad of the present, carried out in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 8, receives from the data the educational activities the highest positive annual classification assessment referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb. The pupil who has received the title of the laureate of the contest in the voivodship or the voivodship or the title of the laureate or finalist of the nationwide Olympiad of this year, after having established the annual ranking evaluation from the educational activities, receives from these educational activities the highest positive final grade of the classification.
Article 44k. [ Unclassified Apprentice] 1. The student may not be classified from one, several or all educational activities, if there is no basis for establishing the interim or the annual, and in a police-semester school, the classification evaluation due to the absence of the pupil on those classes exceeding half of the time spent on these activities during the period or semester respectively for which the classification is carried out.
2. A student not classified because of an excuse of absence may take an examination of the classification.
3. A student not classified as a result of an unjustified absence may take the classification examination with the consent of the pedagogical council.
Article 44l. [ Examination of the classification] 1. The classification exam referred to in art. 16 ust. 11, art. 20zh ust. 3 and 3a, art. 44k ust. 2 and 3 and Article 3 66 (1) 1b shall be carried out by the committee appointed by the school head.
2. The classification exam shall be carried out no later than the day preceding the day of the annual end, and in the school of police-semestrals, teaching and educational activities. The term of the classification exam is agreed with the student and his parents, and at the police school-with the pupil.
3. A student who, for reasons of justification, did not accede to the classification examination within the time limit set in accordance with the paragraph. 2, may accede to it within the additional time limit set by the head of the school.
4. The assessment established by the examination of the classification shall be final, subject to art. 44m and art. 44n.
5. For the student of a vocational training school not classified from the activities carried out under the practical instruction of the profession on account of an justified absence, the school organises classes enabling the curriculum to be completed and the establishment of the In the course of the course of the course of the first year of the year, the first day of the first day of the first day of the first day of the first day of the first day of the day of the year,
Art. 44m. [ Curricula exam in classes] 1. Starting from class IV of primary school, a pupil who, as a result of the annual classification, and in a police-semester school, has received a negative classification grade, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb, of:
1) one or two compulsory educational activities, or
2) some compulsory educational activities or classes in the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language
-may proceed to the correctional examination of these classes.
2. The correctional exam shall be carried out by the committee appointed by the school head.
3. A student who, for reasons of justifiable failure, has not entered the correctional exam within the prescribed period, may accede to it within the additional time limit, designated by the school head, not later than the end of September, and in the school where didactic and educational activities end in January-not later than the end of March.
4. Annual, and in a police-semester school, the classification assessment determined as a result of the correctional exam shall be final, subject to art. 44n ust. 7.
5. A student who has not passed the correctional exam, does not receive a promotion to the program class higher, and in a police school-per semester programmatically higher, and repeats the class or semester accordingly.
6. The pedagogical council, taking into account the educational opportunities of the pupil, may, once during a given educational stage, promote to a higher education class, and in a police school, a higher education semester, a student who did not pass a correctional examination with the In order to be able to take part in one of the compulsory education or training courses of a national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language, provided that these activities are implemented in a higher education class, and in a police school, the semester programmatically higher.
Article 44n. [ Student's or his parents ' choice] 1. The student or his parents may submit objections to the school head if they consider that the annual classification assessment from the educational activities or the annual assessment of the classification of the conduct have been determined not in accordance with the rules on the mode of determining those assessments.
2. A student at a police school may submit a reservation to the school head if he/she considers that a semester grade classification from educational activities has been determined not in accordance with the rules on the mode of determining this assessment.
3. Reservations, referred to in paragraph. 1 and 2, shall be notified from the date of the annual determination, and in the police-semester school, the classification grade from the educational activities or the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour, but no later than 2 working days from the date of completion of the annual, In the course of the first day of the year, there is a high degree of education in the field of education and training.
4. Where it is established that the annual and the police-semester school, the classification assessment from educational activities or the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour have been determined not in accordance with the rules on the procedures for setting those assessments, the Director the school shall be appointed by the committee which:
1) in the case of an annual, and in a police-semester school, a classification evaluation from educational activities-conducts a student's message and skills check and establishes an annual, and in a police school-a semester, a classification assessment from the data educational activities;
2) in the case of the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour-sets the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour.
5. Fixed by the committee referred to in paragraph 4, the annual, and in the police-semester school, the classification assessment from educational activities and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour may not be lower than the evaluation previously established. The evaluation set by the committee shall be final, with the exception of the annual negative, and at the police-semester school, the classification assessment referred to in the provisions of the law on the basis of art. 44zb, with educational activities that can be changed as a result of the correctional exam, subject to art. 44m ust. 1.
6. A student who, for reasons of justification, did not accede to the test referred to in paragraph. Article 4 (1) may, within the time limit set, be able to accede to it within the additional time limit set by the head of the school in consultation with the student and his parents, and at the police school, in agreement with the student.
7. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-6 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the case of an annual, and in a police-semester school, a classification assessment from the educational activities determined as a result of the correctional examination, with the date of the reservation being 5 working days from the date of the day on which the the examination of the correctional examination. In this case, the assessment set out by the committee referred to in paragraph 1 shall be determined by the Commission. 4, is final.
Art. 44o. [ Promotion to the program class of higher value] 1. Apprentice of Class I-III of primary school receives in each year a school promotion to the program class higher.
2. In exceptional cases, justified levels of development and achievements of the pupil in a given school year or state of health of the pupil, the pedagogical council may decide to repeat the class by the student of class I-III of the primary school, at the request of the educator a branch after consultation of the parents of the pupil or at the request of the parents of the pupil after having consulted the parental teacher of the branch.
3. At the request of the pupil's parents and after obtaining the consent of the branch's tutor or at the request of the branch's tutor and after obtaining the parents ' consent, the pupil's pedagogical council may decide to promote the class I and II primary school students to the program class higher education also during the school year, if the level of development and achievements of the pupil rotate in one school year of the teaching content provided for in the curriculum of two classes.
4. From primary school class IV, a pupil receives promotion to a higher education class, and in a police school, for a semester programmatically higher, if all compulsory educational activities and classes in the language of a national minority are taught, ethnic minority or regional language received annual, and in the police school-semestrals, positive classification grades, referred to in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 44zb, subject to Article 44m ust. 6.
5. To promote to a programming class a higher student holding a decision on the need for special education issued on grounds of mental impairment to a degree of moderate or substantial form of pedagogical advice, having regard to the arrangements contained in the an individual educational and therapeutic programme referred to in art. 71b ust. 1b.
6. Primary and lower secondary school students, including primary and junior high schools in a corrector or a juvenile shelter, which has a ruling on the need for special education and has a delay in the implementation of the curriculum at least one class, and which, in primary or middle school respectively, obtains from all compulsory educational activities and lessons from the national minority language, ethnic minority or regional language assessment recognised as positive within the framework of the In the course of school, the school has a higher education in the school year, and has been trained The curriculum of the curriculum of two classes can be promoted to a higher curriculum in the course of the school year.
7. A student who has not received a promotion to a higher education class, and in a police school-per semester programmatically higher, repeats the class or semester accordingly.
Article 44p. [ Participation in the implementation of the educational project] 1. Junior high school students take part in the implementation of the educational project, which is a team, planned activity of the students, aimed at solving a specific problem, using a variety of methods.
2. The director of the gymnasium may release the pupil from the implementation of the educational project in cases preventing the pupil's participation in the implementation of this project.
Article 44q. [ School graduation] 1. Apprentice shall end in primary, secondary or secondary school, if:
1) as a result of the final classification received from all compulsory educational activities and classes from the language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language the positive final grade grades, referred to in the regulations issued based on art. 44zb;
2) in the case of primary and lower secondary education-he also acceded to the test or the gymnasium, subject to the provisions of Article 4 (2) of the basic school and secondary school. 44zw, art. 44zx and art. 44zz ust. 2.
2. On graduation by a student holding a ruling on the need for special education issued on grounds of mental impairment to a degree of moderate or substantial decides the pedagogical council, having regard to the findings of the individual the educational and therapeutic programme referred to in art. 71b ust. 1b.
3. Apprentice of primary school or middle school, which did not meet the conditions referred to in the paragraph. 1, repeats the last class of primary or middle school respectively and joins in the school year in which it repeats this class, to a properly checked or gymnasium.
4. A secondary school student who has failed to fulfil the condition referred to in the paragraph. 1 point 1, repeats the last class of upper-secondary school, and in the police school-last semester.
Art. 44r. [ Oceising, classifying and promoting listeners in adult school] The evaluation, classification and promotion of the adult audience shall take place in accordance with the rules laid down in Article 4 of the Rules of the European Union. 44s-44za and the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
Art. 44s. [ School hearers for adults] 1. To the school's listeners for adults the provisions of art. 44b (b) 1 point 1, paragraph 1. 3, 5, 6, 8 and 10, art. 44c, art. 44j, art. 44l par. 1-4, art. 44n ust. 1-3, para. Article 4 (1) and (4) 5 and 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. The adult school does not assess the listener's behaviour.
Art. 44t. [ Exemption of the school's listener for adults with the implementation of some compulsory classes] The school director for adults exempts the listener from the implementation of certain compulsory educational activities due to the state of health, specific difficulties in learning, disability, possessed qualifications and professional experience or realization data of compulsory educational activities at an earlier educational stage, in the cases specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
Art. 44u. [ Adults in adult school] 1. In the school for an adult listener in the course of the study receives the ratings:
1. current;
2. classification:
(a) semestrals,
(b) final.
2. In the school for adults the ratings are open to the listener, and in the case of the listener referred to in art. 16 ust. 6c point 1-also for his parents.
3. The teacher justifies a determined assessment in the manner specified in the adult school's statutes.
4. The proven and rated written works of the school's listener for adults are made available to the listener, and in the case of the listener referred to in art. 16 ust. 6c point 1-also his parents.
5. At the request of the school's listener for adults, and in the case of the listener referred to in art. 16 ust. 6c point 1-at the request of the listener or his parents, the documentation concerning the classification examination referred to in art. 20zh ust. 3 and 3a, the semester exam referred to in art. 44w ust. 1, the correctional exam referred to in art. 44y ust. 1, the reservations referred to in art. 44n, as well as other documentation relating to the evaluation of the listener, shall be made available for inspection to the listener or to his parents, respectively.
6. The manner in which the documentation referred to in paragraph is made available. 4 and 5, specifies the statute of the adult school.
Art. 44v. [ School classification for adults] 1. In adult school, the listener is subject to classification:
1) semestrals;
2) final.
2. The semester classification consists in summarising the educational attainment of the school listener for adults with obligatory educational activities in a given semester and setting the semester grades of the classification from these classes.
3. The final classification consists of:
1) semester classification grades from compulsory educational activities set in the curricular semester, and
2) semester classification grades from compulsory educational activities, the implementation of which ended in the semesters of programmatically lower in the adult school of a given type.
4. The final classification shall be carried out in the semester of the highest programmatically.
Art. 44w. [ Examination of the semester] 1. Semester classification assessments shall be determined after the semester examinations of the individual compulsory educational activities are carried out. In the course of the first year of the year, there is a number of teachers who have been able to attend the
2. For the semester examination, an adult learners who attend each of the compulsory education classes provided for in a given semester shall, at least half of the time spent in each of these classes, attend the school. received an assessment from these classes considered positive in the course of the intraschool assessment.
3. The semester exam shall be carried out within the period specified in the adult school's statutes. Teachers with compulsory education at the beginning of each semester shall inform the listeners of the dates of the semester examinations.
4. A month before the term of the semester examination, teachers conducting the individual compulsory educational activities shall inform the school listener for adults, and in the case of the listener referred to in art. 16 ust. 6c point 1-also his parents, whether he meets the conditions for admission to the semester exam referred to in paragraph 1. 2, in the form specified in the school's statute.
5. A school listener for adults who, for reasons of fate or health, did not accede to the semester examination within the time limit referred to in the paragraph. 3, it seems to have taken the exam within the additional time limit set by the school head.
6. Fixed as a result of the semester examination, a semester evaluation of the classification from compulsory educational activities is final, subject to art. 44n and art. 44y.
Article 44x. [ The assessment of the adult school's assessment] In the adult school:
1) the current evaluation of compulsory educational activities shall be established according to the scale and in the forms set out in the school's statutes;
2) semester grades of classification from compulsory educational activities are determined according to the scale specified in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 44zb;
3) final classification grades from compulsory educational activities are expressed according to the scale specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
Art. 44y. [ Adult school correctional exams] 1. A school listener for adults who, as a result of a semester classification, has received a negative semester grade classification, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb, with some or two compulsory educational activities, may accede to the correctional examination of these classes. The correctional exams are carried out after each semester.
2. A correctional exam shall be carried out by the teacher leading the compulsory education classes.
3. Semester classification assessment from compulsory educational activities determined as a result of the correctional exam shall be final, subject to art. 44n ust. 7.
4. The school listener for adults, who did not pass the correctional exam, does not receive a promotion for the semester programmatically higher.
Art. 44z. [ Promotion per semester programmatically higher in adult school] 1. In the adult school, the listener receives promotion for the semester programmatically higher, if from all the compulsory educational activities it has received positive semestrals of classification, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb.
2. The servant of the school for adults who did not receive a promotion for the semester programmatically higher, the school principal shall be deleted by decision, from the list of listeners.
3. In random or health cases, the director of the adult school, at the written request of the listener, may give consent to repeat the semester. The listener can repeat the semester one time during the period of education at the school.
4. The application referred to in paragraph 1. 3, a school listener for adults shall submit to the school head, no later than within 7 days from the date of adoption by the pedagogical council of a resolution on the classification and promotion of listeners.
5. Hearing of the adult school referred to in art. 16 ust. 6c point 1, which has not received a promotion for the semester programmatically higher, repeats this semester.
Article 44 (a). [ Graduation of primary, middle school or secondary school for adults] 1. The listener ends primary school, junior high school or secondary school for adults, if:
1) as a result of the final classification received from all compulsory educational activities the positive final grade grades, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb;
2) in the case of primary and lower secondary education-he also acceded to the test or the gymnasium, subject to the provisions of Article 4 (2) of the basic school and secondary school. 44zw, art. 44zx and art. 44zz ust. 2.
2. Hearing of primary school or middle school for adults, referred to in art. 16 ust. 6c point 1, which did not fulfil the conditions set out in paragraph 1. 1, repeats the last semester and accedes to this semester according to the test or the gymnasium exam.
Art. 44zb. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, detailed conditions and means of assessing, classifying and promoting students in public schools, including:
1) cases in which the educational requirements referred to in art are adapted. 44b (b) 8 point 1, to the individual development and educational needs and the ability of the students to be psychophysical and the basis for this adjustment, taking into account the need to ensure the proper provision of the training process for pupils, including adult hearers for adults functioning in detention facilities or investigative arrests;
2) the types of compulsory educational activities from which the execution of the pupil may be released, the cases in which this exemption may occur, the types of documents underlying the exemption, and the mode and period of release, taking into account individual the educational opportunities of the pupil, the specificity of the educational activities concerned and the purposefulness of the teaching of some of the teaching content;
3) the scope of the educational project and the conditions for its implementation, taking into account the necessity of taking part in the criteria for assessing the participation of the pupil in the implementation of the educational project;
4) the scale of the annual, semestrral and final grades of the classification from the educational activities together with an indication which of the assessments according to this scale is considered to be positive, and which are negative, and the main areas to be taken into account at assessing the conduct of the pupil, the scale of the annual and final assessment of the classification of behaviour, taking into account the need to ensure a uniform system of appraisal;
5) the rating functions of the current pupil, taking into account the need to communicate to the student the information on his educational achievements helping to learn;
6) conditions, mode and form of conducting the classification examination, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 16 ust. 8-also the types of educational activities from which the classification test is not carried out, the composition of the committee set up for the examination of the classification, taking into account the need to ensure the correctness of the examination and the appropriate documentation of its course;
(7) the mode and form of the examination of the correctional examination, the composition of the committee set up for the examination of the correctional examination, taking into account the need to ensure that the examination is properly carried out and that it is properly documented. the course;
8) the mode and form of carrying out the message of the message and the student's skills referred to in art. 44n ust. Article 4 (1), and the setting of the annual assessment of the classification of conduct referred to in Article 4 (1), 44n ust. 4 point 2, the composition of the committees referred to in art. 44n ust. 4, taking into account the need to ensure that this test is properly carried out or that the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour is established and that the work of the commission is properly documented;
9) the conditions of the promotion of the student to the programming class of higher or graduation of the school with distinction, taking into account the annual classification grades from the educational activities, which count towards the average rating, and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour;
10) the mode and form of conducting a semester examination, taking into account the need to ensure the correctness of conducting the examination and to properly document its course.
Art. 44zc. [ Oceising, classifying and promoting students in art school] The assessment, classification and promotion of pupils in the art school shall be carried out in accordance with the rules laid down in art. 4 4zd-44zp and the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
Art. 44zd. [ Evaluating educational achievements in art school] 1. In the course of artistic education and general education, the following shall be the subject of:
1) educational achievements of the pupil in the field of education general education;
2) educational achievements of the pupil in the field of artistic educational activities;
3) the pupil's behaviour.
2. The evaluation of artistic education in an artistic school is subject to educational attainment of artistic education in the field of artistic education.
3. Evaluating educational achievements of the student consists in the recognition by teachers of level and progress in the mastering by the student of news and skills in relation to:
1) the effects of education determined on the basis of curriculum training in the professions of artistic education and educational requirements resulting from the school's artistic curricula;
2) in the case of art school realizing general education-also the requirements determined by the curriculum general education and educational requirements resulting from the school's artistic curricula.
4. Assessment of the pupil's behaviour consists in the recognition by the educator of the branch, the teachers and the students of a given branch of the degree of respect by the pupil of the principles of social coexistence and ethical norms and the obligations laid down in the school's statute of the art.
5. The rules of art shall apply mutatis mutandis for the assessment of educational attainment and the preservation of the pupil of the art school. 44b (b) 5-7.
6. The teachers at the beginning of each school year inform the students and their parents, and in the artistic and post-secondary school of the school students, about:
1) the educational requirements necessary to receive by the pupil of individual interim and annual, and in the artistic and post-secondary school art school-semestrals, classification grades from educational activities resulting from the the curriculum;
2) ways to check the educational achievements of the students;
3) conditions and mode of receiving higher than the annual predicted, and in the artistic and post-secondary school-semester school, the classification evaluation from educational activities, except for educational activities, of which respectively the annual or semestrral the classification assessment is established in the mode of the promotion exam.
7. The educator of a branch of the art school realizing general education at the beginning of each school year informs the students and their parents about:
1) the conditions and the manner and criteria for assessing behaviour;
(2) the conditions and mode of receipt of a higher than expected annual assessment of the classification of behaviour;
3) the consequences of receiving a negative annual classification assessment from compulsory artistic educational activities.
8. At the beginning of each school year, the director of an artistic school implementing only artistic education informs the students and their parents, and in the artistic and post-secondary school of the students, of the consequences of receiving a negative the annual classification evaluation from compulsory artistic educational activities.
9. The detailed conditions and manner of in-school assessment shall be determined by the statutes of the art school.
10. The teacher is obliged to individualize work with the pupil in educational activities according to the development and educational needs and the possibility of a psychophysical student.
11. The teacher is obliged to adjust the educational requirements referred to in paragraph. 6 point 1, to the individual development and educational needs and the possibility of psychophysical pupil, in the cases specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
Article 44ze. [ Classification of pupil in art school] 1. The student of the art school is subject to classification:
1) interim and annual, and in the artistic and post-secondary school-semester school;
2) final.
2. The interim classification consists of a periodic summary of educational achievements of the pupil from educational activities, and in the art school realizing general education-also the behaviour of the student, and the establishment of suitably interim evaluations classification from educational activities and the interim evaluation of the classification behaviour. The interim classification shall be carried out at least once during the school year, within the time limit laid down in the statute of art school.
3. The annual classification consists in summarising the educational achievements of the student from educational activities, and in the art school providing general education-also the behaviour of the pupil, in a given school year and the fixing of properly annual evaluations classification from educational activities and the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour, except that in the case of an art school pursuing general education in the scope of classes I to III of primary school, the following shall be established:
1) one annual classification assessment from compulsory general education classes and
2) a one-year classification grade with additional general educational activities, and
3) annual classification grades from individual artistic educational activities, by scale and in the form specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
4. A semester classification in an artistic curative and post-secondary school consists in summarizing educational achievements of the student from educational activities in a given semester and determining the semester grades of the classification from these classes.
5. The final classification consists of:
1) annual, and in the artistic and post-secondary school art school-semester, classification grades from educational activities, determined respectively in the programme class of the highest or programmatically-highest, and
2) annual, and in the artistic and post-secondary school art school-semester, classification grades from educational activities, the implementation of which ended appropriately in the programme classes lower or the semesters programmatically lower in the art school of a given type, and
3) an annual assessment of the classification of the behaviour established in the programme class of the highest-in the case of an art school realizing general education.
6. The final classification shall be carried out in the programme class of the highest artistic school of a given type, and in the artistic and post-secondary school-semester of the highest programmatic school.
7. Classification scores from educational activities do not affect the assessment of the classification of behaviour.
8. The assessment of the classification of behaviour shall not affect:
1) classification grades from educational activities;
2) promotion to the program class higher or the completion of the art school.
Art. 44zf. [ The information of the student and his parents about the classification assessments envisaged for him] 1. Prior to the annual classification of the pedagogical council, teachers conducting individual educational activities and the educator of the branch inform the pupil and his parents about the annual classifications of the classes for which he/she has been assigned to the teaching staff. education and the envisaged annual assessment of the classification behaviour, within the time and form specified in the statute of art school.
2. In the artistic and post-secondary school, before the semester of the faculty meeting of the pedagogical council, teachers conducting individual educational activities inform the pupil of the semestrous appraisal assessments envisaged for him. educational activities, within the term and form specified in the statute of art school.
Art. 44zg. [ Grading of classification assessments] 1. Interim and annual, and in the artistic and post-secondary arts school-semester, classification grades from educational activities establish teachers conducting individual classes, except for educational activities, the assessment of which is determined in the mode of the promo test.
2. Annual classification assessment from selected artistic educational activities specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. The 44zq is established in the mode of the promotional exam, which is aimed at checking the knowledge and skills of the pupil in the range of these classes.
3. In determining the evaluation of the promotional examination, the quality of artistic performance and the effort put in by the student in the performance of the duties resulting from the specificity of the artistic educational activities shall be taken into account.
4. Promotional exam shall be carried out by the committee appointed by the head of the art school.
5. The terms of the promotional exams shall be appointed by the Director of the Art School.
6. A student who, for reasons of justifiable failure, has not entered the promotional examination within the prescribed time limit, may accede to that examination within the additional time limit, appointed by the director of the art school, until the end of the given school year.
7. In cases of random or health, the pedagogical council may exempt the pupil from the promotional examination. In such a case, the annual ranking assessment shall be established by the teacher conducting the artistic educational activities concerned.
8. The interim and yearly assessment of the classification of conduct shall be determined by the educator of the branch, after consulting the teachers, the students of the branch and the pupil's assessment.
9. The deadline for the determination of the assessments referred to in paragraph. 1 and 8, specifies the statute of art school.
10. Assessment determined in accordance with the paragraph. 1, 7 and 8 shall be final, subject to art. 44zk and art. 44n.
11. The assessments determined in accordance with the paragraph. 2 are final, subject to art. 44n.
Art. 44zh. [ Laureates of the nationwide competitions] Laureate of a nationwide contest, interrogation or review in the field of artistic objects, the organizer of which is the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage or the specialist supervision unit referred to in art. 32a ust. 1, receives correspondingly from the data of the artistic educational activities the highest positive annual classification assessment, and in the artistic and post-secondary school art school-the highest positive semester of the classification referred to in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 44zq. In the case of artistic educational activities, the evaluation of which is established in the mode of the promotional exam, the laureate is simultaneously exempted from this examination.
Art. 44zi. [ Exempt pupil from the implementation of certain compulsory educational activities] The director of the art school may release the pupil from the realization of some compulsory artistic educational activities due to the state of health, possessed qualifications and professional experience or realization of the data of compulsory educational activities artistic at an earlier educational stage, in the cases specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
Art. 44zj. [ Application of provisions of the Act] 1. Artistic schools shall apply the provisions of art. 44e, art. 44k, art. 44l and art. 44n.
2. The provisions of Article 4 (2) of the Rules of Education shall apply to general education in the field of general education, as regards general education. 44d, art. 44i and art. 44j.
3. The provisions of Article 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the art schools implementing general secondary education. 44p.
Art. 44zk. [ Correctional exam in the artistic curative and post-secondary school] 1. The student who, as a result of the annual classification, and in the artistic and post-secondary school's artistic school-semester, has received a negative classification rating referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq, of one or two compulsory educational activities, may accede to the correctional exam from these classes.
2. The correctional exam shall not be carried out in the case of obtaining by the student a negative classification grade from the educational activities, the assessment of which shall be determined in the mode of the promotional exam.
3. The correctional exam shall be carried out by the commission, set up by the head of the art school, until the end of the school year concerned, and in the artistic and post-secondary school's artistic school-until the end of the semester.
4. The student, who for reasons of the justified did not accede to the correctional exam within the prescribed period, may accede to it within the additional time prescribed by the director of the art school no later than the end of September, and in an artistic curative and post-secondary school where teaching and educational activities end in January-no later than the end of March.
5. Annual, and in the artistic curative and post-secondary school-semester, the classification assessment determined as a result of the correctional exam is final, subject to art. 44n ust. 7.
6. The student who did not pass the correctional exam does not receive the promotion to the program class higher, and in the artistic school of the police and the post-secondary school-for the semester programmatically higher.
7. The pedagogical council of a school of art realizing general education, taking into account the educational opportunities of pupil, may one time during the course of education in a given type of artistic school promote to a programming class a higher student who did not pass a correctional exam with some obligatory general education courses, provided that these classes are implemented in a higher curriculum.
8. A student who has not received a promotion to a higher education class, and in an artistic curative and post-secondary school-per semester programmatically higher, shall be deleted from the list of pupils, subject to art. 39 (1) 2a, unless the pedagogical council agrees to repeat a given class, and in the artistic and post-secondary art school-a given semester, taking into account the student's achievements so far.
9. During the course of education in a given type of school the student can repeat a given class, and in the artistic and post-secondary school art school-a given semester, only one time.
10. In the case of an art school implementing only the artistic education, the pedagogical council may consent to the implementation of compulsory educational activities from the scope of a given class over the next two years, taking into account the existing achievements of the pupil.
Art. 44zl. [ Promotion to a programming class higher in art school] 1. The student of the art school realizing general education in primary school receives promotion to the program class higher if:
1) from all compulsory educational activities received positive annual classification grades, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq, subject to Article 44zk ust. 7, and
2) proceeded to the test, subject to art. 44zw, art. 44zx and art. 44zz ust. 2-in the case of a pupil of a class whose scope of instruction corresponds to class VI of primary school.
2. The student of an art school realizing general education in the field of middle school and general education high school receives promotion to the program class higher if:
1) from all compulsory educational activities received positive annual classification grades, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq, subject to Article 44zk ust. 7, and
2) acceded to the gymnasium examination, subject to art. 44zw, art. 44zx and art. 44zz ust. 2-in the case of a student of the class whose scope of instruction corresponds to the class III gymnasium.
3. The pupil of an artistic school realizing only artistic education receives promotion to the program class higher, and in the artistic and post-secondary school of the school-for the semester programmatically higher, if from all compulsory classes artistic educational activities respectively in a given class or a given semester received positive annual classification grades, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
Art. 44zm. [ Graduation of art school] 1. The student shall terminate the art school if, as a result of the final classification, he has received from all the compulsory educational activities the positive final grade grades, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq, and:
1) in the case of the art school in which the diploma examination is carried out-moreover, he passed the examination;
2) in the case of an art school pursuing general education, in which the last year of study corresponds to class VI of primary school or the class III gymnasium-moreover, acceded to the test or the gymnasium, subject to art. 44zw, art. 44zx and art. 44zz ust. 2.
2. A student who did not fulfil the condition referred to in the paragraph. 1 point 2, may, with the approval of the pedagogical council, repeat the last class and proceed to the test or the gymnasium examination.
Article 44zn. [ The Diploma Exams in Art School] 1. In the programme class of the highest in art school, in artistic competitions, and in the artistic or post-secondary school, in the semester of the highest programmatically, the diploma examination is carried out, which is a form of the commission's evaluation. the level of professional preparation of pupils
2. The diploma exam consists of a practical part and a theoretical part.
3. For the diploma examination, a pupil can join a student who, as a result of the final classification, has received positive classification grades from all compulsory educational activities provided for a given type of art school.
4. To a student who did not meet the condition referred to in the mouth. 3, rule of art. 44zk ust. 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
5. Diploma examination shall be carried out by the State Examination Board.
6. The State Selection Board shall be appointed by the Director of the specialised supervision unit referred to in Article 4. 32a ust. 1, at the request of the director of the art school, filed no later than 30 days before the date of the graduation examination. The Director of the specialised supervision unit shall appoint the chairman of the committee from among the teachers occupying managerial positions in the art school concerned, not later than 21 days before the date of the diploma examination, authorizing the the President to be appointed, within 14 days, of the other members of the committee.
7. The term of each part of the diploma examination shall be determined by the director of the artistic school within the limits of the non-colliding examinations of the matural exam.
8. The Laureate of the Olympic Games and the laureate of the competition, the organiser of which is the Minister for Culture and Conservation of the National Heritage, or a specialist supervision unit referred to in art. 32a ust. 1, is exempted from part of the theoretical diploma examination in a range that included the Olympics or the competition. The exemption is tantamount to obtaining the highest positive assessment from this part of the exam.
9. The student passed the diploma examination, if, from the individual parts of that examination, he received positive assessments specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
10. Students with disabilities accede to the diploma examination within the universally applicable time limit. In justified cases, the Chairman of the State Examination Board shall permit the carrying out of a theoretical part or part of a practical diploma examination in a separate room or a student's house, setting out the conditions and manner of carrying out an examination appropriate to the student's abilities.
Art. 44zo. [ Failure to accede to the Diploma Examination or to interrupt the Diploma Examination] 1. A student who, for unjustified reasons, has not entered the diploma examination or interrupted a diploma examination in a practical or theoretical part, shall be deleted from the list of students. Re-accession to the diploma examination may take place in the mode of the extrative exam referred to in art. 10a.
2. A student who, for reasons of justified reasons, has not entered the diploma examination or interrupted the diploma examination, may join him in an additional period, as determined by the Chairman of the State Examination Board, not later than on 30 September of the year in question.
3. A student who has not passed the diploma examination in whole or in a theoretical part or a practical part, may proceed to the correctional exam, respectively, of the whole or a part of the diploma examination, within a time limit set by the President the State Examination Board, not later than 30 September of the year concerned.
4. A student who did not pass the correctional exam referred to in the paragraph. 3, or have not acceded to the diploma examination or part of it within the additional time limit, may proceed to the diploma examination exclusively in the mode of the extrative exam referred to in art. 10a.
Art. 44zp. [ Statement of infringement of the provisions concerning the conduct of the diploma examination] 1. The President of the State Examination Board, in the case of a statement of infringement of the provisions governing the conduct of the diploma examination, may suspend the diploma examination, notifying the Minister competent for culture and protection national heritage.
2. In the case referred to in paragraph. The Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage shall set up a committee to clarify the circumstances of the events and to determine the responsibilities of the pupils and the members of the State Examination Board. On the basis of the findings of the committee, the Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage shall manage the continuation of the diploma examination or cancel and manage the examination of the diploma examination. The invalidity of the diploma examination can take place both in relation to all and individual pupils.
3. The term of the re-examination of the diploma referred to in paragraph. 2, set up the director of the art school in consultation with the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage.
4. The disputed issue between the student and the State Examination Board, resulting from the application of the provisions governing the conduct of the diploma examination, resolves the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage.
Art. 44zq. [ Delegation] The Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage, in agreement with the Minister for Education and Education, will determine, by means of a regulation, detailed conditions and means of assessing, classifying and promoting students in the public art schools, including:
1) cases in which the educational requirements referred to in art are adapted. 44zd par. Article 6 (1), to the individual development and educational needs and to the psychophysical opportunities of pupils, and the basis for this adjustment, taking into account the need to ensure the proper provision of the training process
2) the types of compulsory educational activities from which the execution of the pupil may be released, the cases in which this exemption may occur, the types of documents underlying the exemption, and the mode and period of release, taking into account individual the educational opportunities of the pupil, the specificity of the educational activities concerned and the purposefulness of the teaching of some of the teaching content;
3) the scope of the educational project and the conditions for its implementation, taking into account the necessity of taking part in the criteria for assessing the participation of the pupil in the implementation of the educational project;
4) the scale and form of assessments from educational activities, with an indication which of the ratings by this scale is considered to be positive and which is negative, and the scale of the annual and final assessment of the classification behaviour, taking into account the areas that are taking place under When assessing the behaviour and the need to ensure a uniform system of pupil assessment;
5) the artistic education classes, from which the student receives an assessment in the mode of the promotional exam;
6) the mode and form of conducting the examination, correctional and promotional examination of the artistic educational activities and the composition of the examination committees, taking into account the need to ensure the correctness of conducting these examinations and document their mileage;
7) the mode and form of carrying out the message test and the student's skills referred to in art. 44n ust. Article 4 (1), and the setting of the annual assessment of the classification of conduct referred to in Article 4 (1), 44n ust. 4 point 2, the composition of the committees referred to in art. 44n ust. 4, taking into account the need to ensure that this test is properly carried out or that the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour is established and that the work of the commission is properly documented;
8) conditions of the promotion of the pupil to the program class of higher or graduation of the art school with distinction, taking into account the annual classification grades from the educational activities, which include the average rating and in the case of art school providing general education, the assessment of behaviour;
9) the mode and scope of conducting the diploma examination, as well as the composition of the examination committee, taking into account the need to ensure the proper conduct of the examination and to document its course;
10) the conditions and mode of expression by the pedagogical council of consent for the repetition by the student of the class or realization of compulsory educational activities specified in the school curriculum of a given class in two consecutive years.
Art. 44zr. [ Exemption of application of the law] The provisions of Chapter 3a shall not apply to children and young people with mental disabilities in a degree of deep mental health.
Chapter 3b
Checking, gymnasial exam and maturinal exam and examination of qualifications in the profession
Art. 44zs. [ Check and gymnasial exam] [ 6] Checking and gymnasium shall be carried out on the basis of the requirements set out in the general curriculum of general education, and shall check to what extent the student or listener meets these requirements.
Art. 44zt. [ Term of check and gymnasium test] Checking and gymnastic examination shall be carried out:
1) at the main date:
(a) in schools for children and young people and in schools for adults in which the study ends in the spring semester-in April,
(b) in adult schools where the learning ends in the autumn semester-in January, and
2. within the additional time limit:
(a) in schools for children and young people and in schools for adults in which learning ends in the spring semester-in June,
(b) in adult schools where science ends in the fall semester-in April
-in accordance with the communication referred to in Article 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) the first indent.
Art. 44zu. [ Form of the exam] 1. The tests and gymnasials are carried out in written form.
2. The test consists of two parts and includes:
1) in the first part-news and skills of the Polish language and mathematics, including the use of messages and skills from these objects in tasks embedded in historical or natural context;
2) in the second part-news and skills of the foreign language of the modern.
3. The gymnasial exam consists of three parts and includes:
1) in the part of the first-humanistic-news and skills of the Polish language and from the scope of history and knowledge of society;
2) in the second-mathematical-natural part-news and skills in mathematics and in the field of natural objects: biology, chemistry, physics, and geography;
3) in the third part-news and skills of the foreign language of the modern.
4. Part of the second test and part of the third exam of a junior high school student or a listener accedes from this foreign language newborn, which he teaches at school in the framework of compulsory educational activities.
5. The third part of the gymnasium is carried out at the basic and extended level.
6. A student or listener who accedes to the part of the third gymnasium from a foreign language of the modern language, whose education in the substructure of the requirements determined by the curriculum general education for the second educational stage continued in junior high school, shall take an examination of this language at the basic and extended level, subject to Article 4 (1) of the basic Regulation. 44zw. 3.
7. A student or listener who accedes to a part of the third gymnasium from a foreign language of a modern language other than the foreign language of the modern language referred to in the paragraph. 6, he shall enter the examination of that language at the basic level and may proceed to the examination of that language at the extended level, at the request of the student's parents or at the request of the listener.
Art. 44zv. [ Exams in the language of a given national minority, ethnic minority or regional language] 1. A school student or a branch where educational activities are conducted in the language of a national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language, accedes to the part of the first test and the part of the first or second gymnasium examination in In Polish or in the language of a given national minority, ethnic minority or regional language.
2. In the language of a given national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language shall be carried out:
1) in the case of checking-the first part covering the messages and skills in mathematics;
2) in the case of the middle school exam-the first part involving news and skills in the field of history and knowledge of the society and the second part.
Article 44zw. [ A student holding a decision on the need for special education] 1. A student holding a ruling on the need for special education issued due to mental impairment in a moderate or significant degree or with disabilities conjugated when one of the disabilities is mental impairment to the degree moderately or significantly, do not accomodate the test and the gymnasium.
2. A student holding a ruling on the need for special education issued on the grounds of disability conjugate other than those mentioned in the mouth. 1 may be exempted by the director of the district examination board from the obligation to accede to the test or part of it and from the obligation to accede to the gymnasium or its part, upon the request of the parents positively opinionated by Principal.
3. A student holding a decision on the need for special education issued on the grounds of mental impairment in a light degree, who accedes to the part of the third gymnasium from a foreign language of the modern language, whose teaching on the sub-construction of requirements defined by programming general education for the second stage of education continued in junior high school, is exempted from the obligation to accede to the examination of this language at the extended level. This student can take the exam with this language at the extended level, at the request of the parents.
Art. 44zx. [ Laureates and finalists of Olympics and Competitions] 1. The laureate and finalist of the Olympics in question mentioned in the list referred to in art. 44zzzw, as well as the laureate of the competition of the voivodship or voivodship concerned, carried out in accordance with the rules issued on the basis of art. 22 par. The following shall be laid down in point 8, which shall be organised in the field of one of the subjects covered by the test or the gymnasium:
1) in the case of a student or earner of primary school or a pupil of an art school pursuing general education in primary school-from the relevant part of the check;
2) in the case of a pupil or a student of a gymnasium or a pupil of an art school pursuing general education in the field of middle school-from a given range of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination, and in the case of a foreign language of the modern one-from a third part the test.
2. The exemption referred to in paragraph 2. 1, takes place on the basis of a certificate stating that the pupil or earner of the primary school or the pupil of an art school pursuing general education in primary education, or a pupil or a student of a gymnasium, respectively, is obtained or pupil of an art school pursuing general education in the field of gymnasium of the title, respectively, laureate or finaliter. The certificate shall be submitted to the Chairperson of the examination panel referred to in Article 4. 44zzs ust. 3.
3. The exemption referred to in paragraph 1. 1, from the relevant part of the test, or from a given part of the first part or part of a given part of the second gymnasium, is equivalent to obtaining the test part of the test or the relevant part of the test. the upper secondary result.
4. The exemption referred to in paragraph 1. 1, from a part of the third gymnasium is equivalent to obtaining from this part the upper secondary level exam at the base level and extended level.
5. Where the student or the listener has obtained the title of the laureate or finaliter referred to in the paragraph. 1, from another foreign language of a modern age than that which has been declared respectively in the part of the second test or in the part of the third gymnasium examination, the principal of the school, at the request of the student's parents or at the request of the listener, submitted not later than 2 weeks before the date of the check or the gymnasium, inform the district examination board of the change of foreign language if the language of this pupil or listener is taught in the course of compulsory education. The provisions of the paragraph 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 44sis. [ Declarations and information submitted by the student's parents or listeners to the head of the school, before the check or examination] 1. The parents of the student or the listener shall submit to the director of the school, not later than 30 September of the school year in which the test is carried out and the gymnasium examination, written declaration:
1) indicating the foreign language of the modern one, from which the pupil or listener will accede to:
(a) the part of the second check-in the case where the pupil or earner of the primary school or the pupil of an art school pursuing general education in the primary school is taught more than one foreign language of the newborn in the compulsory framework educational activities,
(b) the part of the third gymnasium;
2) informing about the intention to accede to a part of the third gymnasium at extended level-in the case referred to in art. 44zu par. 7 and art. 44zw. 3;
3) informing the intention of joining the part of the first test or part of the first or second gymnasium examination referred to in art. 44zv ust. 2, in the language of a given national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language.
2. Parents of a student or a listener may submit to the school head, not later than 3 months before the term of the check or the gymnasium exam, subject to art. 44zx ust 5, written notice of:
1) change of the foreign language of the modern notable indicated in the declaration;
2) the resignation from joining a part of the third middle-level gymnasium exam-in the case referred to in art. 44zu par. 7 and art. 44zw. 3;
3) the resignation from joining the part of the first test or part of the first or second gymnasium examination referred to in art. 44zv ust. 2, in the language of a given national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language.
3. In the event of failure to provide information about the resignation referred to in paragraph. 2 point 2, and not to accede to a part of the third gymnasium at the extended level of the student or the listener receives from the third gymnasium at the extended level of the result '0%'.
Art. 44zz. [ Random or health cases preventing the entry into a test or examination] 1. Apprentice or listener, who for reasons of fate or health:
(1) not accede to the test or the part of the test or the gymnasium or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium in the main period, or
2) interrupt a given part of the test or the given range or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium exam
-accede to the test or the part of the test or the gymnasium or the level or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium within the secondary period, at the school of which he or she is a student or a listener.
2. In special cases of random or health, preventing the entry into the test or the part of the test or the gymnasium or the level or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium within the time limits In addition, the head of the examination board, as documented by the director of the school, may exempt the pupil or the listener from the obligation to accede to the test or the part of the test or the gymnasium or the range concerned; or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination. The head of the school shall submit the application in consultation with the student's parents or with the listener.
Art. 44zza. [ Results of check and gymnasium test] 1. The results of the test are shown as a percentage, and the midrange examination is a percentage and a percentile.
2. The results of the test and of the junior high school exam as a percentage shall be determined by the director of the district examination board on the basis of the number of points awarded by the examiners checking the examination papers and the electronic reading of the answer card-in use for checking the examination papers of electronic tools.
3. The results of the test include:
1) the result from the first part, detailing the result from the Polish language and the result from mathematics;
2) the result from the second part.
4. The results of the gymnasium include:
1) the result from the Polish language;
2) the result of the history and knowledge of society;
3) the result of mathematics;
4) the result of natural objects;
5) the result from the foreign language of the modern at the basic level;
6) a result from a foreign language of a modern at the extended level-where the student or the listener acceded to the part of the third gymnasium examination at the extended level, subject to art. 44th paragraph 3.
5. The results of a gymnasium on a percentile scale shall be developed by the Central Examination Commission on the basis of the results determined by the directors of the district examiners.
6. The results of the test and the gymnasium are final and do not serve on the complaint to the administrative court.
7. The results of the test and the gymnasium do not affect the graduation of the school, and in the case of an art school pursuing general education from the scope of elementary school or middle school, in which the class corresponding to class VI of primary school or Class III junior high school is not the last class in the cycle of education-also for promotion to the program of higher education.
8. The head of the school shall send to the student or his parents or to the listener:
1) a certificate of detailed results of the appropriate test or gymnasium, issued by the district examination board, together with a certificate of completion of the school-where the student or listener met the conditions set out respectively in art. 44q ust. 1, art. 44za ust. 1 or Art. 44zm ust. 1 point 2, or
2) in the case of an art school pursuing general education from the scope of elementary school or middle school, in which the class corresponding to class VI of primary school or class III middle school is not the last class in the course of education-certificate of the detailed results of the check, or the gymnasium, respectively, issued by the district examination board, together with a promotional certificate, where the apprentice has fulfilled the conditions laid down in Article 4 (1) of Regulation (EC) no longer applicable. 44zl par. 1 and 2, or
3) information on the detailed results of the appropriate test or the gymnasium, developed by the district examination board-where the student or the listener did not meet the conditions laid down in the art. 44q ust. 1, art. 44za ust. 1, art. 44zl par. 1 and 2 or art. 44zm ust. 1 point 2.
Art. 44zzb. [ Examination of the Maturinal] The maturalexamination shall be carried out on the basis of the requirements set out in the basis of the curriculum of general education and shall verify to what extent the graduate meets these requirements.
Art. 44zzc. [ Term of the Maturinal exam] The maturinal exam is carried out once per year, between May and September, at the main, secondary and correctional times, in accordance with the message referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) the first indent.
Art. 44zzd. [ The range of the matural exam] 1. The maturn exam shall be carried out with compulsory subjects and additional subjects and shall consist of an oral part and a written part.
2. The maturinal exam includes the following mandatory subjects:
1. in the oral part:
(a) Polish language,
(b) the foreign language of the modern,
(c) the language of the national minority-for graduates of schools or branches with the language teaching of a given national minority;
2. in written part:
(a) Polish language,
(b) the foreign language of the modern,
(c) mathematics,
(d) the language of the national minority, for graduates of schools or branches with the language teaching of a given national minority.
3. The additional items, from which the matural exam is carried out in the oral part and in the written part, shall determine the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zzza.
4. The graduate shall accede to the matural exam of compulsory subjects and to the part of the written examination of the maturalm of one additional subject.
5. The graduate may, in a given year, accede to the matrical exam with no more than five additional subjects in addition to the subject matter referred to in the paragraph. 4.
6. In the case of supplementary subjects, of which the matral exam is carried out in the oral part and in the written part, the graduate may proceed to the matural exam of the subject in the written part either in the written part or in the written part and in the oral part.
7. A maturial exam from a foreign language of a modern language as a compulsory subject is given in the oral part and in written part of the same language.
8. A graduate of a school or a branch with the language teaching of a given national minority cannot choose the language of a given national minority on a matriculation exam from a foreign language of a modern one as a compulsory subject.
9. In the case where a graduate has chosen in the written exam in writing as an additional object, the same foreign language, or the same language of national minorities, who has been subject to compulsory subject matter, seems only in the written part, subject to Article 44zze ust. 3 and 4.
10. In the case where the graduate has chosen to be an additional Polish language on the uterus exam as an object, it seems to be the subject only in the written part.
11. The choice of an additional subject, to which the graduate accedes to the maternal exam, is not dependent on the type of school, to which the graduate was attending, or from the subjects he taught in this school.
Art. 44zze. [ Maturinal Exam Level] 1. The matrinic exam in the written part of the compulsory subjects shall be carried out at the basic level and shall cover the requirements determined by the programmatic general education for the basic scope. For the maturalexamination in the oral part of the compulsory subjects, the level of the examination shall not be determined.
2. The matrinic exam in the written part of the supplementary subjects shall be carried out at the extended level and shall include the requirements determined by the programmatic general education for the basic and extended range. For the oral exam in the oral part of the additional subjects, the level of the examination shall not be determined.
3. The maturinal exam in the written part of the foreign language of the modern as an additional object shall be carried out on:
1) the extended level and includes the requirements set out in the basis of the curriculum general education for the basic and extended scope, or
2) the bilingual level and includes the requirements determined by the programmatic general education for bilingual branches.
4. In the case where the graduate has chosen to be a matchral exam in the written part as an object of additional foreign foreign language at the bilingual level referred to in the paragraph. 3 point 2 may accede to the maturalexamination of this language at the bilingual level also in the oral part.
Art. 44zzf. [ Graduate of bilingual school or with the language of instruction of national, regional or ethnic minority] 1. Graduate of a school or a branch with the language of instruction of a national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language, in which classes are conducted in those languages, and a graduate of a school or a bilingual branch, in which the language of minorities national, ethnic minority or regional language is the second language of instruction, may appear on the uterus exam subjects in Polish or-with the exception of the Polish language and the content concerning the history of Poland and the geography of Poland-in the language a national minority, an ethnic minority or a regional language.
2. A graduate of a school or a bilingual branch on a mathematics degree exam, taught in a foreign language being the second language of instruction, given as a compulsory subject, resolves in the Polish language examination tasks prepared for graduates who pass a maturinal exam in Polish and can solve in a foreign language being the second language of teaching additional exam tasks prepared in this language. Additional examination tasks shall include the requirements set out in the basis of the curriculum general education for the basic scope.
3. Graduate of a school or a bilingual branch on a maturic exam of subjects: biology, chemistry, physics, geography and history, taught in a foreign language being the second language of instruction, given as additional subjects, resolves in language Polish examination tasks prepared for graduates passing a maturinal exam in Polish and may solve in a foreign language being the second language of instruction additional exam tasks prepared in this language. Additional examination tasks shall include the requirements set out in the basis of the curriculum general education for the basic and extended scope.
4. In the case of a declaration in the declaration referred to in art. 44zzi, the intention to solve the additional examination tasks referred to in the paragraph. 2 and 3, and non-accession to solving these tasks, the graduate receives from the additional examination tasks the result "0%".
Art. 44zzg. [ Graduate deaf] The deaf graduate is exempted from the oral part of the matural exam from a foreign language of the modern language.
Art. 44zzh. [ Laureate and finalist of the Olympics in question] 1. The laureate and finalist of the Olympics in question mentioned in the list referred to in art. 44zzzw, they are exempt from the matural exam of a given subject.
2. The exemption referred to in paragraph 2. 1, takes place on the basis of a certificate stating that the student or earner of a secondary school or pupil of an art school pursuing general secondary education in the field of general education awarded the title of laureate, or finalisty. The certificate shall be submitted to the Chairperson of the examination panel referred to in Article 4. 44zzs ust. 3.
3. In the case of a graduate of a post-secondary school bilingual or bilingual school in a post-secondary school in the general public who has obtained the title of the laureate or finalist of the Olympiad of the subject taught in a foreign language the language of instruction, the exemption from the matural exam of a given subject does not include the additional examination tasks referred to in art. 44zzf ust. 2 and 3.
4. Laureate and the finals of the Olympics in question, the right mentioned in the paragraph. 1 shall also be entitled if they have not participated in educational activities of a given subject in school.
5. In the event that the student or listener has obtained the title of the laureate or finalist of the Olympics in question from a given subject, including the given foreign language of the modern, the chairman of the examination team referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 3, at the request of a student or a listener, filed no later than 2 weeks before the date of the matrimonial exam, informs the district examination board about the change of the subject matter or the selection of a new subject, including the change of foreign language of the modern, or o change the level of the foreign language exam, indicated in the declaration referred to in art. 44zzi.
6. Exemption of the laureate or finalist of the Olympics in the matural exam with:
1) the subject of the mandatory oral part-is equivalent to obtaining from this object in the oral part of the final examination of the highest result;
2) the object of the compulsory written part-is equivalent to obtaining from this object in the written part of the written examination of the highest score at the basic level;
3) the foreign language of the modern one as an additional subject in the oral part-is equivalent to obtaining from that language in the part of the oral exam of the highest result, subject to point 4;
4) the foreign language of the modern one as an additional subject in the oral part at the bilingual level-is equivalent to obtaining from that language in the part of the oral exam part of the highest result at the bilingual level;
5) the additional object, with the exception of the foreign language of the modern, given in the written part-is tantamount to obtaining from this object in the written part of the written examination of the highest exalted level result;
6) the foreign language of the modern one as an additional object in written part-is tantamount to obtaining from this language in the written part of the written examination of the highest score at the level indicated in the declaration referred to in art. 44zzi.
Art. 44zzi. [ Declaration of accession to the matural exam] The applicant who intends to join the maturalexamination shall submit a written declaration of accession to that examination.
Art. 44zzj. [ Specific cases of random or health preventing the entry into the maturic exam] 1. In special cases of random or health, preventing the entry into the matural exam from a given subject or objects in the oral part or part of the written part within the term of the main term, the director of the district examination committee, on documented the application of the graduate or his parents, may consent to the adjoining by the graduate to the matural exam of this subject or subjects within the additional time limit.
2. The application referred to in paragraph 2. 1, a graduate or his parents shall submit to the head of the school, in which the graduate accedes to the matritorial examination, no later than the day on which the maturinal exam of the given subject takes place. The head of the school shall forward the application together with the documents attached thereto to the Director of the District Examination Board no later than the day following the receipt of the application.
3. The director of the district examination committee shall examine the application referred to in the paragraph. 1, within 2 days from the day of its receipt. The decision of the head of the examination committee shall be final.
4. The graduates who have not entered the matural examination of a given object or objects within the main time or on the additional date shall be applied mutatis mutandis. 44zzn.
Art. 44zzk. [ Results of the matural exam] 1. The results of the maturant exam are presented:
1. in the oral part, in percentage;
2) in the written part-in percentage and at the percentile scale, with that of the results from the maturant exam of additional examination tasks referred to in art. 44zzf ust. 2 and 3, are shown only as a percentage.
2. The results of the matural exam in percentage shall be determined by the director of the district examination committee on the basis of:
1) the number of points awarded by the body concerned referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 4 point 2-in the oral part of the matural exam;
2) the number of points awarded by examiners checking the examination papers and the electronic reading of the response card in case of use for checking the examination papers of electronic tools-in the written part of the exam matural.
3. The results of a written examination of the individual subjects on a percentile scale shall be produced by the Central Examination Commission on the basis of the results determined by the directors of the district examiners.
4. The results of the maturalexamination are final and do not serve the complaint to the administrative court.
Art. 44zzl. [ Sentence of the matural exam] 1. The graduate passed the matritorial exam, if from any subject the mandatory in the oral part and in the written part received at least 30% of the points possible to obtain and proceeded to part of the written examination of at least one matural exam an additional object.
2. Graduate, who:
1) acceded to the written part of the matural exam from one additional subject and to which the examination of the subject matter was annulled, in accordance with art. 44zzv or art. 44zzw, or
2) proceeded to the part of the written matural exam with more than one additional object and to which exams from all these subjects were annulled, according to art. 44zzv or art. 44zzw
-he did not pass the matural exam.
3. The disagreement or failure to accede to the matural exam of the subject or the compulsory subjects in the oral part or in the written part shall not prevent it from joining the matural exam of the other subjects.
4. A graduate who has passed a matrimonial exam, receives a certificate of maturity issued by a district examination board.
5. A graduate who has not passed the matritorial examination shall receive information about the results of this examination prepared by the district examination board.
Art. 44zzm. [ Accession to the maturalexamination at the time of correctional time] 1. Graduate, who:
1) acceded to the matural exam of all the compulsory subjects in the oral part and in the written part and did not pass the maturalexamination solely from one compulsory subject in the oral part or in the written part and
2) proceeded to the part of the written matural exam with at least one additional object
-may, in the same year, accede to the maturalexamination of the same compulsory subject matter, either in the oral part or in the written part of the term of the correctional term.
2. The provision of the paragraph. 1 shall not apply:
1) where the maturinal exam of the subject or objects obligatory in the oral part or in the written part has been annulled or
2. in the cases referred to in art. 44zzl ust. 2.
3. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1, within 7 days from the date of the announcement of the results of the matural exam, specified in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) and the first indent, shall be submitted to the Chairperson of the examination panel referred to in Article 4. 44zzs ust. 3, a written statement of intent to accede to the matural exam of a given subject within the correctional date.
Art. 44zzn. [ Right of reaccession to the maturalexamination] 1. A graduate who has not passed the matural exam of a given subject or objects mandatory in the oral part or in a written part may proceed again to the oral part or part of a written examination of the matural of this subject or subjects, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which he entered the matural exam for the first time, in the period of 5 years from the first matural exam, counting from October of the year in which the graduate acceded to the examination of the matural exam For the first time.
2. A graduate who has not acceded to a matural exam with at least one additional object in a written part or whose examination has been revoked may proceed again to the matural exam of an additional subject, in accordance with the regulations in force in the year in which the maturalexamination is re-entered, within 5 years of the first maturalexamination, counting from October of the year in which the graduate acceded to the maturalexamination for the first time.
3. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1 and 2, shall have the right to proceed to the matural exam, both in the oral part and in the written part, from the subject or the additional items, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which he reaccedes to the matural exam.
4. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1 and 2, shall have the right to rejoin the matural exam, both in the oral part and in the written part, on the subject matter or subject matter, from which he obtained the result set out in Art. 44zzl ust. 1, in accordance with the rules in force in the year in which he reaccedes to the matural exam.
5. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1, re-entering the matural exam may choose to be a compulsory subject of a different foreign language than the foreign language of the modern one, which he/she has previously known.
6. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1, re-joining the maturalexamination, cannot choose as an object of compulsory foreign language, from which he previously joined the matural exam as an additional object in the oral part without specifying a level Exam.
7. After the expiration of 5 years from the date of the first accession to the matural exam, counting from October of the year in which the graduate joined the matritorial examination for the first time, the graduate referred to in the paragraph. 1 and 2, accede to the maturalexamination in full scope, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which he reaccedes to the maturalexamination.
8. In the case of a declaration in the declaration referred to in art. 44zzi, the intention to accede to the maturalexamination of the additional subject referred to in art. 44zzd ust. 5, and not to accede to the matural exam of this subject, the graduate receives from the matural exam of this subject the result "0%".
Art. 44zzo. [ Right of re-accession to the maturalexamination in order to increase the result] 1. A graduate who has obtained a maturity certificate after passing the matrimonial examination shall have the right to rejoin the matrimonial exam, in the written part or in the written part and in the oral part, with the selected object or selected objects, with which is carried out in a matrimonal examination, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the matural exam is again commuted.
2. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1, who has raised the result of a matrimonial exam from a given subject or subjects or acceded to a matrimonial exam from an object or additional subjects, from which he had not previously passed the matrimonial exam, receives an annex to the certificate maturity issued by a district examination board.
Art. 44zzp. [ Right of re-accession to the maturalexamination in order to increase the result] 1. A graduate who holds a certificate of maturity obtained after passing the maturation exam carried out for the alumni of supranational secondary schools, shall have the right to proceed to the matrimonial exam, in the written part or in the written part and in part oral examination, in accordance with the rules in force in the year in which it accedes to the matural exam.
2. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1, shall receive a certificate of the results of the matural exam from the subject or objects to which he acceded, issued by the district examination board.
3. The graduate referred to in the mouth. 1, shall have the right to rejoin the matural exam in the oral part either in the written part, or in both of these parts, from the same subjects, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which he reacs to the matural exam. A graduate who has increased the result of a maturing exam from a given object or objects shall receive a certificate of the results of a matrimentary examination of the subject or objects to which he has acceded, issued by a district examination board.
Art. 44zzq. [ Fees for the Maturinal exam] 1. The matrinic exam of any subject matter of the obligatory and additional object, both in the oral part and in the written part, shall be paid for:
1) graduates who, for the third time and another, accede to the matural exam with the same compulsory subject matter or with the same additional subject;
2) graduates who accede to the matural exam with the same additional subject matter which in the previous year or in previous years have reported in the declaration referred to in art. 44zzi, but they did not proceed to the matural exam of this subject.
2. The fee for the maturinal exam referred to in paragraph. 1, constitutes the revenue of the State budget.
3. Payment for the maturinal exam referred to in paragraph. 1, shall be submitted within the period from 1 January to 7 February of the calendar year in which the graduate intends to accede to the matural examination, to the bank account indicated by the head of the district examination committee.
4. The Director of the District Examination Board may exempt from the fee referred to in paragraph. 1, a person with a low income, at its request, if this income is not greater than the amount referred to in art. 5 par. 1 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits.
Art. 44zzr. [ Examination of a student or a graduate with a ruling on the need for special education] 1. A student or a graduate with a ruling on the need for special education issued on the grounds of disability may proceed to a check, a gymnasium exam and a maturic exam in conditions and forms adapted to the type disability, on the basis of this decision.
2. A student or a graduate with a ruling on the need for special education issued due to social maladministration or the threat of social maluse may accede to the test, the gymnasium exam and the matural exam in conditions adapted to its educational needs and psychophysical opportunities resulting from social inapplicability or threat of social inapplicability, respectively, on the basis of this ruling.
3. A student holding a ruling on the need for individual teaching or a graduate who, in the school year in which he accedes to the matural exam, possessed a ruling on the need for individual teaching, may proceed with the test, examination a gymnasium and a maturalexamination in conditions tailored to its educational needs and the psychophysical abilities arising from its state of health, on the basis of this ruling.
4. Apprentice, listener or graduate sick or unlawful temporarily may proceed to a test, a gymnasium exam and a maturic exam in conditions appropriate due to his state of health, on the basis of a certificate of health issued doctor.
5. A student, a listener or a graduate who has the opinion of a psycho-pedagogical counselor, including specialist counselling, with specific learning difficulties, issued in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb, may accede to the test, gymnasium and maturalexamination in conditions adapted to its educational needs and the psychophysical opportunities arising from the type of these difficulties, on the basis of this opinion.
6. A student, a listener or a graduate who, in the school year in which he accedes to a test, a gymnasium or a maturic examination, was subject to psycho-pedagogical assistance at the school due to adaptive difficulties associated with prior education abroad, language communication or crisis or traumatic situation, may proceed with check, gymnasium and maturic exam in conditions tailored to its educational needs; and the psychophysical opportunities resulting from these difficulties, respectively, a crisis or a traumatic situation, on the basis of a positive opinion of the pedagogical council.
7. A student or a graduate referred to in art. 94a ust. 1 and 1a, whose limited knowledge of the Polish language makes it difficult to understand the reading of the text, can accede to:
1) the part of the first test, part of the first or part of the second gymnasium-in conditions and form tailored to its educational needs and the psychophysical possibilities resulting from this restriction, on the basis of a positive opinion a pedagogical council;
2) matura exam, with the exception of the matura exam from the Polish language and the foreign language of the modern-in conditions adapted to its educational needs and the psychophysical possibilities resulting from this restriction, on the basis of a positive the opinion of the pedagogical council.
8. Adaptation of the form of the test, the gymnasium and the maturic exam referred to in paragraph. 1, consists in the preparation of separate examination sheets tailored to the type of disability of a student or a disabled graduate, with the fact that there are no separate examination sheets for graduates holding a judgement of the need for special education issued due to mental impairment in a light way.
9. Adaptation of the form of the test and the gymnasium test referred to in paragraph. 7 point 1 consists in the preparation of separate examination sheets tailored to the needs of the student, whose limited knowledge of the Polish language makes it difficult to understand the reading of the text.
10. Adaptation of the conditions for the exercise of the test, the gymnasium and the maturic exam referred to in paragraph. 1-7, the following is appropriate:
1) to minimize the restrictions resulting from disability, social inactivity or the threat of social inactivity of a student, listener or graduate;
2) provide the student, listener or graduate of the workplace appropriate to his educational needs and psychophysical capabilities;
3) use of appropriate specialised equipment and didactic means;
4) adequate prolongation of the time provided for the carrying out of the check, the gymnasium and the matural exam;
5) establishing the rules for assessing the solutions of the tasks used to carry out the test, the gymnasium and the maturic exam referred to in art. 9a ust. Article 2 (2), which takes into account the educational needs and the psychophysical opportunities of a pupil, a listener or a graduate;
6. providing the presence and assistance during the test, a gymnasium and a matrimonial examination of a teacher assisting a pupil or a graduate in reading or writing or a specialist in the scope of a given type of disability, social maluse or danger of social inapplicability, if it is necessary to obtain proper contact with the student or alumni or assistance in the operation of specialist equipment and didactic measures.
11. For a student, a listener or a graduate, referred to in the paragraph. 2-6, no separate examination sheets are prepared.
12. Pedagogical Council, among the possible ways of adapting the conditions and forms of carrying out the test, the gymnasium and the maturic exam, mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent shall indicate the manner or means of adjusting the conditions or forms of performance of the test, the gymnasium and the matrimonial examination for the student, the listener or the alumni referred to in paragraph 1. 1-7.
13. The principal of the school, or his/her teacher, shall inform the student, the listener or the graduate in writing of the ways in which the conditions and forms of the test are adapted, the gymnasium and the matrimonial examination to be used in the course of the procedure. his educational needs and psychophysical possibilities.
14. The parents of the student, the listener or the graduate shall make a statement about the use or failure to use the indicated modalities of the adjustment referred to in paragraph. 13, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information referred to in the paragraph. 13.
15. In the case of the alumni referred to in paragraph. 4 and 5, who completed the school in earlier years, the way or ways of adjusting the conditions for the matritorial exam to the needs and opportunities of the graduate, among the possible ways of adjusting the conditions for taking the exam maturalate mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent, shall be indicated by the Chair of the examination team referred to in Article 4. 44zzs ust. 3. The provisions of the paragraph. 13 and 14 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
16. Accession to the test, gymnasium and matrimonial exam in conditions and forms adapted to the needs and possibilities of the student, listener or graduate referred to in the mouth. 1-7, provides the chair of the examination team referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 3.
17. In special cases of fate or health, the director of the school, on a proposal from the pedagogical council, may apply to the director of the district examination board with a request for consent to the student's accession, the listener or the graduate to the checking, gymnasium and maturalexamination in conditions adapted to its educational needs and the psychophysical possibilities, not included in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent.
Art. 44zzs. [ Organisation and conduct of the test, gymnasium or maturic examination] 1. For the organisation and conduct of the test, the gymnasium or the matural exam at a given school shall be the responsibility of the principal of the school.
2. For the performance of the test, the gymnasium or the matural exam in a given school, the school head is appointed by the examination team.
3. The head of the school is the chairman of the examination team. In the case of a disease of the Chair of the examination team or of other important reasons preventing his participation in checking, gymnasial or maternal exam or arising from the need to ensure the proper organisation this check and those exams, the head of the examination team may be the person indicated by the head of the examination committee.
4. The Chairperson of the examination team, among the members of the examination team, shall appoint as appropriate:
1. the teams supervising the course of the test, the gymnasium or the part of the written examination in the individual examination rooms, and appoint the chairmen of those teams;
(2) the teams concerned to carry out an oral examination of the maturable examination of the individual subjects and appoint the chairmen of those teams.
5. The Chair of the Examination Team organizes and supervises the course at a given school of appropriate check, gymnasium or matrimentary exam, including:
1) inform the students, listeners or graduates who intend to proceed to the maturalexamination, respectively about the checking, the gymnasium exam and the maturinal exam;
2) ensure that the information necessary for the conduct of the test, the gymnasium or the maturic examination is transferred to the district examination board;
3) provide the conditions for the independent work of students, listeners and graduates during the appropriate check, gymnasium or maturic exam;
4) prevent unauthorised disclosure of the examination materials necessary for the performance of the check, the gymnasium or the matural exam from the time of receipt of the examination materials until they are passed to the Director the district examination committee.
6. The course of the test, the gymnasium and the matural exam shall be documented in the protocols of this test check and those examinations.
Art. 44zzt. [ Ensuring autonomy of work during checking and examination] 1. During the course of the test, the gymnasium and the matural exam each student, the listener or the graduate works at a separate table, at a distance ensuring the independence of the work.
2. The examination room, in which the check is carried out, the gymnasium and the maturinal exam, shall not be allowed to bring any telecommunication equipment and ancillary materials and utensils not mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) and the second indent, or use them in this Chamber.
3. Apprentice, listener or graduate independently solves the tasks contained in the examination sheet, in particular it creates its own text or its own solutions of tasks during the course of the test, a gymnasium examination or a maturic exam.
Art. 44zzu. [ Checking and evaluating the exams of students, listeners and graduates] 1. Examination work of pupils, listeners or graduates shall check and award examiners ' points entered in the register of examiners referred to in art. 9c par. 2 point 7, designated by the head of the district examination board. The examiners shall apply the rules governing the assessment of the tasks referred to in Article 4. 9a ust. 2 point 2.
2. The examination works of students, listeners or graduates can be checked with the use of electronic tools.
3. Examiners referred to in paragraph. 1, they shall form an appropriate team of examiners for the relevant part of the test, the respective scope of the relevant part of the gymnasium or the given subject in the case of the matural exam. In the case of a part of the third gymnasium exam, the examiners form a team of examiners in the field of a given foreign language of the modern.
4. The director of the district examination board, among the members of the examiners ' team referred to in paragraph. 3, appoint the President of this team.
5. Part of the oral examination of the individual subjects shall carry out and award the points of assembly of the subjects referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 4 point 2.
Art. 44zzv. [ Statement of unindependent resolution of tasks] In the case of:
1) the determination of the independent resolution of the tasks by the student, the listener or the graduate or
2) to bring or use by the student, the listener or the graduate in the examination hall from the telecommunication device or the materials or auxiliary utensils not mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) the second indent, or
3) disturbing by the student, the listener or the graduate of the correct course of the relevant part of the test, or of a given range, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium or oral part or part of the written examination of the matural, in a manner obstructing the work of other students, hearers or graduates
-the chairperson of the examination team shall interrupt and annul the student, the listener or the alumni of the relevant part of the test, or the level or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium or the matrimonial examination of the relevant part of the examination. the subject matter, either in the oral part or in the written part. The interruption and annulment shall be indicated in the course of the course of checking, the gymnasium and the maturic examination respectively.
Art. 44zzw. [ Statement when checking the examination work of an independent task solution] 1. In the case of a statement when checking the examination work by the examiner:
1) a self-reliant solution of the task or tasks by a student, listener or graduate,
2) the presence of a student, a listener or a graduate of the same wording indicating the provision of solutions to another student, the listener or the graduate or the use of the solutions of another student, listener or graduate
-the director of the examination committee shall forward, through the director of the school, to the student or to his parents, to the listener or to the alumni of written notice of his intention to annul this student, to the listener or to the graduate concerned accordingly. the part of the check or the range concerned, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium or the matural exam of the given subject in the written part. The head of the school shall immediately transmit this information to the student or to his parents, to the listener or to the graduate.
2. The student or his parents, the listener or a graduate shall have the right to request an insight into the documentation on the basis of which the director of the district examination committee intends to annul the relevant part of the test or the given range or level the appropriate part of the gymnasium or the maturinal exam of a given subject in the written part. The application shall be submitted to the director of the district examination board within 2 working days from the date of receipt of the written information referred to in paragraph 1. 1.
3. Within 7 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph. 2, the director of the district examination committee shall allow the student or his parents, the listener or the graduate to consult the documentation and to provide explanations, at the indicated place and time.
4. The Director of the District Examination Board shall decide on the cancellation of the relevant part of the check, or the respective range, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium or the matural exam of the given subject in the written part, in 14 days from the day:
1) receipt of the application referred to in the paragraph. 2, or
2) the expiry of the time limit for the submission of the application referred to in paragraph. 2.
5. The director of the district examination committee shall inform the student or his parents, the listener or the alumni of written information about the cancellation of the relevant part of the check or the range concerned or the level of the relevant part of the examination a gymnasium or a maturalexamination of a given subject in the written part, together with the reasons for it.
6. The student or his parents, the listener or a graduate, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information on the invalidity referred to in the paragraph. 5, may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Board, through the director of the District Examination Board, a reservation to the decision of the Board of the Examination Board.
7. Reservations, referred to in paragraph. 6, together with the documentation necessary for their consideration, the director of the district examination committee shall transmit, no later than the next working day from the day of receipt of the objections, to the Director of the Central Examination Board, unless the Director the district examination committee will take into account the reservations made by the pupil or his parents, the listener or the graduate.
8. The Director of the Central Examination Board shall consider the reservations referred to in the paragraph. 6, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the objections together with the documentation necessary for their consideration. The decision of the Director of the Central Examination Board shall be final and shall not serve as a complaint to the administrative court.
9. In the absence of any possibility to transfer to the student or to his parents, to the listener or to the graduate of the written information referred to in the paragraph. 1, the head of the school shall immediately inform the director of the district examination board, who, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the information from the school head, resolves the invalidity of the part of the check or the scope or level of the the appropriate part of the gymnasium or the matural exam of a given subject in the written part. In the event of a cancellation, the head of the examination committee shall forward, through the school head, a written notice of the invalidity, with the reasons for the student or his parents, the listener or the graduate. The provisions of the paragraph 2 and 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
10. In the case referred to in paragraph. 9, the student or his parents, the listener or a graduate can bring to the director of the Central Examination Board, through the director of the district examination committee, a reservation to the decision of the district director of the exam committee, in 3 working days from:
1) receipt of the information on the invalidity referred to in the paragraph. 9, or
2. shall consult the documentation and the explanations referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 3.
11. To the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 10, the provisions of the paragraph. 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
12. The certificate referred to in art. 44zza para. In accordance with Article 4 (1), the Director of the Examination Board shall issue a decision on the annulment.
13. The certificate of maturity, referred to in art. 44zzl ust. 4, the director of the district examination committee shall issue after the decision on the invalidity, if as a result of this resolution the graduate fulfils the conditions referred to in art. 44zzl ust. 1.
14. Annex to the certificate of maturity referred to in art. 44zzo ust. 2, or the certificate referred to in art. 44zzp ust. 2, the director of the district examination committee shall issue after the decision on invalidity, if as a result of this resolution the graduate increased the result from the matural exam of the given subject in the written part.
15. The student or listener, who has been awarded the relevant part of the check or the level or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium respectively, shall re-enter the part of the check or the level or level of the relevant part of the test. the appropriate part of the gymnasium in an additional period of time at the school, which is a student or a listener.
16. In the case of invalidation of the matural exam from the supplementary object referred to in art. 44zzd ust. 5, a given alumni, the director of the district examination board shall determine the result of the matural exam from this additional subject as "0%".
Art. 44zzx. [ The result of the part of the check or the gymnasium in the event of invalidity] In case of invalidity for the reasons referred to in art. 44zzv or art. 44zzin ust. 1, the relevant part of the check, or the level or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium, carried out within the additional time limit, in the situations referred to in Article 4 (1). 44zz ust. 1 and Art. 44zzin ust. 15, the director of the district examination committee shall determine the result of the relevant part of the test or the range concerned, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination as '0%'.
Art. 44zzy. [ The statement of objections by a student, parents, listener or graduate student] 1. The student or his parents, the listener or the graduate may, within 2 working days from the day of carrying out the relevant part of the test, the given range or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium or the matural exam of the given the object in the oral part or part of the written part, to submit a reservation, together with a statement of the grounds for the director of the Board of Examination, if they consider that, during the test or examination, the provisions relating to his conduct have been infringed.
2. In the case of a declaration of objections referred to in paragraph. 1, for the maturing exam of a given subject in the oral part the director of the district examination committee shall request the Chair of the examination team to provide explanations concerning the submitted reservation.
3. The director of the district examination committee shall consider the reservations referred to in the paragraph. 1, within 7 days from the day of their receipt and inform in writing the pupil or his parents, the listener or the graduate of the outcome of the settlement.
4. The student or his parents, the listener or a graduate, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information on the outcome of the decision referred to in the paragraph. 3, may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Board, through the director of the District Examination Board, a reservation to the decision of the Board of the Examination Board.
5. Reservations, referred to in paragraph. 4, together with the documentation necessary for their consideration, the director of the district examination committee shall transmit, no later than the next working day from the day of receipt of the objections, the director of the Central Examination Board, unless the district director the examination committee will take into account the reservations made by the pupil or his parents, the listener or the graduate.
6. The Director of the Central Examination Board shall consider the reservations referred to in the paragraph. 4, within 7 days from the day of their transfer. The decision of the Director of the Central Examination Board shall be final and shall not serve as a complaint to the administrative court.
7. In the event of an infringement of the provisions relating to the performance of a check, a gymnasium or a maturic examination, the reservations referred to in paragraph 1 shall be subject to the application of the procedure. 1, or from the office, the director of the district examination committee, in agreement with the director of the Central Examination Board, may invalidate a given part of the test, the given range or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination or the matricical exam of of a given subject in the oral part or in the written part and order them to be carried out again, if the infringement may have affected the result of that test or examination.
8. In the case referred to in paragraph. 6, the Director of the Central Examination Board may annul a given part of the check, the given range or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination or the maturing exam of a given subject in the oral part or in the written part and order them to conduct, if this violation may have affected the result of the test or the examination. The director of the Central Examination Board shall inform the Director of the Examination Board of the Central Examination Board on the annulment of the Director.
9. In the cases referred to in paragraph. 7 and 8, cancellation may take place in relation to all students, students or graduates, students or graduates in individual schools, as well as to individual students, listeners or graduates.
10. In case of impossibility to establish the results of a given part of the test, the given range or level of the relevant part of the gymnasium or the matural exam of the given subject in the written part due to the disappearance or destruction of the work examination, the head of the examination committee, in agreement with the director of the Central Examination Board, invalidates a given part of the test, the range concerned, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination or the matrimonial exam of a given the subject in the written part of a given pupil, listener or graduate and manages Redo it.
11. The term of the retest, the gymnasium or the maturic exam shall be determined by the director of the Central Examination Board.
Art. 44zzz. [ Right of inspection for checked and assessed examination work] 1. The student or his parents, the listener or the graduate shall have the right to inspread the examination and examination work of that pupil, the listener or the graduate, at the place and time indicated by the director of the district examination committee, within 6 days months from the day of issue by the District Examination Board:
1) the certificate referred to in art. 44zza para. 8 point 1;
2) the certificate of maturity referred to in art. 44zzl ust. 4;
3) an annex to the certificate of maturity referred to in art. 44zzo ust. 2;
4) the certificate referred to in art. 44zzp ust. 2;
5) information on the detailed results of a check or a gymnasium or information on the results of the maturic exam-in the cases referred to in art. 44zza para. 8 points 3 and Art. 44zzl ust. 5.
2. At the time of inspection referred to in paragraph 1. 1, to the student or to his parents, to the listener or to the graduate shall be provided with the opportunity to learn about the principles of assessing the solutions of the tasks referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 2.
3. The student or his parents, the listener or the graduate may request a verification of the sum of the points referred to in art. 44zza para. 2 or Article 44zzk ust. 2. The application together with the justification shall be submitted to the director of the District Examination Board within 2 working days from the day of inspection.
4. The versification of the sum of points shall be made within 7 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph. 3.
5. The director of the district examination committee informs in writing the student or his parents, the listener or the graduate of the result of the verification of the sum of points, within 14 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph. 3.
6. If, as a result of the verification carried out, the sum of points has been increased, the director of the district examination committee shall determine the new results as appropriate:
1) a check or gymnasium and cancels the previous attestation referred to in art. 44zza para. Article 8 (1), and issue a new certificate;
2. maturinal exam and:
(a) it shall issue a maturity certificate if the graduate has fulfilled the conditions laid down in Article 4 (1) 44zzl ust. 1, or
(b) shall cancel the previous maturity certificate, the annex to the maturity certificate referred to in Article 3 (1) of the Regulation. 44zzo ust. 2, or the certificate referred to in art. 44zzp ust. 2, and shall issue a new maturity certificate, an annex to the certificate of maturity or certificate.
Art. 44zzza. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the detailed conditions and manner of checking, gymnasium and maturalexamination, including:
1) the list of foreign languages of the modern, from which the check is carried out, the gymnasial exam and the maturinal exam,
2) a list of additional subjects from which a matritorial exam is carried out, taking into account subjects for which the curriculum of general education determines the requirements in the extended range,
3) the scope of the data, which should include the declaration of accession to the matural exam, and the mode of filing this declaration,
4) the scope and time limits of passing the director of the district examination board with the information necessary for the conduct of the check, the gymnasium and the maturic exam, including the information contained in the declarations referred to in art. 44za and art. 44zzi,
5. the mode of issuing of opinions referred to in art. 44zzr ust. 6 and 7,
6) the composition of the teams referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 4,
7) the detailed tasks of the Chair of the examination team and of the teams referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 4,
(8) the scope of the information which is contained in the protocols referred to in Article 3 (2) of the EC Regulation. 44zzs ust. 6,
9) the way of dealing with the examination materials delivered to schools, including the mode of reporting irregularities in this regard,
10) the duration, manner of organisation and conduct of each part of the test, each part of the gymnasium examination and the oral part and part of the written matural exam of the given subject, the way in which the emergency or emergency proceedings are taken disturbances of the course of the test, the gymnasium and the matrimonial examination, the performance of the test, the gymnasium and the matrimonial exam in a place other than the school due to the state of health of the student, the listener or his disability,
11) the deadline for the keeping of the work of students, listeners and graduates, and documentation of checking, gymnasium and maturic examination,
12) persons who are not part of the examination team and do not take part in the performance of the test, the gymnasium and the matural exam, which may be present in the examination room during this check and those examinations, including persons who may be present as observers during a check, a gymnasium and a maturalexamination,
13) the amount of fees charged for the maturinal exam in the cases referred to in art. 44zzq ust. 1 and the procedure and deadline for filing an application for exemption from the maturinal exam fee
-taking into account the need to ensure the proper organisation and conduct and the proper documentation of the check, the gymnasium and the maturalexamination, to ensure the composition of the teams referred to in art. 44zzs ust. 4, at least one person employed in another school or in a facility, providing the possibility of inspection referred to in art. 44zzz ust. 1, and that the amount of the fee for a given maturinal exam may not be higher than the average cost of conducting a maturant exam from individual subjects in written part.
Art. 44zzzb. [ Examination confirming qualifications in the profession] 1. Egzamin confirming qualifications in the profession is a form of assessment of the level of mastering by the persons referred to in the mouth. 3, messages and skills within the scope of one qualification extracted in the profession, established on the basis of the curriculum training in the professions.
2. Examination of qualifications in the profession is carried out on the basis of the requirements determined by the programmatic training in the professions.
3. Examination of qualifications in the profession shall be carried out for:
1) pupils of basic vocational schools and technicians and pupils and students of police schools,
2) graduates of basic vocational schools, technicians and policealschools,
3) persons who have completed the qualifying professional course,
4) adult persons who have completed the practical instruction of the adult profession or the apprentiment to the adult work referred to in art. 53c and art. 53d of the Act of 20 April 2004. on the promotion of employment and labour market institutions (Dz. U. of 2015 items 149) if the work-to-work programme has taken into account the requirements set out in the basis of curriculum training in the professions,
5) persons fulfilling the conditions of admission to the extermination test confirming the qualifications in the profession specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 10 para. 5
-hereinafter referred to as "sentences".
Art. 44zzzc. [ Deadline for confirming qualification in the profession] 1. An examination confirming qualifications in the profession shall be carried out throughout the school year within the time limits set by the head of the district examination board in consultation with the director of the Central Examination Board.
2. The term of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession the director of the district examination committee shall announce on the website of the district examination committee, no later than 5 months before the date of the exam confirming qualifications in occupation.
Art. 44zzzd. [ Examination confirming qualifications in the profession] 1. Examination confirming qualifications in the profession consists of written part and practical part.
2. The written part shall be carried out in the form of a written test, and a practical part in the form of a task or practical tasks.
3. The written part shall be carried out:
1) with the use of an electronic system for conducting an exam confirming qualifications in the profession, after obtaining the authorization referred to in art. 44zzzl par. 1, or
2) with the use of examination sheets and response cards.
4. The practical part consists in the execution of the task or examination tasks, the result of which is a product, service or documentation.
5. The director of the district examination board shall make available to the school, the facility referred to in art. 2 point 3a, the employer or the operator of the qualifying professional course referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of procedure. 68a (a) 2, the electronic system for conducting the exam confirming qualifications in the profession.
Art. 44zzze. [ Laureate and finalist of the tournament or Olympics] 1. Laureate and finalist of the tournament or the thematic Olympics related to the selected field of knowledge, listed in the list referred to in art. 44zzzw, are exempted from part of the written examination confirming qualifications in the profession.
2. The exemption referred to in paragraph 2. 1, the following shall be based on a certificate stating that the title is awarded to the laureate or finaliter respectively. The certificate shall be submitted to the Chairperson of the examination panel referred to in Article 4. 44zzzi ust. 3.
3. The exemption referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is tantamount to obtaining from the written part of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession of the highest score.
Art. 44zzzf. [ A student or a graduate with a ruling on the need for special education] 1. A student or a graduate with a ruling on the need for special education issued on the grounds of disability may proceed to an examination confirming qualifications in the profession in conditions and forms adapted to the type disability, on the basis of this decision.
2. A student or a graduate with a ruling on the need for special education issued due to social maladministration or the threat of social maluse may proceed to the exam confirming qualifications in the profession in the conditions tailored to its educational needs and psychophysical capabilities, resulting from social inapplicability or threat of social inapplicability, respectively, on the basis of this ruling.
3. A student holding a ruling on the need for individual teaching or a graduate who, in the school year, in which he accedes to the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, held a ruling on the need for individual teaching, may proceed to the examination confirming qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to its educational needs and the psychophysical abilities, resulting from his health status, on the basis of this ruling.
4. The passing sick or unlawfully may proceed to the exam confirming qualifications in the profession in the conditions appropriate due to his state of health, on the basis of the medical certificate issued by the doctor.
5. A student, a listener or a graduate who has the opinion of a psycho-pedagogical counselor, including specialist counselling, with specific learning difficulties, issued in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb, may accede to the examination confirming qualifications in the profession in conditions tailored to its educational needs and the psychophysical opportunities arising from the type of these difficulties, on the basis of that opinion.
6. Apprentice, listener or graduate, who in the school year, in which he accedes to the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, was subject to psycho-pedagogical assistance at the school due to adaptive difficulties associated with the earlier education abroad, language communication or crisis or traumatic situation, may take an examination confirming qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to its educational needs and the possibility of psychophysical resulting respectively from the type of difficulty, disorder or situation a crisis or traumatic, on the basis of a positive opinion of the pedagogical council.
7. Adaptation of the form of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession referred to in the mouth. 1, consists in the preparation of separate examination sheets for the student, the listener or the graduate of the blind or the weakening.
8. Adaptation of the conditions for conducting the examination confirming qualifications in the profession referred to in the paragraph. 1-6, consists of:
1) to minimize the restrictions resulting from disability, social inactivity or the threat of social inactivity of a student, listener or graduate;
2) provide the student, listener or graduate of the workplace appropriate to his educational needs and psychophysical capabilities;
3) use of appropriate specialised equipment and didactic means;
4) appropriate extension of the time provided for conducting an examination confirming qualifications in the profession;
5) providing the presence and assistance during the examination confirming qualifications in the profession of a specialist according to the scope of a given type of disability, social maluse or threat of social maluse, if it is necessary to obtain proper contact with a student or a graduate or assistance in the operation of specialist equipment and didactic measures.
9. For a student, a listener or a graduate, referred to in the paragraph. 2-6, no separate examination sheets are prepared.
10. Pedagogical Council, among the possible ways of adapting the conditions and forms of conducting the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent shall indicate the manner or means of adjusting the conditions or form of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession for the pupil, the listener or the graduate referred to in paragraph 1. 1-6.
11. The principal of the school, or his/her teacher, shall inform the student, the listener or the graduate in writing of the ways in which the conditions and forms of the examination are to be adapted in order to be qualified in the profession to the public. educational and psychophysical possibilities.
12. The parents of the student, the listener or the graduate shall make a statement about the use or failure to use the indicated modalities of the adjustment referred to in paragraph. 11, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information referred to in paragraph. 11.
13. In the case of the alumni referred to in the paragraph. 4 and 5, who completed the school in earlier years, the manner or ways of adjusting the conditions for taking the exam confirming qualifications in the profession to the needs and possibilities of the graduate, among the possible ways of adjusting the conditions conducting an examination confirming qualifications in the profession, mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent, shall be indicated by the Chair of the examination team referred to in Article 4. 44zzzi ust. 3. The provisions of the paragraph. 11 and 12 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
14. Accession to the exam confirming qualifications in the profession in conditions and form tailored to the needs and possibilities of the student, listener or graduate, referred to in the mouth. 1-6, provides the chair of the examination team referred to in art. 44zzzi ust. 3.
15. In special cases of random or health, the principal of the school, on a proposal from the pedagogical council, may apply to the director of the district examination board with a request for consent to the accession of a pupil, listener or graduate to the an examination confirming qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to its educational needs and the psychophysical capabilities, not included in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent.
Art. 44zzzg. [ Declaration of Accession for the Examination of Qualifications in the profession] The applicant who intends to proceed to the examination confirming qualifications in the profession shall submit a written declaration of accession to the examination.
Art. 44zzzh. [ Joining the exam confirming qualifications in conditions and forms adjusted to the type of disability] 1. The realists referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 3-5: blind, weakening, deaf, weak-deaf, with motor disability, including aphasia, with mental impairment in light or with autism, including Asperger's syndrome, accede to the qualification exam in the profession in conditions and forms adapted to the type of their disability, on the basis of a certificate confirming the occurrence of the given dysfunction, issued by the doctor. The provisions of Article 4 44zzzf ust. 7, 8 and 14 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. On the basis of the certificate referred to in paragraph. 1, and the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) a third indent, the director of the district examination board or the person authorised by him, shall indicate the manner or means of adjusting the conditions and forms of conduct of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession for the sentences referred to in paragraph 1. 1.
Art. 44zzzi. [ Organization and course of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession] 1. For the organization and course of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession in a given school, the facility referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation, the following points shall be laid down in Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation. 68a (a) 2, corresponds to the director of that school, the facility referred to in art. 2 point 3a, the employer or an employee or an entity engaged in the professional training course referred to in Article 2 (a) of the Marketing Authorisation Holder (FID) of the Marketing Authorisation Holder ( 68a (a) 2, or an employee authorized by him.
2. To conduct an examination confirming qualifications in the profession the principal of the school, the facility referred to in art. 2 point 3a, the employer or the operator of the qualifying professional course referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of procedure. 68a (a) 2, appoints an examination team.
3. The principal of the school, the establishment referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2), the employer or the operator of the professional course referred to in Article 2 (2) (a), the employer or the professional body responsible for 68a (a) 2, or an employee authorized by him, shall be the chairman of the examination team. In the case of a disease of the Chair of the examination team, or of other important reasons preventing his participation in the examination confirming qualifications in the profession or resulting from the need to ensure the proper organisation of that examination, the chairperson of the examination board may be the person designated by the head of the examination board.
4. The Chair of the examination team, among the members of the examination team, shall appoint the teams supervising the course of part of the written examination confirming qualifications in the profession in the individual examination rooms and the supervising teams the course of the practical part of the examination in the individual examination halls and appoint the chairmen of those tests.
5. The Chair of the examination team organises and supervises the course at a given school, the facility referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation, the following points shall be laid down in Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation. 68a (a) 2, an examination confirming qualifications in the profession, including:
1) inform the notifiers who intend to proceed to the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, of this exam;
2) ensure that the information necessary for the examination of the qualifications in the profession is sent to the district examination board;
3) provide the conditions for independent work passing during the examination confirming qualifications in the profession;
4) prevent unauthorised disclosure of the examination materials necessary for the examination of the qualification in the profession from the time of receipt of the examination materials to the moment of their transmission to the head of the committee of the committee examination.
6. The course of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession shall be documented in the protocol of this examination.
Art. 44zzzj. [ Ensuring work autonomy] 1. During the course of examination confirming qualifications in the profession, each sentence works in conditions which ensure the independence of the work.
2. In the examination room, in which the examination confirming qualifications in the profession is carried out, no telecommunication equipment and ancillary materials and utensils not mentioned in the communication referred to in Article shall be carried out. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) and the second indent, or use them in this Chamber.
3. The realization independently performs examination tasks during the duration of the written part and part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession.
Art. 44zzzk. [ Place of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession] 1. Examination of qualifications in the profession shall be carried out at the school, the facility referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2), point 3a, of the employer concerned, or in the place indicated by the employer, in the undertaking in question in the qualification of the professional course referred to in Article 2 (2), 68a (a) 2, or at the location indicated by that entity.
2. For the persons referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 point 3, the examination confirming qualifications in the profession shall be organised by the operator of the qualification professional course referred to in art. 68a (a) 2.
Art. 44zzzl. [ Authorisation to conduct an examination confirming qualifications in the profession] 1. A part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession and part of the written examination of that examination by using the electronic system of conducting the exam confirming qualifications in the profession shall be carried out at the school, the facility referred to in Article For the purposes of Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation, the Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 4 (2), 68a (a) 2, certified by the head of the Board of the Selection Board.
2. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 2. 1, confirms that the school, the facility referred to in art. 2 point 3a, the employer or the operator of the qualifying professional course referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of procedure. 68a (a) 2, has conditions ensuring the correct course of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession:
1) in the case of a part of the practical test confirming qualifications in the profession:
(a) provide the conditions for the implementation of the training in the profession concerned, as determined by the curriculum of the training in the profession,
(b) provide conditions for independent performance by the competent examination tasks included in the examination sheet, taking into account occupational safety and health, and social conditions,
(c) shall ensure that, in accordance with conditions adapted to their needs and possibilities, they are accustomed to an examination confirming their qualifications in the profession,
(d) provide for the first medical assistance;
2) in the case of a part of the written examination confirming qualifications in the profession carried out using the electronic system of conducting the exam confirming qualifications in the profession:
(a) it has the appropriate equipment for individual examination stations, assisted by electronic means,
(b) provide conditions for the independent performance of the examination tasks by the sentences.
3. The authorisations referred to in paragraph 3. 1, shall be granted for a period of not more than 3 years.
4. The authorisations referred to in paragraph 4. 1, shall be granted at the request of the school, the facility referred to in art. 2 points 3a, the employer or the operator of the qualifying professional course referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of procedure. 68a (a) 2.
5. The authorisation may be extended for further periods of not more than 3 years. The provisions of the paragraph 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 44zzzm. [ Duration of the Qualifying Test] 1. The part of the written examination confirming the qualification in the profession lasts no less than 45 minutes and no longer than 90 minutes.
2. A practical part of the test confirming the qualification in the profession lasts no less than 120 minutes and no longer than 240 minutes.
3. The duration of the written part and the part of the practical exam confirming the qualifications in the profession shall be specified in the informant referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 3.
Art. 44zzzn. [ Review and Evaluation of Work] 1. Examination works that sentence in part of the written examination confirming qualifications in the profession are checked with the use of electronic tools.
2. A part of the practical test confirming qualifications in the profession, the result of which is a product or service, observing and evaluating present in the exam room examiners entered in the records of examiners in conducting the exam confirming the qualifications in the profession referred to in art. 9c par. 2 point 7.
3. A part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in a profession, whose only final result is documentation, shall check and evaluate the examiners entered in the examination records of examiners in conducting the confirmatory exam. the qualifications in the profession referred to in Article 9c par. 2 point 7, designated by the head of the district examination board.
4. Examiners apply the rules of assessment of the tasks of the tasks referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 2.
5. Examiners referred to in paragraph. 3, with the scope of a given qualification form a team of examiners.
6. Director of the district examination board, among the members of the team of examiners referred to in the paragraph. 5, appoint the President of this team.
Art. 44zzzo. [ Results of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession] 1. The results of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession shall be determined by the director of the district examination committee on the basis of the number of points obtained by the sentence:
1. in written part:
a) after reading the responses recorded and archived in the electronic system of conducting the exam confirming qualifications in the profession-in case a part of the written examination confirming qualifications in the profession is carried out with the use of an electronic system for conducting this examination,
(b) after the electronic reading of the response card, where part of the written examination confirming qualifications in the profession is carried out using examination sheets and response cards;
2) in the practical part-after the electronic reading of the assessment card.
2. The passing passed examination confirming qualifications in the profession, if obtained:
1) from the written part-at least 50% of the points possible to obtain and
2) from the practical part-at least 75% of the points possible to obtain.
3. The sentence, which passed the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, shall receive a certificate confirming the qualification in the profession issued by the district examination board. A non-confirmatory examination, which does not pass the qualification in the profession, shall be informed of the results of that examination by the district examination board.
4. The results of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession are final and do not serve on the complaint to the administrative court.
Art. 44zzzp. [ Statement of independent performance of tasks] 1. In the case of:
1) the determination of the independent exercise of the examination tasks by the sentence or
2) to bring or use by the sentence in the examination room of a telecommunications device or ancillary materials or utensils not mentioned in the communication referred to in art. 9a ust. 2 point 10 (b) the second indent, or
3) interference by the realization of the correct course of the written part or part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession in a way that obstructs the work of the other sentence
-the chairperson of the examination team shall interrupt and cancel the relevant part of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession. The interruption and annulment shall be indicated in the course of the examination of the qualification of the qualification in the profession.
2. In the case of invalidation of the written part or part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession of the given sentence, the director of the district examination committee shall determine the result obtained from the written part or the practical part of that examination as '0%'.
Art. 44zzzq. [ A statement when checking and evaluating the examination tasks of their dependable performance] 1. In the case of a statement when checking and evaluating a task or examination tasks by the examiner, if the only result of the final execution of the task or examination tasks is the documentation:
1) the independent performance of the task or tasks by the sentence in part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession,
2) presence in the work of an equivalent wording indicating the making available of solutions to another sentence or the use of solutions of another sentence
-the head of the examination committee shall transmit to the sentence and, in the case of the pupil referred to in Article 4, the following: 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-to the student or his parents, written notice of the intention to annul this passing part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession.
2. In the case of the sentences referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 1 to 3, the information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the director of the district examination board shall pass through the director of the school, the director of the establishment referred to in art. 2 points 3a, the employer or the operator of the qualifying professional course referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of procedure. 68a (a) 2. The head of the school, the director of the facility referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2), point 3a, the employer or the operator of the professional course referred to in Article 2 (2) of the 68a (a) 2, it shall immediately transmit this information to the sentence, and in the case of the student referred to in Article. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt. 1 to the student or his parents.
3. The student, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-the pupil or his parents, have the right to apply for an insight into the documentation on the basis of which the director of the district examination committee intends to annul the part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession. The application shall be submitted to the director of the district examination board within 2 working days from the date of receipt of the written information referred to in paragraph 1. 1.
4. Within 7 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph. 3, the director of the district examination committee shall allow the sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 1-to the student or his parents, to consult the documentation and to provide explanations on the matter, at the indicated place and time.
5. The Director of the District Examination Board shall decide on the cancellation of a part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession, within 14 days from the day:
1) receipt of the application referred to in the paragraph. 3, or
2) the expiry of the time limit for the submission of the application referred to in paragraph. 3.
6. The director of the district examination committee shall transmit to the sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-to the student or his parents, the written notice of the cancellation of the part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession, together with the reasons for the reasons. The provisions of the paragraph 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
7. The student, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 point 1-the pupil or his parents, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information on the invalidity referred to in the paragraph. 6, may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Board, through the director of the Examination Board of the Examination Board, a reservation to the decision of the district director of the Selection Board.
8. Reservations, referred to in paragraph. 7, together with the documentation necessary for their consideration, the director of the district examination committee shall transmit, no later than the next working day from the day of receipt of the objections, to the Director of the Central Examination Board, unless the Director the district examination committee will take into account the reservations made by the sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in Article 44zzzb ust. 3 pt. 1-the pupil or his parents.
9. The Director of the Central Examination Board shall consider the reservations referred to in the paragraph. 7, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the objections together with the documentation necessary for their consideration. The decision of the Director of the Central Examination Board shall be final and shall not serve as a complaint to the administrative court.
10. In the absence of any possibility of transfer to the sentence referred to in Article 44zzzb ust. 3 paragraphs 1 to 3, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 (1) to the student or to his parents, the information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the head of the school, the director of the establishment referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2), point 3a, the employer or the operator of the professional course referred to in Article 2 (2) of the 68a (a) 2, immediately inform the director of the district examination committee, who, within 7 days from the date of receipt of this information, resolves to annul the part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession. In the event of invalidation, the head of the examination committee shall forward, through the head of the school, the director of the establishment referred to in Article 4. 2 points 3a, the employer or the operator of the qualifying professional course referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of procedure. 68a (a) 2, written notice of invalidity accompanied by the explanatory statement, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt. 1 to the student or his parents. The provisions of the paragraph 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
11. In the absence of confirmation of receipt by the sentence referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 4 and 5, the information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the director of the district examination committee shall decide to annul the part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession. In the event of a cancellation, the head of the examination committee shall give written notice of the invalidity of the sentence. The provisions of the paragraph 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
12. In the case referred to in paragraph. 10, the sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-the student or his parents, may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Board, through the director of the Examination Board of the Examination Board, a reservation to the decision of the Board of the Examination Board, within 3 days working from:
1) receipt of the information on the invalidity referred to in the paragraph. 10, or
2. shall consult the documentation and the explanations referred to in paragraph 1. 3 and 4.
13. To the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 12, the provisions of the paragraph. 8 and 9 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
14. Certificate confirming the qualification in the profession referred to in art. 44zzzo ust. 3, the director of the district examination committee shall issue after the annulment resolution, if as a result of this decision there has been an invalidated part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession of that sentence and the conditions referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Regulation. 44zzzo ust. 2.
15. In the case of invalidation of a part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession of the given sentence, the director of the district examination committee shall determine the result obtained from the practical part of that examination as "0%".
Art. 44zzzr. [ distinguished, student and his parents] 1. The student, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-the pupil or his parents, within 2 working days from the day of carrying out:
1) a part of a written examination confirming qualifications in the profession,
2) a part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in a profession, the only result of which the final performance of the task or examination tasks is documentation
-may raise objections, together with the reasons for the director of the Board of Examination, if they consider that during the examination the provisions relating to his or her conduct have been infringed.
2. The director of the district examination committee shall consider the reservations referred to in the paragraph. 1, within 7 days from the date of their receipt and inform the written sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-the pupil or his parents, of the outcome of the settlement.
3. The student, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 point 1-the pupil or his parents, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information on the outcome of the decision referred to in the paragraph. 2, may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Board, through the director of the District Examination Board, a reservation to the decision of the Board of the Examination Board.
4. Reservations, referred to in paragraph. 3, together with the documentation necessary for their consideration, the director of the district examination committee shall transmit, no later than the next working day from the day of receipt of the objections, the director of the Central Examination Board, unless the district director the examination committee will take into account the reservations made by the sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in Article 44zzzb ust. 3 pt. 1-the pupil or his parents.
5. The Director of the Central Examination Board shall consider the reservations referred to in the paragraph. 3, within 7 days from the day of their transfer. The decision of the Director of the Central Examination Board shall be final and shall not serve as a complaint to the administrative court.
6. In the event of a finding of a breach of the provisions concerning the conduct of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, as a result of the reservations referred to in paragraph. 1, or from the office, the director of the district examination committee, in agreement with the director of the Central Examination Board, may annul the given part of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession and to order it to be carried out again, if that the infringement may have affected the result of that examination.
7. In the case referred to in paragraph. 5, the director of the Central Examination Board may annul the given part of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession and order it to be carried out again, if this violation may have affected the result of the exam. The director of the Central Examination Board shall inform the Director of the Examination Board of the Central Examination Board.
8. In the cases referred to in paragraph. 6 and 7, the annulment may take place in relation to all the sentences in each school, the establishments referred to in Article 4 (1) and (7). 2. 3a, employers or entities conducting the qualifying professional courses referred to in art. 68a (a) 2, as well as in relation to the individual sentences.
9. In case of impossibility to determine the results of a given part of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, due to the disappearance or destruction of the assessment cards or examination papers and response cards, the director of the district examination committee, in agreement with the director of the Central Examination Board, cancels the given part of the exam confirming the qualifications in the profession of the given sentence and manages its reconduct.
10. The deadline for re-conducting the examination confirming qualifications in the profession shall be determined by the Director of the Central Examination Board.
Art. 44zzzs. [ Reservations for a part of the skill test for the qualification in the profession] 1. In the case of a part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession, the result of which the final performance of the task or examination tasks result is a device or service, the sentence, and in the case of the student referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 pt 1-the pupil or his parents may report to the director of the district examination committee a reservation with the justification, if they consider that during the part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession have been breached the provisions on performing it. Reservations shall be submitted, together with the justification, within 2 working days from the date of carrying out the part of the practical test confirming the qualifications in the profession.
2. In the case referred to in paragraph. 1, the director of the district examination committee shall request the Chair of the examination team to provide explanations concerning the objections raised.
3. Rules of Art. 44zzzr ust. 2-8 and 10 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 44zzzt. [ Right of access to the answer card and assessment card] 1. The student, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 1-the pupil or his parents, shall have the right to inspread:
1) a response card-in the case of a part of a written examination confirming qualifications in the profession,
2) the assessment cards-in the case of a part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession
-at the place and time indicated by the district director of the examination board, within six months of the date of issue by the county examination board of the certificate confirming the qualification in the profession or information on the results of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession referred to in art. 44zzzo ust. 3. If the only result of the final execution of the examination task in the part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession is documentation, sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 1-the pupil or his parents, have the right to inspread the documentation as well.
2. At the time of inspection referred to in paragraph 1. 1, to the sentence, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 (1) to the student or his parents, shall be provided with the opportunity to learn about the principles of assessment of the tasks referred to in Article 4 (1). 9a ust. 2 point 2.
3. The student, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 1-the pupil or his parents may request verification of the sum of the points referred to in art. 44zzzo ust. 1. The application together with the justification shall be submitted to the director of the District Examination Board within 2 working days from the day of inspection.
4. The versification of the sum of points shall be made within 7 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph. 3.
5. The director of the district examination committee shall inform the sentence in writing, and in the case of the pupil referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 point 1-the pupil or his parents, the result of the verification of the sum of points, within 14 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph. 3.
6. If, as a result of the verification carried out, the sum of points has been increased, the director of the district examination board shall determine the new result of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession and:
1) issue a certificate confirming the qualification in the profession, if the sentence has fulfilled the conditions laid down in art. 44zzzo ust. 2 or
2. cancels the existing certificate confirming the qualification in the profession and shall issue a new certificate confirming the qualification in the profession.
Art. 44zzzu. [ Right of accession to the examination confirming qualifications in the profession on subsequent dates] 1. The realization referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 point 1:
(1) which has not acceded to an examination confirming qualifications in the profession or the relevant part of that examination within the prescribed time limit, or
2) whose written part or part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession has been invalidated, or
3) which has not obtained the exam required to pass an examination confirming qualifications in the profession of the number of points from a given part of that examination
-shall have the right to take an examination confirming qualifications in the profession or the relevant part of that examination within the subsequent time limits for conducting the examination during the course of the study.
2. The realization referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 2 and 3:
(1) which has not acceded to an examination confirming qualifications in the profession or the relevant part of that examination within the prescribed time limit, or
2) whose written part or part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession has been invalidated, or
3) which has not obtained the exam required to pass an examination confirming qualifications in the profession of the number of points from a given part of that examination
-shall have the right to take an examination confirming the qualifications in the profession or the relevant part of that examination within the subsequent time limits for carrying out the examination, except where he/she accedes to an examination confirming qualifications in the profession, or its parts shall, for the third time or again, pass the test or part thereof on the basis of an extermination test, in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of Article 3 (1) of the basic Regulation. 10 para. 5, except that this sentence does not apply to the list of professions referred to in art. 10 para. 6.
3. The realization referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 points 4 and 5, which acceded to the certificate confirming qualifications in the profession and did not obtain from one part of the exam required to the number of points, has the right to accede to that part of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession in the subsequent dates of his conduct for a period of five years, counting from the date on which he entered the examination for the first time.
4. After 5 years, counting from the date on which the first sentence:
1) he acceded to the exam confirming qualifications in the profession and did not obtain from one part of that examination required to sentence the number of points,
2) whose written part or part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession has been invalidated, or
3) did not accede to the written part or part of the practical examination confirming qualifications in the profession within the prescribed period
-this sentence shall proceed to an examination confirming the qualification in the profession in full.
Art. 44zzzv. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the detailed conditions and the manner in which the examination of qualifications in the profession is carried out, including:
1) the scope of the data, which should include the declaration of accession to the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, and the mode of filing this declaration,
2) the scope and deadlines for passing the director of the district examination board with the information necessary to conduct the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, including the information contained in the declarations referred to in art. 44zzzg,
3) the mode of issuing of the opinion referred to in art. 44zzzf ust. 6,
4) the composition of the teams referred to in art. 44zzzi ust. 4,
5) the detailed tasks of the Chair of the examination team and of the supervisory teams referred to in art. 44zzzi, examiners and examiner teams on the part of the practical exam confirming qualifications in the profession, as well as teachers taking part in conducting an examination confirming qualifications in the profession,
6) the scope of the information, which shall be included in the protocols referred to in art. 44zzzi ust. 6,
7) way of dealing with the examination materials provided to schools, establishments referred to in art. 2 points 3a, employers, operators of qualifying professional courses referred to in art. 68a (a) 2, including the mode of reporting irregularities in this regard,
8) the manner of organisation and conduct of each part of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, the way of dealing in situations of danger or sudden disruption of the exam confirming qualifications in the profession, conducting an examination confirming qualifications in a profession in a place other than a school, the facility referred to in art. For the purposes of Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation, the following points shall be laid down in Article 4 (2) (a) of the basic Regulation. 68a (a) 2, due to the state of health of the sentence or its disability,
9) the deadline for the storage of the sentence work and the documentation of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession,
10) the scope of the information contained in the request referred to in art. 44zzzl par. 4, the time limit for the submission of this application and the procedure for granting and extending the authorisation of the schools, to the establishments referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Regulation. For the purposes of Article 4 (2), the first subparagraph of Article 4 (2) (a) of the procedure laid down in Article 4 68a (a) 2,
11) persons who are not part of the examination team and do not take part in carrying out an examination confirming qualifications in the profession, which may be present in the examination room during this examination, including persons who may perform in the nature of the observers during the examination of the qualification in the profession,
12) the amount of fees charged for the exam confirming qualifications in the profession carried out for students-juvenile employees referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 191 § 3 and art. 195 § 2 of the Labour Code, and for the adults referred to in art. 44zzzb ust. 3 point 4, and the possibility of exempting persons with low incomes from all or part of the fees for the examination confirming qualifications in the profession and the mode of that release
-taking into account the need to ensure the proper organisation and conduct and the proper documentation of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession, to ensure that the teams referred to in Article 4 are composed of the teams concerned. 44zzzi ust. 4, at least one of the persons employed in another school or in the facility referred to in art. 2 (3a), provide for the possibility of inspection referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Regulation. 44zzzt ust. 1, and that the amount of the exam fee confirming qualifications in the profession may not be higher than the cost of carrying out that examination.
Art. 44zzzw. [ Communication on the list of Olympic Games and Tournaments] The Minister for Education and Education announces in the Public Information Bulletin a communication on the list of the Olympic Games in question on the subject matter or subjects covered by the gymnasium or the maturic examination, and Tournaments or Olympic Games related to a selected subject or field of knowledge, entitling to:
1) exemption from the admission to a given part of the test, the given range, or the level of the relevant part of the gymnasium examination, the matural exam of the given object or part of a written examination confirming qualifications in the profession,
2) admission of the winners and finalists of these Olympics or tournaments in the first place to the schools mentioned in art. 20d
-no later than 2 years before the date of their implementation.
Art. 44zzzx. [ Exemption of application of the law] The provisions of Chapter 3b do not apply to children and young people with mental disabilities in a degree of deep mental health.
Chapter 4
Social organs in the education system
Article 45. [ National Council of Oworld] The National Council of the Oworld, hereinafter referred to as the "National Council", which is a social opinion and an applicant for educational matters, may be the case for the Minister for Education and Education.
2. The National Council shall create a minister competent for education and education at the request of the provincial educational councils representing at least 1/4 of voivodships.
3. National Council:
1. draw up and submit to the Minister responsible for education and education the projects of the policy of the world state, including proposals for the participation of budgetary outlays on national income in the divided national income;
2) give an opinion on the draft budget law in the section on education and submit its opinion to the competent authorities of the Sejm and the Senate;
3) give an opinion on the criteria for the distribution of resources at the disposal of the Minister responsible for education and education, intended for education;
4) give an opinion on the concept of education, including the framework of curricula and the scope of the existing curricula;
5) give an opinion on the draft legislative acts concerning education;
6) give an opinion on other matters concerning education, presented by the minister competent for education and upbringing.
(4) The national council may apply with proposals on education matters directly to the general and central authorities of the government.
Article 46. [ Composition Of The National Council] 1. The National Council consists of representatives of the provincial educational councils, one from each provincial council, and one representative of the central structures of the trade union associations of teachers.
2. The tenure of the National Council lasts 3 years.
3. The national council shall adopt its rules of procedure and elect its chairman.
4. The national council may establish permanent and ad hoc committees.
5. The administrative support of the National Council shall be provided by the Minister responsible for education and education.
Article 47. [ Council for Artistic Education] 1. At the request of representatives of art schools, creative and artistic circles, minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage may set up the Council for the affairs of the Artistic Education, which is a social opinion organ and the applicant in matters of artistic education.
2. The Rules of Action of the Council for Artistic Education shall apply the provisions of the Art. 45 par. 3 and 4 and Art. 46 (1) 2-5.
3. Other ministers leading to schools or establishments may also set up councils for higher education and define the scope and principles of their action.
Article 48. [ Tasks of the World Council] 1. The body constituting the units of local government may appoint an educational council acting on its own body.
2. The tasks of the educational council shall be:
1) survey of educational needs in the area of operation of local government units and preparation of projects for their satisfaction;
2) the opinion of the budget of the local government unit in the part concerning expenditure on education;
3) opinion on the projects of the network of public schools and institutions;
4) the opinion of draft local laws on education issues;
5) express opinions and conclusions in other matters relating to education.
3. The competent authority of the local government unit shall be obliged to present the educational council with the draft acts referred to in paragraph. 2 points 2 to 4.
Article 49. [ Tasks of the body of local authority] The authority referred to in Article 48 (1) 1, fixes:
1) the composition and rules of the selection of the members of the educational board;
2) the Rules of Procedure of the World Council.
Article 50. [ Council of the school or institution] 1. Schools and institutions can operate in schools and institutions.
2. The school board or the institution shall participate in the resolution of the internal affairs of the school or establishment, and:
1) adopt the statutes of the school or establishment;
2) give an opinion on the draft financial plan of the school or establishment;
(3) may apply to the body carrying out pedagogical supervision of the school or institution with applications for examination and evaluation of the activity of the school or of the establishment, its director or any other teacher employed in the school or establishment; these applications shall have for the the binding nature;
4) give an opinion on the school or institution's work plan, innovation and pedagogical projects and other matters relevant to the school or establishment;
5) on its own initiative assesses the situation and the state of the school or establishment and occurs with applications to the Director, the Pedagogical Council, the school's body or the institution and to the provincial educational council, in particular in the affairs of the organization of classes, o which are referred to in art. 64 par. 1 points 2, 5 and 6.
3. In order to support the statutory activities of a school or establishment, the school council or the institution may collect funds from voluntary contributions and other sources. The rules for the expenditure of the school board or the establishment shall be determined by the rules of procedure referred to in Article 4. 51 (1) 5.
Article 51. [ The composition of the school board or the institution] 1. The school board or establishments shall be included, subject to paragraph. 1a-1c, equal to the number of:
1) teachers selected by the general teachers;
2) parents selected by the general parents;
3) students selected by the general students.
The school or institution board does not include pre-school students, primary schools, excluding adult schools, as well as students of special schools and institutions for children and adolescents with a moderate, significant degree of mental impairment. or deep and students of schools and establishments specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 55 par. 6.
1b. In gymnasiums for children and young people, the participation of pupils in the school board is not obligatory.
1c. In schools and establishments defined in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 53 (1) 6 parental participation in the school board or facility is not compulsory.
2. The Council should count at least 6 people.
3. The selection mode of the members of the school board or the establishment shall specify the statutes of the school or The statutes of a school or establishment may provide for an extension of the composition of the Board to persons other than those referred to in paragraph. 1.
4. The tenure of the school board or the institution lasts 3 years. The statutes of a school or establishment may permit an annual change of one third of the composition of the Board.
5. The school or establishment council shall adopt the rules of procedure of its activity and elect a chairman. The meetings of the Council shall be logged.
5a. In the Rules of Procedure referred to in paragraph 1. 5, there may be certain types of cases in which the students ' representatives are not involved.
6. At the meetings of the Board of the School or the institution may take part, with a consultative voice, the principal of the school or the institution.
7. To participate in the meetings of the school board or the institution may be invited by the President, with the consent or at the request of the Board, other persons with a consultative voice.
8. Council of schools or institutions may communicate with each other, setting out the principles and scope of cooperation.
9. The Uprising of the school board or establishment organises the head of the school or the institution on its own initiative or at the request of the parents ' board, and in the case of middle schools and secondary schools, also at the request of the student council.
10. In art schools, the provisions of the paragraph. 1a-1c and 9 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 52. [ Delegation] 1. The school board or facility shall not be established in schools and establishments in which, due to the specificity of the organisation of work and the task, there is no possibility to appoint a permanent representation of the parents or pupils referred to in art. 51 (1) 1 points 2 and 3.
2. In schools or establishments where the Council has not been appointed, the task of the Council shall be carried out by the board of pedagogical council.
Article 53. [ Parents ' Council] 1. In schools and establishments, subject to the paragraph. 6, the parents of parents, which represent the parents of the pupils.
2. The parents ' councils shall consist of:
1) in schools-one representative of the branch councils, elected in secret ballot by meeting the parents of the students of the branch;
2) at the premises-at least 7 representatives, elected in secret ballot by meeting the parents of the pupils of the facility;
3) in art schools-at least 7 representatives, selected in secret ballot by meeting the parents of students of a given school.
3. In the elections referred to in paragraph. 2, one disciple represents one parent. The elections are carried out at the first meeting of parents in each school year.
4. The parents ' council shall adopt the rules of procedure of its activity, in which it shall specify in particular:
1) the internal structure and mode of work of the Board;
2) the detailed mode of holding the elections to the councils referred to in paragraph. 2 paragraphs 1 to 3, and the representatives of the branch councils referred to in paragraph 2. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 (1), the Council of the European Council
5. The parents ' council may communicate with each other, establishing the principles and scope of cooperation.
6. The Minister for Education and Education and, in the case of schools and institutions, the Minister for Culture and the Protection of the National Heritage shall determine, by means of regulations, the types of schools and establishments in which no councils are created parents, taking into account the organisation of the school or establishment or the impossibility of directly participating in their parents ' representation activities.
Article 54. [ Activities of the parents ' council] 1. The parents ' council may apply to the principal and other bodies of the school or of the establishment, the body of the school or the establishment and the body performing the pedagogical supervision with conclusions and opinions in all matters of the school or establishment.
2. To the competence of the board of parents, subject to the paragraph. 3 and 4:
1) passing in agreement with the pedagogical council:
(a) a school education programme covering all the content and activities of a educational nature aimed at pupils, carried out by teachers.
(b) a programme of prevention adapted to the development needs of pupils and the needs of the environment, covering all content and measures of a preventive nature addressed to pupils, teachers and parents;
2) an opinion of the programme and a timetable for improving the efficiency of the education or the education of the school or establishment referred to in art. 34 par. 2;
3) opinion of the draft financial plan submitted by the school head.
3. In art schools, where there is no general education, no prevention programme referred to in paragraph shall be adopted. 2 point 1 (c) b.
4. If the parents ' council within 30 days from the start of the school year does not obtain an agreement with the pedagogical council on the programme referred to in paragraph. 2 point 1 (c) a or b, the programme shall be determined by the director of the school in agreement with the body responsible for the supervision of pedagogical supervision. The programme established by the school head shall apply until the adoption of the programme by the parents ' council in consultation with the pedagogical council.
5. In schools and establishments where parents are not formed, the programmes referred to in paragraph 1 shall not be established. 2 point 1, the pedagogical council is adopted.
6. Programms referred to in paragraph. 2 point 1, do not pass in schools for adults.
7. In schools and public institutions conducted by legal persons other than local government units or by natural persons and in schools and non-public institutions, the programmes referred to in paragraph. Article 2 (1) shall be determined by the body designated by the statutes of the school or establishment
8. In order to support the statutory activities of a school or facility, the board of parents may collect funds from the voluntary contributions of parents and other sources. The rules for the expenditure of the parents ' council shall be determined by the rules of procedure referred to in Article 4 53 (1) 4.
Article 55. [ The student council] 1. The school and the facility operates a student council, hereinafter referred to as "self-government".
2. The self-government consists of all students of a school or a facility.
3. The rules for the selection and operation of self-government bodies shall be defined by the rules of procedure adopted by the general public in a vote equal, secret and universal. Self-government bodies are the only representatives of all students.
4. The regulations of the self-government shall not be contrary to the statutes of the school or establishment.
5. The self-government may present the council of the school or establishment, the pedagogical council and the director's conclusions and opinions in all matters of the school or establishment, in particular concerning the implementation of the basic rights of pupils, such as:
1) the right to familiarizing with the curriculum, with its content, the purpose and the required requirements;
2) the right to overt and motivated assessment of progress in science and behaviour;
3) the right to the organization of school life, enabling the proper proportions between the school effort to be maintained and the possibility of developing and satisfying its own interests;
4) the right to redacted and issue a school newspaper;
5. the right to organise cultural, educational, sporting and entertainment activities in accordance with their own needs and organisational capacity, in consultation with the Director;
6) the right to choose a teacher serving as a caretaker of self-government.
6. The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by way of regulation, the types of schools and establishments in which the student self-government is not established due to the need for a school or a special organization of science and methods work, as well as for educational, caring and rehabilitation reasons.
7. A self-government in an adult school or a lifelong learning facility, in order to support the statutory activities of a school or facility, may collect funds from voluntary contributions and other sources. The rules for the expenditure of these funds shall be determined by the rules referred to in paragraph 1. 3.
Article 56. [ Harcery Organizations] 1. At school and facility may operate, with the exception of political parties and organizations, associations and other organizations, and in particular scout organizations whose statutory purpose is the activity of educating or extending and enriching forms didactic, educational and caring activities of the school or establishment.
2. Submission of activities at school or establishment by association or other organization referred to in para. 1, requires the consent of the head of the school or of the facility, expressed after the prior agreement of the conditions of the activity, and after obtaining a positive opinion of the school board or the premises and the board of parents.
3. In schools and establishments, defined in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 53 (1) 6, and in schools and establishments where the school board or establishment has not been established, the requirement to obtain a favourable opinion of the school board or of the establishments and councils of parents referred to in the paragraph shall not be applied. 2.
Article 57. [ Disable] The provisions of Article 4 50-53, art. 54 para. 1-6 and 8 and Art. 55 and 56 do not apply to schools and public establishments operated by legal persons other than local or regional authorities, or by natural persons, schools and non-public institutions.
Chapter 5
Organisation of education, education and care in schools and public institutions
Article 58. [ Founding Act of the Public School] 1. The school or public service shall be assumed on the basis of the instrument of incorporation, which shall specify its type, name and seat.
2. The founding act of the public school, in which the school obligation is implemented, in addition to the data mentioned in the paragraph. 1 also identifies its territorial coverage (circumference), in particular the names of the localities (in the cities of the name of the streets or their parts) belonging to its perimeter, and in the case of primary school also subordinated to its organizational affiliation. A public school operated by a natural person or a legal person other than a local or regional authority shall not establish a circuit unless the person conducting the request so requests.
2a. No circuits are established for special schools, integration schools, bilingual schools, schools for national and ethnic minorities and regional language communities, sports schools, sports championships, art schools, schools in correctional facilities and shelters for minors and schools in penal institutions and investigative arrests.
3. The establishment of a school or a public establishment by a legal person other than a local or local government unit or a natural person requires the permission of the competent authority of a local government unit, whose task is to operate schools or facilities The President of the European Union, the President of the European Union, the President of the European Union, the President of the European Union, and the President of
4. The application for authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 3, consists of a draft of the founding act and the statutes; the application also contains the data necessary for the entry of the school or establishment into the national register of the official entities of the national economy. The application shall be submitted no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year in which the school or establishment is to be mobiated. That period may be extended with the agreement of the authority of the local authority referred to in paragraph 1. 3, or minister competent for cultural affairs and protection of national heritage.
5. The Minister for Education and Education and, in relation to art schools, the Minister for Culture and National Heritage shall determine, by way of regulation, the detailed rules and conditions for granting and withdrawing the authorisation. to set up a school or a public institution, so that the creation of public schools by legal and natural persons favoured the improvement of the conditions of education, and it also favouras complemented the network of public schools in the area.
6. The body or person referred to in art. 5 par. 2 ,the establishment of the school or establishment shall be signed by the founding act and shall give the first statute.
7. The founding act and the statutes of the school or of the public office shall be sent to the competent education officer and to other competent authorities for the supervision of the teaching of the school or by the institution.
Article 59. [ Liquidation of the public school] 1. The public school, subject to the paragraph. 1a and 2 may be liquidated at the end of the school year by the school body, after that authority has provided the students with the opportunity to continue their studies in another public school of the same type, and also in the same or similar occupation. The leading authority is required, at least six months before the decommissioning date, to notify the school's intention to liquidate: the parents of the pupils (in the case of an adult school), the competent education curator and the executive body of the unit. a local government competent to conduct schools of a given type.
1a. A school in a correctable institution or a juvenile shelter and a school at a detention facility or an investigative detention facility may be liquidated at any time, after providing students with the opportunity to continue their education in another school.
2. The school or public institution conducted by the local government unit may be liquidated after consultation of the body exercising the pedagogical supervision, and the school or public institution conducted by another legal person or physical- with the approval of the authority which authorised it.
2a. (repealed).
2b. (repealed).
3. The documentation of the liquidated public school shall be transferred to the school body, except for the documentation of the course of instruction, which shall be provided to the teaching authority, within one month from the date of completion of the school's teaching. the liquidation.
4. The documentation of a liquidated school or a public establishment conducted by a legal or natural person shall be transferred to the competent authority of the local authority body referred to in art. 58 par. 3.
5. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to public establishments, with the exception of the condition for winding up at the end of the school year.
6. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-5 and art. 58 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the case of conversion of a school or establishment.
7. The school or establishment may transfer the education in a given profession from that school or establishment to another school of the same type or other establishment of the same type operated by that body, after notice, at least at 6 months before the date of transfer, the education curator and parents of pupils, and in the case of the school for adults-students.
8. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-5 shall not apply in the event of a transfer by the local government unit of running a school or a public establishment to a legal person other than a regional or local authority.
9. The transfer referred to in paragraph. 8, is equivalent to the liquidation of the existing organisational and legal form of the school or establishment, within the meaning of the provisions of the Act of 30 June 2005. on public finances (Dz. U. Nr 249, pos. 2104, of late. zm.).
10. The body conducting a public other form of preschool education may transform this form into a public kindergarten. The provisions of the paragraph shall not apply to the conversion. 1-6. The provisions of Article 4 58 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 59a. [ Permit to conduct nursery education] 1. Submission by a legal person other than a local government entity or a natural person of conducting a pre-school education in public forms, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, requires the consent of the municipality due to the place of conducting these forms. The provisions of Article 4 58 par. 3-7, art. 59 and 60 shall apply mutatis mutandis, with the fact that the application for authorisation instead of the draft statutes shall be accompanied by a project of preschool education organisations to be implemented in a given form.
2. Submission by a legal person other than a local government entity or a natural person who runs a public kindergarten or a public primary school, conducting nursery education in public forms, referred to in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, requires a change in the authorisation to assume a pre-school or primary school accordingly. The provisions of Article 4 58 par. 3-5 and art. 59 shall apply mutatis mutandis, with the result that the proposal to amend the authorisation instead of the draft statutes shall be accompanied by a project of the preschool education organisation to be carried out in a given form.
3. The retraining of the public form, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, conducted by a legal person other than a local or local government unit or a natural person, in a public kindergarten requires a change of authorisation to assume this form. The provisions of Article 4 58 par. 3-5 shall apply mutatis mutandis, with the result that the draft statute of kindergartens is attached to the application for amendment of the authorisation.
Article 60. [ Statute of a School or Public Service] 1. The statutes of a school or of a public establishment shall specify in particular:
1) the name and type of the school or establishment and their objectives and tasks;
2. the school's leading authority or establishment;
3) the organs of the school or the establishment and their competence;
4) the organization of the school or establishment;
5) the scope of the tasks of teachers and other staff of the school or establishment;
6) (repealed);
7) the rights and obligations of pupils, including the cases where a student can be deleted from the school's list of students.
2. The Minister for Education and Education and, in relation to schools and artistic establishments, the Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage, shall determine, by means of a regulation, the framework of the statutes of schools and public institutions, having regard, in particular, to the general principles of the organization of the school or establishment, as well as the scope of the matters which should be laid down in the statutes of the school
2a. (repealed).
3. The education curator and, in the case of schools and institutions, the minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage, may waive the statutes of the school or public institution, or some of its provisions, if they are contrary to the law. The authority which has granted or enacted the statute from the decision of the education curator shall have recourse to the minister competent for education and education.
4. (repealed).
Article 61. [ Organisational structure of primary school] 1. The organizational structure of primary school includes classes I-VI.
2. In cases justified by local conditions, schools covering part of primary school classes, including affiliate schools, may be created.
3. Educational concepts in classes I-III of primary school are conducted in branches of no more than 25 students.
3a. [ 7] In the case of admission from office, during the period from commencement to the end of the teaching classes to the class I, II or III primary school, the student residing in the school circuit, the school principal after informing the branch board referred to in art. 53 (1) If the number of pupils is increased beyond the number referred to in paragraph 2, point 1 shall be divided into a branch. 3.
3b. [ 8] The head of the school may depart from the breakdown referred to in paragraph 1. 3a, increasing the number of pupils in the branch over the number referred to in the paragraph. 3 at the request of the branch of the branch referred to in art. 53 (1) 2 point 1, and with the consent of the operator.
3c. [ 9] The number of pupils in the classes of classes I-III primary school may be increased no more than 2 students.
3d. [ 10] If the number of pupils in grades I to III primary school is increased according to paragraph. 3b and 3c at school employs a teacher's assistant, who supports a teacher who teaches teaching, parental and caring classes in this branch.
3e. [ 11] A branch in which the number of students has been increased in accordance with the paragraph. 3b and 3c, can function with an increased number of students throughout the educational stage.
4. Paragraph Recipe 3 does not concern branches in primary schools of integration, integration branches in primary schools of general public, branches in primary schools of special and special branches in primary schools available to the public. The number of pupils in these branches determines the provisions issued on the basis of art. 60 par. 2.
Article 62. [ School Complex] 1. The body conducting the schools of different types or establishments can connect them to the team. The merger does not affect the distinctiveness of pedagogical councils, parents ' councils, school councils or educational establishments and local authorities of individual schools or establishments, unless otherwise provided by the team's statutes.
1a. (repealed).
1b. (repealed).
1c. (repealed).
1d. The lead authority may combine in a team of primary schools with their own kindergartens located in the area covered by the school's district.
1e. The lead may be linked to a group of nursery schools established in the area covered by the single primary school.
2. The director of the team is the director of the school or establishment within the meaning of the
3. The creation of the team occurs in the art mode. 58, except that the founding act calls for an opinion by the pedagogical councils.
4. To the extent regulated by the statutes, the provisions contained in the statutes of the merged schools or establishments shall cease to apply.
5. The body of a team of schools or establishments or schools and establishments may exclude from the team certain schools or establishments, to include other schools or establishments, and may solve the team. In the event of the exclusion of schools or outposts from the team and the termination of the art legislation team. 58 and 59 do not apply.
5a. (repealed).
5b. The connection to the primary school team from the middle school requires a positive opinion of the educational curator.
5c. Recipe of the paragraph. 5b does not apply to special schools, integration schools, bilingual schools, schools for national and ethnic minorities, and communities using regional language, sports schools, sports championship schools, art schools, and schools with special wards, schools with integration departments, schools with bilingual wards, schools with branches for national and ethnic minorities and regional language communities, schools with sports departments, and schools in medicinal products, in social assistance homes, schools for adults, as well as the schools referred to in art. 5 par. 3b and Article 35 par. 2a. These schools may be combined into teams in accordance with the rules laid down by the leading authority.
6. Establishment of a team consisting of schools or establishments or schools and establishments operated by various bodies may take place following an agreement between the two authorities. The agreement should specify which of the authorities will carry out the tasks of the operator, the way of financing and the mode of termination of the team.
Article 62a. [ Vocational and continuing training centre] 1. The body conducting the adult school, vocational education schools or establishments referred to in art. In accordance with Article 2 (2) (a), a 'Centre for vocational and continuing education' may be put together in a team.
2. At least one vocational training school should be included in the vocational and continuing training centre.
3. The Centre for Vocational and continuing training shall conduct qualifying vocational courses, as well as undertake activities in the field of vocational guidance and professional information.
4. The Centre for Vocational and Setential Education works with employers and employers ' organisations.
Article 63. [ Year of school] The school year in all schools and institutions shall start from 1 September each year and end on 31 August of the following year.
Article 64. [ Basic Forms of Educational and Educational Activity of School] 1. The basic forms of teaching and educational activities of the school are:
(1) compulsory education classes, which include educational activities in general education and training in the profession, as referred to in the provisions adopted on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 1, including practical instruction of the profession, and in the case of art schools-artistic education classes;
2) additional educational activities, which include:
(a) classes of foreign language other than the foreign language of the modern language taught in the framework of compulsory educational activities as referred to in point 1,
(b) classes for which a programmatic basis has not been established, but the curriculum of these classes has been included in the school curriculum;
3) revalidation classes for students with disabilities;
4) classes carried out in the course of qualifying vocational courses;
5) classes carried out in the framework of psycho-pedagogical assistance;
6) classes of developing interests and talents of pupils.
1a. Forms of educational and educational activities of the school are also educational activities, referred to in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 12 (1) 2, the educational activities referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 13 (1) 3, and the educational activities referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 4 par. 3 of the Act of 7 January 1993. about family planning, protection of the human foetus and conditions of admissibility of abortion (Dz. U. Nr 17, pos. 78, z późn. zm.), organized in accordance with the procedure laid down in these regulations.
1b. The educational concepts referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, the head of the school shall be organised, with the consent of the school's authority and after consultation with the pedagogical council and the parents ' councils.
2. The school may also lead other than those mentioned in paragraph 1. 1 and 1a educational activities.
3. The concepts referred to in paragraph. 1 points 3, 5 and 6 may also be carried out with the participation of volunteers.
4. (repealed).
5. (repealed).
Article 64a. [ Obligation to wear uniform dress] 1. Director of primary school, junior high school, secondary school and art school may on his own initiative or at the request of the school board, the board of parents, pedagogical council or student council, with the consent of the parents and councils respectively pedagogical and in the case where the director of the school or application submitted by another body, rather than the student self-government, has been taken up with the initiative-also after obtaining the opinion of the student self-government, introduce the obligation to wear pupils at the school premises uniform.
2. The application referred to in paragraph 2. 1, the head of the school shall consider within a period of not more than 3 months.
3. The pattern of the uniform outfit referred to in paragraph. 1, establishes the head of the school in agreement with the advice of the parents and after consultation of the pedagogical council and the student self-government.
4. The head of the school, in which the pupils were obliged to wear the uniform uniform, may, in agreement with the parents ' advice and after consulting the pedagogical council, determine the situations in which the student's stay at the school does not require He was wearing a uniform outfit.
5. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-4 does not apply in schools where no parents are formed.
6. In schools where pupils have not been obliged to wear uniform costumes, and in schools referred to in paragraph 1, the school is not obliged to carry out the compulsory education. 5, the statute of the school defines the rules for the dressing up of students at the school premises.
7. The provisions of the paragraph shall apply mutatis mutandis to the abolition of the obligation for students to wear a uniform outfit. 1 and 2.
Article 65. (repealed).
Article 66. [ Individual Program or Tok of Science] 1. At the request of, or with the consent of, the parents or a full-year pupil of the school head after consulting the pedagogical council and the public psycho-pedagogical counselor, including specialist counselling, may allow the student to be individual programme or The study is based on the teaching of the study and the teaching of the teacher. The authorisation shall be refused by means of an administrative decision.
1a. At the request of, or with the consent of the parents, or a full-year student, the director of an artistic school that does not implement general education, after having consulted the pedagogical council, may authorise the student to have an individual programme or a tok of study carried out under the the care of the teacher of the main subject of this student The authorisation shall be refused by means of an administrative decision.
(b) (c) (c) (1) (d) (d) (d) (2) (2) (2)) ( Classification exams shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of art. 44l and the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zb, and in the case of the artistic educational activities carried out in the art school-according to the provisions issued on the basis of art. 44zq.
2. The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of the Regulation, the conditions and modality of the authorisations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, as well as the organisation of an individual programme or the course of the study, taking into account allowing students to develop their talents in a particularly successful way, and to complete their school in a short time.
3. The Minister for Culture and National Heritage shall determine, by means of the Regulation, the conditions and modus of the authorisations referred to in paragraph 1. (a) the organisation of an individual programme or the course of a study, taking into account the possibility of pupils in a particularly successful development of their ability and the completion of their school in a short time.
Article 67. [ Implementation of statutory tasks] 1. For the implementation of statutory tasks, the public school should provide students with the opportunity to use:
1) the premises for learning with the necessary equipment;
2) libraries;
3) light;
4) the Cabinet of Health Prevention and Pre-medical Assistance;
5) a team of sports and recreational facilities;
6. administrative and economic premises.
2. Requirements set out in paragraph. 1 points 3 to 5 do not have to be met in adult schools.
3. The primary school and the school of special education referred to in art. 71b ust. 1, it is obligatory to provide skylight classes for students who stay in school for longer due to:
1) the working time of parents-at the request of parents;
2) the organization of the commute to the school or other circumstances requiring the provision of care at the school.
4. At a high school in elementary school and in the school of special education referred to in art. 71b ust. 1, under the care of one teacher, there can be no more than 25 students. In the case of special schools, integration and special schools organised in the public schools, the number of pupils in the classroom in the care of one teacher is equal to the number of pupils. required for a special or integration branch, specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 60 par. 2.
5. A great school in elementary school and a school of special education, as referred to in art. 71b ust. 1, provides skylight classes taking into account educational and developmental needs of children and young people, as well as their psychophysical opportunities, in particular classes of students ' interest, activities ensuring proper physical development, and Doing a lesson.
6. The provisions of the paragraph. 3-5 also applies to gymnasiums, if there is a need to provide a skylight class.
Art. 67a. [ Organisation of canteens] 1. In order to ensure proper implementation of the care tasks, in particular to support the proper development of the students, the school can arrange a canteen.
2. The use of meals in the school canteen is paid for.
3. Terms of use of the school canteen, including the amount of fees for meals, shall be determined by the head of the school in consultation with the school's leading authority.
4. The fees paid for the use of the pupils with a meal in the school canteen referred to in paragraph. 3, the salaries of employees and of the premiums charged on those salaries and the cost of maintaining the canteen shall not be included.
5. The school leading authority may exempt parents or pupil from all or part of the fees referred to in paragraph 1. 3:
1) in the case of a particularly difficult material situation of the family;
2) in particularly justified random cases.
6. The school authority may authorise the granting of the exemptions referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the headmaster of the school where the canteen was organized.
Article 68. (repealed).
Article 68a. [ Lifelong Learning] 1. Settable training is organized and conducted in:
1) public and non-public schools for adults,
(2) public and non-public institutions of lifelong learning, hands-on training, education and training centres,
subject to paragraph. 2.
2. Qualifying vocational courses may be carried out by:
(1) public schools providing vocational training, in the professions in which they are trained, and as regards the areas of education to which those professions are assigned;
(2) non-public schools with the authority of public schools providing vocational training, in the professions in which they are trained, and in the areas of education to which those professions are assigned;
(3) the public and non-public establishments and centres referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2;
4) the institutions of the labour market referred to in art. 6 of the Act of 20 April 2004. on the promotion of employment and labour market institutions (Dz. U. of 2008 Nr 69, pos. 415, of late. zm.), conducting educational and training activities;
(5) the educational activities referred to in Article 4 (2) of the EC Regulation. 83a ust. 2.
3. Settable training may be carried out as stationary or ocular, and with the use of distance learning methods and techniques.
4. The Act does not apply to continuing education under art. 83a ust. 2 and in its forms and in accordance with the rules laid down in the separate provisions, unless specifically provided for in the special provision.
5. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation:
(1) the types of public establishments and centres referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, and their tasks,
(2) the conditions, the organisation and mode of continuing education in non-school forms, and the types of these forms,
3) the conditions of organizing and conducting the qualifying professional courses by the entities mentioned in the paragraph. 2,
4) ways of confirming the effects of education obtained by the completion of the education implemented in particular forms of extracurrent schools,
5) models of documents issued after the completion of the education provided in individual non-school forms,
Having regard to the possibility of pre-financing confirmed training in further education in non-school forms, and the need to adapt lifelong learning to the needs and conditions of the labour market, to ensure accessibility to the forms of education and training, the continuing education enabling the retraining and the acquisition of new qualifications, and the inclusion of employers in the continuing education process.
6. In the Regulation referred to in paragraph. 5, the minister responsible for education and education, may lay down the conditions and modality of the payment for continuing training in non-school forms in public establishments and centres referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, so that the payment does not exceed the costs of the training.
Article 68b. [ Accreditation] 1. The office and centres referred to in art. 68a (a) Article 1 (2), which provides for continuing education in non-school forms, may be accredited to confirm the fulfilment of certain requirements and to provide a high quality of the training provided. The accreditation may cover all or part of the training provided.
2. The accreditation shall be granted by the education curator competent for the establishment of the establishment or centre, by means of an administrative decision issued after the assessment by the team appointed by the curator of the assessment of the activity of the establishment or centre in the field of in paragraph 1. 3.
3. A credit may be obtained by a facility or centre which:
1) provide a base equipped with didactic measures;
2. employ a qualified cadre;
3) develop and provide methodological and didactic materials.
4. In the procedure for obtaining accreditation, the education curator shall also take into account the results of the pedagogical supervision of the institution or centre.
5. The education curator, by means of an administrative decision, may withdraw accreditation if it finds non-compliance by the facility or the site of the conditions required to obtain accreditation.
6. An entity applying for the acquisition of accreditation shall pay a fee.
7. From the fees referred to in paragraph. 6, entities that carry out all education free of charge shall be exempt.
8. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-7 shall also apply to non-public establishments carried out in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8, the educational activities referred to in Article 8. 83a ust. 2, as well as the institutions of the labour market referred to in art. 6 of the Act of 20 April 2004. o promotion of employment and labour market institutions, which are engaged in educational and training activities.
(9) The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the specific conditions and the mode of granting and withdrawing the accreditation, the composition and the manner in which the team referred to in paragraph 1 (1) is to be taken into force. 2, and the conditions for the remuneration of its members, the models of documents used in the procedure for obtaining accreditation, as well as the amount and the mode of payment by the applicants for accreditation.
10. The regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 9, should take into account in particular the implementation and dissemination by entities applying for the accreditation of innovative programme-methodological and organisational solutions, affecting the quality of the training provided, participation in the team representatives of the voivodship or district labour office and employers ' organisations, as well as determine the amount of fees so that it does not exceed the amount of PLN 760 valorised annually by the average annual price index of consumer goods and services, as set out in the Budget Act.
Article 68c. (repealed).
Article 68d. (repealed).
Article 69. [ Volunteer Work Hufles] 1. Education and education tasks for young people also perform Volunteer Work Hufs organised on the basis of separate regulations.
2. (repealed).
3. (repealed).
Article 70. [ Practical Learning of the profession] 1. Practical teaching of the profession can take place in continuing education institutions, practical training centres, school workshops, school workshops, employers as well as individual farms.
2. Practical teaching of the profession is carried out in the entities referred to in the paragraph. 1, on the basis of the agreement concluded between the school and this entity. The Agreement should specify in particular the way in which the practical instruction of the profession is to be borne.
3. The provision of the paragraph. 2 shall not apply to the practical instruction of the profession organised by the school in its workshops and school workshops for the students of that school.
4. The Minister for Education and Education, in agreement with the Minister for Work, will determine, by means of a regulation, the conditions and modality of organising practical apprentices in school workshops, school workshops, and other the entities mentioned in the paragraph. 1, having regard to the scope of the matters which should be laid down in the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 2, including the rights and obligations of the entities referred to in paragraph. 1, as well as the qualifications required of those practising the practicality of the profession and the rights they enjoy.
5. The provisions of the paragraph. 1, 2 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to young workers engaged in practical training in the course of professional preparation. In the case of a juvenile employee, a contract with the entity referred to in paragraph. 1, contains an employer who employs this young.
6. The Minister for Education and Education may conclude agreements with employers ' organisations, local authorities and other non-governmental organisations with a view to improving the state of vocational training, in particular the implementation of practical training of the profession.
Art. 70a. [ Task Funding] 1. Schools providing vocational training shall provide employers with practical apprentices in the form of apprentices, measures to cover allowances and bonuses paid to staff for the performance of the duties of the practitioner of the apprentices occupational social security contributions and their paid social contributions.
2. (repealed).
Article 70b. [ Funding of education costs] 1. Employers who have entered into an employment contract with young workers for the purpose of professional preparation shall be entitled to finance the costs of training if:
1) the employer or the person leading the establishment on behalf of the employer or the person employed with the employer has the qualifications required to carry out the professional preparation of the juvenile specified in the regulations on the professional preparation of the juveniles and their remuneration;
2) a juvenile worker has completed his apprentiment or apprentiment to perform the specified work and has passed the examination, in accordance with the provisions referred to in point 1.
2. The amount of the amount to be financed by the training costs of one young worker shall be:
1) in the case of study of the profession-up to 8081 zł with a period of education of 36 months; if the period of education is less than 36 months, the amount of the grant shall be paid in the amount proportional to the period of education;
2) in the case of a training to perform a specific work-up to 254 PLN for each full month of education.
(3) The amounts of the financing referred to in paragraph 3. 2 shall be subject to a valuation index of the total consumer goods and services price, if that ratio is at least 105% in the calendar year preceding the year in which the financing is paid.
4. The indicator referred to in paragraph. 3, the President of the Central Statistical Office announces in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Poland "Monitor Polski" on the basis of regulations on pensions and pensions from the Social Insurance Fund.
5. If the employment contract for the professional preparation has been resolved for reasons beyond the control of the employer, and the young worker has been apprentiful to the profession on the basis of a contract of employment for the professional preparation of another employer-entitled the amount of the co-financing shall be divided between all employers, in proportion to the number of months of their apprentiles. The employer is not entitled to finance the contract with which the contract of employment for the professional preparation has been disbanded.
6. The grant is awarded to the mayor (mayor, president of the city) due to the place of residence of the juvenile worker, by decision, after finding the fulfilment of the conditions set out in the mouth. 1.
7. The grant shall be granted at the request of the employer filed within 3 months from the day of the sentence by a juvenile employee of the examination referred to in the paragraph. 1 point 2. The application shall be accompanied by:
1) copies of documents confirming the fulfilment of the condition referred to in the paragraph. 1 point 1;
2) a copy of the employment contract with a juvenile employee concluded for the professional preparation;
3) a copy of the diploma or certificate confirming the sentence of the examination referred to in the paragraph. 1 point 2, or a certificate confirming the sentence of that examination.
8. The financing of the costs of the education of young workers shall be financed from the resources of the Labour Fund.
9. The measures referred to in paragraph 1. 8, shall be transferred to the extracted bank account of the voivodship office.
(10) The amounts of the funds received for the financing of the costs of the training of young workers shall be transferred to the local bank account of the municipality.
11. The grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, constitutes de minimis aid granted in accordance with the conditions set out in Commission Regulation (EU) No 1407/2013 of 18 December 2013. on the application of Article 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid (Dz. Urz. EU L 352 z 24.12.2013, s. 1) or Commission Regulation (EU) No 1408/2013 of 18 December 2013. on the application of Article 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid in the agriculture sector (Dz. Urz. EU L 352 z 24.12.2013, s. 9).
Article 71. [ Delegation] 1. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the types and detailed rules for the operation of public establishments referred to in art. 2 points 3, 5 and 7, the conditions for the stay of children and young people in these establishments and may determine the amount and rules of payment by the parents for their children's stay in these establishments;
2) detailed rules of operation of public psycho-pedagogical counseling, including specialist counselling;
3) detailed rules of operation of public pedagogical libraries.
2. The regulation referred to in paragraph. Article 1 (1) should take into account the performance of educational, educational, recreational and caring tasks and objectives, as well as the conditions for the safety of the pupils, as well as the conditions and rules for the operation of the volunteers.
3. The regulation referred to in paragraph. Article 1 (2) should take into account the conditions for the development of the educational and educational needs of children and young people, the assistance of children and young people in the selection of the direction of further education and occupation, the implementation of preventive tasks and the promotion of the role of education and training, and education of schools and families and the provision of assistance to children and young people by volunteers.
4. The regulation referred to in paragraph. Article 1 (3) should take account of the implementation by the pedagogical libraries of tasks in support of the process of teacher education and improvement, and of the assistance of school libraries.
Art. 71a. (repealed).
Art. 71aa. [ Enabling the development of interests and artistic talents] 1. The artistic office makes it possible to develop the interests and artistic abilities of the students by conducting artistic educational activities in musical, plastic or ballet education.
2. Artistic educational activities in the artistic establishment shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions on the framework teaching plans in public schools and art establishments issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 points 1 and art. 32a ust. 4.
3. The organization of the activities of the artistic establishment in a given school year shall specify the organization sheet of the facility developed by the director of the artistic establishment and approved by the body conducting the artistic establishment. The detailed scope of artistic education, including speciality, under which the facility conducts artistic educational activities, defines the statutes of the art establishment.
4. Assessment in the artistic establishment consists in the recognition by teachers of the level and progress in the mastering of messages and skills in relation to the educational requirements resulting from the activities of the arts curricula educational artistic.
5. The assessment takes place in the forms set out in the statutes of the artistic establishment at the end of each semester and is tasked with an indication of progress in the development of artistic talents of the pupil.
Article 71b. [ Special education, individual teaching] 1. Special education shall include children and young people with disabilities, socially inexperienced and threatened with social intakes, requiring the application of a special organization of science and working methods. This may be taught in the form of instruction in kindergartens and general schools, kindergartens and schools or integration departments, kindergartens and schools or special wards, other forms of upbringing preschool and the centres referred to in art. 2 point 5.
1a. The individual compulsory annual pre-school preparation or individual teaching shall include children and young people whose state of health prevents or significantly impedes the attendance of kindergartens or schools.
1b. The special training course shall be adapted accordingly to the preschool education programme and the curriculum to the individual development and educational needs and to the possibility of a psychophysical pupil. The adaptation shall be based on an individual educational and therapeutic programme which takes into account the recommendations made in the decision on the need for special training referred to in paragraph 1. 3.
2. Depending on the type of disability, including the degree of mental impairment, children and young people referred to in the mouth. 1, the organisation of education and education, which, as appropriate, enables the education to be learned in the areas available to them, the improvement of impaired function, the revalidation and rehabilitation and the provision of specialised assistance and care.
2a. In kindergartens and primary schools, including special ones, in other forms of preschool education and in the centres referred to in art. 2 point 5, as well as in public and non-public psycho-pedagogical counselling, including specialist counselling, may be established teams of early support for the development of the child to stimulate the psychomotor and social development of the child, from the time of detection of the disability to undertake school education, conducted directly with the child and his family.
2b. The directors of special kindergartens, special primary schools and the centres referred to in art. Article 2 (5), as well as the directors competent for the place of residence of the child's primary and inclusive primary schools and public and non-public psycho-pedagogical counsellors, including specialist counselling, may organise early support for the development of the child in consultation with the guiding authorities.
2c. The municipality can organise free command of the child affected by early support of development and its guardian from the child's place of residence to the school or the facility, in which this assistance is carried out, and if necessary also free care of the child at the time of command.
3. Opinions on the need for early support for the development of a child and a decision on the need for special education or an individual mandatory annual pre-school preparation and individual teaching, as well as the need for classes The Committee of the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the European Economic and Social Committee of the European Economic and Social Committee (2), the European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of the European Union, the Committee of the European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee A decision on the need for special education shall determine the recommended forms of special education, taking into account the type of disability, including the degree of mental impairment.
3a. Opinions on the need for early support for the development of the child referred to in paragraph. 3, they may also issue opinion teams operating in non-public psycho-pedagogical counselling, including specialised counselling, established in accordance with art. 82 and employing staff with qualifications defined for employees of public psycho-pedagogical counselling.
3b. Reviews on the adaptation of the educational requirements resulting from the curriculum to the individual needs of the pupil, who has been identified with specific difficulties in learning, preventing these requirements from being met, they also appear to be non-public psycho-pedagogical counselling, including non-public specialised psycho-pedagogical counseling, established in accordance with art. 82 and employing staff with qualifications defined for employees of public psycho-pedagogical counseling.
4. From the decisions referred to in paragraph. 3, the parents of the child may submit within 14 days from the date of receipt of the decision the appeal to the education curator.
5. The Starosta competent for the place of residence of the child with a decision on the need for special education, at the request of the parents, shall provide him with an appropriate form of education, taking into account the type of disability, including the degree of disability mental handicap, subject to paragraph. 5a.
5a. If a decision on the need for special education recommends the education of the child respectively in special kindergarten or kindergarten, elementary or middle school, public or inclusive, appropriate form of education, upon request parents, provides the local government unit competent for the place of residence of the child, to which the tasks of their own are to be carried out kindergartens or schools.
5b. If the county competent for the place of residence of the child does not conduct a special school or a centre referred to in art. As a result of the nature of the disability, including the degree of mental handicap, the old-age district of this district directs the child to the nearest county to such a school or centre. The starosta of the nearest district leading such a school or centre may not refuse to take a child to a school or centre.
5c. The head of the school, whose apprentice has a ruling on the need for individual teaching, shall arrange such a teaching in consultation with the leading authority.
5d. The head of the preschool or primary school, where preschool branches are organised, organises the individual compulsory annual preschool preparation in consultation with the preschool body.
(6) The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, the composition of the adjudicating teams, the modality of their appointment, the detailed rules for the operation of those teams, the procedure for appeals, the models of decisions and the detailed rules of procedure. targeting children and young people for special education, individual annual compulsory preschool preparation or individual teaching. The Regulation should take into account the fullest possible implementation of the needs of the child, as well as the possibility to adapt the forms of pre-school preparation and the forms of education to the child's current psychophysical capabilities.
7. The Minister responsible for education and education shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1. in consultation with the ministers responsible for health and social security, the conditions for the organisation of early support for the development of children referred to in paragraph 1. 2a, including the qualifications required of those conducting early support, taking into account in particular the preparation for work with young children with impaired psychomotor development, as well as forms of cooperation with the child's family;
2) the conditions for the organisation of education, education and care for children and young people referred to in the mouth. 1, in other forms of pre-school education, kindergartens and general schools, kindergartens and schools or integration branches, kindergartens and schools or special wards, and in the centres referred to in art. 2 point 5, taking into account the specific needs of the psychophysical and educational children of these children, the types of disability requiring the application of a special organization of science and working methods, the detailed scope of the individual educational and therapeutic programme, and its development mode, as well as the employment of professionals to meet the needs of children and young people referred to in paragraph. 1.
3) (repealed).
(8) The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, the manner and mode of organising the individual compulsory annual pre-school and individual teaching arrangements referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, taking into account in particular the dimension of the hours of educational activities carried out directly with the pupil.
Article 71c. [ Special School] 1. The medicinal product, as well as the social assistance unit, in which a special school is organized, shall provide the use of the premises for the conduct of educational and educational activities. The conditions for the use of the premises and the costs of their maintenance shall be determined by the contract concluded between the entity in which the school is organised and the school's leading authority.
1a. In connection with the organisation of education and special care and care activities for the student admitted to the medicinal product, the medicinal product shall transfer to the special school or the special branch organised in the medicinal product concerned. the students referred to in art. 25 point 1 of the Act of 6 November 2008. about the rights of the patient and the Ombudsman for Patient Rights (Dz. U. 2012 r. items 159 and 742), which are necessary for the teaching of the teaching process.
2. The Minister for Education and Education, in agreement with the Minister responsible for Health and the Minister responsible for Social Security, shall determine, by means of a regulation, the organisation of education and the conditions and forms the implementation of the special care and educational activities in the schools referred to in paragraph 1. 1, taking into account the specific needs of psychophysical children and adolescents.
Art. 71d. [ Subsidy for manuals] School textbooks and support books for special education for pupils with mental disabilities, blind, poorly sighted and deaf are subsidised from the state budget of the part of which the minister is competent to do so. education and education.
Article 72. [ Organizing care and upbringing] Children and young people who are deprived of all or part of parental care, as well as children and young people who are not socially disadvantaged, are being provided with care and education on the basis of the rules on family support and the system of care for the care of children. in the field of social assistance, as well as in social assistance
Article 73. (repealed).
Article 74. (repealed).
Article 75. (repealed).
Article 76. (repealed).
Chapter 6
Teacher training establishments and teacher training establishments
Article 77. [ Colleges of teachers] 1. In order to educate preschool teachers, primary schools, educational and educational establishments, as well as teachers of foreign languages, teachers ' colleges and teachers of foreign languages may be set up, hereinafter referred to as "colleges".
2. The Minister for Education and Education shall lay down, by means of a regulation, the detailed rules and conditions for the formation, conversion and liquidation of, and the organisation and principles of, the operation of colleges (including the rules for the trustees of managerial positions), and also the rules for the provision of scientific and teaching care and supervision of colleges.
3. Only a person with a certificate of maturity may be a teacher of the college.
(4) In respect of allowances for reduced journeys by means of public transport to colleges of colleges, rules on higher education students shall apply.
5. Kolegia may charge fees for entrance exams and for teaching activities, excluding teaching activities in the day system in the public colleges, unless they are repeated due to unsatisfactory results in science.
6. The bodies, in agreement with the bodies responsible for the supervision of schools and schools, are obliged to enable schools and colleges to organise higher education and colleges in their schools and colleges, and cooperate in the organisation of these practices.
7. To the non-regulated extent in the provisions referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 4, the provisions of the Law on Schools shall apply to colleges.
8. The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by regulation, the standards of teacher education in colleges, taking into account, in particular, the requirements for the curriculum, education subjects, dimension and scope pedagogical practices, programmatic content and skills required.
Art. 77a. [ Improvement Centres] 1. In order to improve professional teachers, teachers may be established to improve teachers, hereinafter referred to as "improvement centres".
1a. To the tasks of the institutions of improvement referred to in art. 5 par. 3b (1) (b) (b) (b) 3c and paragraph. 3d point 2, it is also necessary to take action to improve the education system, in accordance with the state's education policy, to the extent set out in the statutes of these establishments.
1b. Ministries conducting the improvement centres referred to in art. 5 par. 3b (1) (b) (b) (b) 3c and paragraph. 3d point 2, they can entrust these facilities with the task of improving the quality of education, providing the means for their implementation.
2. The professional training of teachers is also carried out by teachers who are entrusted with the tasks of methodological advisers.
3. Non-public improvement centres may establish and operate legal persons other than local government units and natural persons. In an unregulated range in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 78 par. The provisions of Chapter 8 shall apply to non-public improvement establishments.
4. The improvement office may be accredited to provide confirmation that the facility provides a high quality of ongoing teacher training.
5. The provision of the paragraph. 4 shall not apply to the public improvement establishments referred to in Article 4. 5 par. 3b (1) (b) (b) (b) 3c and paragraph. 3d para. 2.
(6) The accreditation shall be granted by an education curator competent for the establishment of the establishment, by means of an administrative decision, which shall be issued after the examination by the team appointed by the curator of the assessment of the activities of the establishments concerned within the scope referred to in paragraph 1. 7.
7. A credit institution may obtain an improvement facility which:
1) provide a qualified cadre;
2. develop and implement programmes for the improvement of teachers and carry out their evaluation;
3) carry out information activities and disseminate the problems of teachers ' improvement;
4) provides a modern didactic base.
8. The education curator, by means of an administrative decision, may withdraw the accreditation if it finds that the facility is not satisfied with the conditions required to obtain accreditation.
9. An improvement office applying for the acquisition of accreditation shall pay a fee.
10. From the fees referred to in paragraph. (9) establishments which carry out all the education and training of teachers free of charge shall be exempt from the establishments.
(11) The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the specific conditions and the mode of granting and withdrawing the accreditation, the composition and the manner in which the team referred to in paragraph 1 (1) is to be taken into force. 6, and the conditions for the remuneration of its members, the models of the documents used in the procedure for obtaining accreditation, as well as the amount and the mode of payment of the fees by the institutions applying for accreditation.
12. The regulation referred to in paragraph. 11, should take into account, in particular, the participation of independent professionals in the field of excellence in teacher education and training, as well as setting the level of charges so as not to exceed the amount of 760 zł in the annual price index of goods. and consumer services.
Article 78. [ Teaching Centres for Artistic School Teachers] 1. The Minister for Education and Education, in agreement with the Minister for Culture and Protection of National Heritage and the Minister for Agriculture, shall determine, by means of a regulation:
(1) the conditions and modality of the establishment, conversion and winding-up of, and the organisation and manner of, the activities of the institutions of improvement, including the scope of their compulsory activities
2) tasks of methodological advisers, conditions and mode of entrusting the teachers of the methodical advisor's tasks,
taking into account the provision of teachers ' access to the forms of improvement and development enabling the improvement of general knowledge and professional skills, as well as the ability to carry out certain forms of improvement and further training by establishments teacher education, higher education and other units.
2. The regulation referred to in paragraph. 1, moreover, it will take into account the tasks which can only be carried out by the accreditation centres and the public improvement establishments referred to in Article 3. 5 par. 3b (1) (b) (b) (b) 3c and paragraph. 3d para. 2.
3. To the non-regulated extent in the provisions issued on the basis of the paragraph. 1 to the institution of improvement shall apply the provisions concerning the establishments.
Chapter 7
Financing of schools and public institutions
Article 79. [ Financing] 1. Preschool, schools and public facilities established and carried out by the ministers and local government units are the budget units. The rules governing the financial economy of these schools, kindergartens and institutions shall lay down separate provisions, subject to paragraph 1. 1c.
1a. (repealed).
1b. (repealed).
1c. Local government units may be planning expenditure in their budgets, including investment expenditure, for schools and art establishments run by the minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage.
2. (repealed).
2a. (repealed).
3. (repealed).
Article 79a. [ A student who is not a resident of the municipality] If a local nursery school or a public nursery school, which is run by the municipality, is attended by a student who is not a resident, the municipality of which the pupil is a resident is covered by the costs of nursery education in that pupil. an amount equal to the current expenditure provided for one pupil, respectively, in public kindergartens or public other forms of pre-school education, carried out by the municipality in which the pupil attends a kindergarten or other form of preschool education, reduced by the fees for the use of upbringing preschool and board, which constitute the income of the municipality's budget, as well as the amount of the grant referred to in art. 14d ust. 1, which is received on a pupil by a municipality leading a kindergarten or another form of pre-school education to which the pupil attends.
Article 80. [ Grants] 1. Preschos, schools and public establishments not listed in Art. 79 conduct a financial economy according to the rules laid down by the authority or the body of the school.
2. The pre-school referred to in paragraph. 1, receive, for each pupil from the municipal budget, a grant equal to the current expenditure of one pupil in public kindergartens run by the municipality, less the fees for the use of preschool education and for the catering, constituting the income of the municipality's budget, with the fact that on a student with a disability of not less than the amount stipulated for a disabled pupil kindergarten in the part of the global subsidy received by the self-government unit territorial. In the absence of pre-school communes maintained by the municipality, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy is the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality for the conduct of public kindergartens, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget.
2a. If the preschool referred to in paragraph is referred to in paragraph 2. 1, the attendant of a pupil who is not a resident of the municipality is a kindergarten, a municipality of which the student is a resident, covers the cost of the grant granted in accordance with the mouth. 2, less also the amount of the subsidy referred to in Article 2. 14d ust. 1, which is received by a pupil in a pupil who is a pupil who is a student.
A person who conducts pre-school education in a public other form of pre-school education, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, receive at each pupil covered by this form of nursery education a grant from the municipal budget of not less than 50% of the current expenditure provided for at one pupil in the public kindergarten operated by the municipality, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, constituting the income of the municipality's budget, with the fact that on a student with a disability of not less than the amount stipulated for a disabled pupil's pre-school pupil in the educational part a general subsidy received by the municipality. In the absence of pre-school communes maintained by the municipality, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy is the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality for the conduct of the public kindergarten, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget.
2c. Legal persons other than local government units and public persons of kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, primary schools and centres referred to in art. Article 2 (5), as well as public psycho-pedagogical counselling, which according to art. 71b ust. 2a are provided with early support for the development of the child, receive a grant from the budget of a municipality or district, respectively, of not less than the amount provided for by one child for early development assistance in the part of the global subsidy for general self-government units, provided that the person conducting the kindergarten, another form of pre-school education, school, centre or counseling will provide the authority competent to grant the grant information about the planned number of children who have be eligible for early development aid, not later than 30 September of the year prior to the year of grant.
2d. If it is for the public other form of pre-school education referred to in paragraph 1. 2b, the attendant of a pupil who is not a resident of a communes in the form of preschool education, the municipality of which the student is a resident, shall bear the costs of the grant granted in accordance with the mouth. 2b, up to the amount of the amount of current expenditure in the municipality providing the basis for the establishment of the amount of the grant for the forms of pre-school education per pupil, less the fees for the use of education preschool and board, which constitute the income of the municipality's budget, as well as the amount of the grant referred to in art. 14d ust. 1, received by a communal pupil in a different form of nursery education, attended by a pupil, and a percentage rate fixed for the purposes of subsidising a pre-school education in the municipality responsible for covering the costs of the grants. In the absence of any other form of preschool education referred to in paragraph. 2b, in the area of the municipality obliged to cover the costs of the grant, the municipality shall bear the cost of the grant equal to 50% of the current expenditure, less the fees for the use of preschool education and the board, the revenue constituting the budget of the municipality and the amount of the subsidy referred to in Article 14d ust. 1, which is received by the municipality in a different form of pre-school education, attended by pupils, who are in the municipality providing the basis for the award of grants for the forms of preschool education in one pupil.
2e. In particularly justified cases, the municipal council may, by way of a resolution, give its consent to grant the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 2, at an amount higher than the amount specified in the paragraph. 2. The municipal council in the resolution sets the period for granting this grant.
2f. At the request of a person running a public pre-school, another form of pre-school education, a primary school, a centre or a public psychological and pedagogical counseling referred to in paragraph 2. 2c, the executive body of the territorial self-government unit competent to grant the grant may consent to provide information on the planned number of children at a later date than the one specified in the paragraph. 2c or grant of a grant at an earlier date than from the beginning of the following financial year.
3. The schools referred to in paragraph. 1, they receive on each pupil a grant from the budget of a local government unit required to conduct an appropriate type and type of schools equal to the current expenditure provided for one pupil in schools of the same type and type carried out by that body of local government, less the amount of grant provided for the use referred to in Article 22ae 3, per pupil, not lower than the amount provided for one student of a public school of a given type and type in the part of the educational general subsidy for the local government unit. In the case of non-conduct by a local government unit of a school of the same type and type, the amount of the subsidy shall be based on one pupil of the public school of the type and type in the part of the world's subsidy. general for local government units.
3a. The public office referred to in Article 3 (2) of the Rules of the In accordance with Article 2 (2) (5) and (7), legal and natural persons receive a grant from the district budget for each of them equal to the current expenditure provided for one year of the same type of establishment in the same type of district, however, not lower than the amount foreseen for one pupil of this type in the part of the global subsidy for the local self-government unit. In the absence of a public office of a given type, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be the amount provided for by one of the other institutions of this type in the part of the global subsidy for the self-government unit territorial.
(b) Public and natural persons, not mentioned in paragraph 3 (b). 3a, they may receive grants from the district budget in the amount and on the principles set by the district council.
3c. The grants referred to in paragraph 1. 2, 2b, 2c, 3 and 3a shall be transferred to the school account of the school, kindergarten, other form of preschool education, establishment or assembly of schools or establishments in 12 parts by the last day of each month, except that part for December is submitted by 15 December.
3d. The grants referred to in paragraph. In order to be able to contribute to the achievement of the objectives set out in Article 2 (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), (2) and (3) (b), they are intended to finance the tasks of school, kindergarten, other form Grants may be used exclusively for:
(1) covering the current expenditure of schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and establishments, covering each expenditure incurred for the purpose of the school, kindergarten, other form of pre-school education or establishment, including:
(a) the remuneration of a natural person running a school, a kindergarten, a different form of pre-school education or a post, if he is suitably qualified as the head of the school, kindergarten or institution, or he/she carries out classes in another form of preschool education,
(b) financing expenditure relating to the implementation of the tasks of the operator referred to in Article 5 par. 7
-with the exception of expenditure on investment and investment purchases, the purchase and takeoff of shares and shares or contributions to commercial law companies;
2. the purchase of fixed assets and intangible assets covering:
(a) books and other library collections,
(b) didactic measures for the educational and educational process implemented in schools, kindergartens and institutions,
(c) recreational and sporting equipment,
(d) furniture,
(e) other fixed assets and intangible assets of a value not exceeding the size laid down in the corporate income tax provisions for which depreciation charges are considered to be the cost of obtaining the income in 100% of their values, at the time of entry into service.
3e. The bodies of local government units referred to in paragraph. In this respect, the Commission will be able to monitor the regularity of the collection and use of the grants awarded to schools, kindergartens, other kindergartens and the budgets of the budgets of these units.
3f. Persons authorised to carry out checks by the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 3e, have the right of access to schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and institutions, and to consult the educational, financial and documentation of the course of instruction.
3g. The bodies referred to in paragraph 1. 3e, in connection with the carrying out of checks on the correctness of the collection and use of grants by schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and establishments, may process the personal data of the pupils of these schools, kindergartens, other forms of education preschool and preschool.
3h. The school or public service transferred to the conduct of a legal person not being a local or regional authority or a natural person on the basis of the contract referred to in art. 5 par. 5g, receives the grants referred to in the paragraph. 2-3b, from the date of the transfer of the school or establishment.
3i. In the case of schools where the teaching and education classes in the classes (semesters) of the highest programmly end in April or June, the grant referred to in paragraph 1 shall be completed in the course of the second year. 3, also entitled to every graduate of the school in the period from the month following the month in which he graduated from the school, by the end of the school year, in which the graduate graduated from the school.
4. The body constituting the units of local government shall determine the granting and clearance procedure of the grants referred to in paragraph 1. Article 2 (2) to (3b), and the mode and scope of checks on the regularity of their collection and use, taking into account, in particular, the basis for the calculation of the grant, the scope of the data to be included in the grant application and the settlement of its use, and the deadline and manner of the grant.
5. Public art schools not mentioned in art. 79 receive a grant from the State budget for each pupil equal to the expenditure of one pupil in schools of the same type kept by the Minister responsible for culture and the protection of national heritage.
6. The grants referred to in paragraph 5, shall be transferred to the bank account of the school or the school team in 12 parts by the date to the last day of each month, except that the part for December is transferred by the date of 15 December.
6a. To the grants referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the paragraph shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3d-3g and 3i.
7. The Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage, in agreement with the Minister responsible for public finance, shall determine, by means of a regulation, the grant and settlement procedure for grants referred to in paragraph 1. 5, and the mode and scope of the checks on the regularity of their collection and use, taking into account, in particular, the basis for the calculation of the grant, the scope of the data to be included in the grant application and the settlement of its use, and the deadline and manner of the grant.
8. Led by a legal person not being a local government entity or a natural person of public school conducting qualifying vocational courses receive on each listener of the course, who passed the exam confirming qualifications in the profession in the scope of the qualification concerned, the grant from the district budget at a level not lower than the amount provided for in one listener of the vocational training course in the part of the global general subsidy for the local government unit, if the person concerned school:
1. shall give the authority competent to grant the subsidy the planned number of course hearers no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant;
2) document the sentence of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession in the scope of the given qualification by the listener of the course, within 30 days from the date of the announcement of the results of that examination by the district examination board.
8a. The amount of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 8, specifies the body constituting the local government units.
9. The grants referred to in paragraph 8, shall be paid once, within 30 days from the date of submission of the starost of the relevant district by the person conducting the school certificate confirming the qualification in the profession in respect of the given qualification by the listeners, who have completed a qualifying course in this school, issued by a district examination board at the request of the school person.
Article 81. [ Exempt from taxes and charges] 1. Public schools, establishments, as well as other forms of pre-school education, teacher training establishments, teacher training establishments and colleges of social services, and the bodies which lead them shall be exempt from permanent fees. the management, use and use of perpetual real estate owned by the State Treasury or local government units and their associations, which are occupied by educational activities.
2. Public schools, establishments, as well as other forms of pre-school education, teacher training establishments, teacher training establishments and colleges of social services, and the bodies which lead them shall be exempt from property tax, forest tax and agricultural tax in the field of property occupied for educational activities, on the basis specified in separate laws.
Chapter 8
Schools and non-public establishments
Article 82. [ Notification to the records] 1. Legal and physical persons may establish schools and non-public establishments after obtaining an entry in the records kept by the local government entity obligatory to conduct an appropriate type of public schools and facilities.
1a. Legal and physical persons may assume non-public art schools after obtaining an entry in the records kept by the minister competent for cultural and national heritage protection.
The Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage, by way of regulation, may entrust the specialist supervisory body referred to in Article 3 (1) of the EC Regulation. 32a ust. 1, keeping records of non-public art schools and issuing the decisions referred to in the paragraph. 4, art. 83 (1) 2, art. 85 (1) 4 and art. 88.
2. The declaration to the records shall contain:
1) the designation of the person intending to run the school or the facility, its place of residence or establishment;
(2) the definition of the type and type of school or establishment, as appropriate, and the date on which it commenced, and, in the case of a vocational education school, the names of the professions in which the school will be trained in accordance with the names of the professions in which the classification of vocational education professions referred to in art. 24 ust. 1, or classification of professions and specialties determined for the labour market by the minister competent for labour affairs;
(3) an indication of the place of establishment of the school or of the establishment and information on the premises providing:
(a) the possibility of conducting educational and educational activities,
(b) the implementation of other statutory tasks,
(c) in the case of a vocational training school, the possibility of carrying out the practical instruction of the profession,
(d) safe and hygienic learning and working conditions, in accordance with separate provisions;
4) the statutes of the school or establishment;
5) data on the qualifications of the teaching staff and the director, provided for employment at the school or establishment;
6) an obligation to comply with the requirements laid down in art. 7 ust. 3-in the case of primary and middle school, as well as in the case of secondary school and art school implementing general education, to which the public school powers are to be conferred on the date of commencation of the activity;
7) the data necessary for the entry of a school or establishment into the national register of official entities of the national economy.
2a. The school referred to in paragraph 2. 2 point 6, may be entered in the records if the person reporting the school to the register presents a positive opinion of the education curator and, in the case of a school providing training in professions, for which according to the classification of the education professions has been referred to in art. 24 ust. 1, the minister competent is the minister responsible for health-also the opinion of the minister on the fulfilment of the requirements laid down in art. 7 ust. 3.
2b. The body referred to in paragraph 2. 1a, the registration shall be entered in the records within 30 days of the date of notification and of the office of service to the declarant of the certificate of entry in the records, and the copy of the certificate shall be transmitted to the tax authority and, in the case of an art school pursuing the training General also the competent education curator.
3. The body referred to in paragraph 1. 1, make an entry in the records within 30 days of the date of filing and of the office of service to the declarant of the certificate of entry in the records, and the copy of the certificate shall be transmitted to the competent education officer and to the tax authority.
3a. The certificate of entry in the records referred to in paragraph 1. 2b and 3, contains:
1) the name of the authority that made the entry in the records of the school or establishment;
2. the date and number of the entry in the records;
(3) the name and type and type of the school or establishment;
4) a legal or natural person running a school or a facility;
5) the address of the school or establishment;
6) in the case of a vocational training school, the names of the professions in which the school of education;
7) (repealed).
4. The body referred to in paragraph 1 and 1a, shall issue a decision to refuse entry in the records if:
1) the notification does not contain the data listed in the paragraph. 2 and notwithstanding the call, it has not been completed within the prescribed period;
2) the statutes of the school or the facility are contrary to the applicable law and despite the call has not been amended.
5. The person conducting the school or establishment shall be obliged to report to the body referred to in paragraph. 1 and 1a, within 14 days of the change in the data contained in the notification, resulting from the entry to the records. The provisions of the paragraph 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 83. [ Strikeout of records] 1. The entry in the records shall be deleted in cases:
1) not to take up the activity by the school or the facility within the time limit indicated in the filing of the records;
2) a final judgment of the court prohibiting a natural person, leading a school or establishment, conducting educational activities;
3) stating, in the course of pedagogical supervision, that the activity of the school or facility is contrary to the provisions of the Act or the statute, and in primary school, middle school and the art school pursuing general education in primary school or gymnasium-also where the obligation referred to in art is not fulfilled. 82 ust. 2 point 6 if the person running the school or the facility has not applied to the instructions of the teaching authority within the prescribed time limit;
4) make an entry in violation of the law;
5) the cessation of activities by the school or the facility for a period of more than three months.
2. The drawing from the records shall be made by decision, within the period specified in the decision and shall be tantamount to the liquidation of the school or establishment.
Article 83a. [ educational activities] 1. Conduct of a school or facility, a team referred to in art. 90a ust. 1, and another form of preschool education referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, is not an economic activity.
2. An educational activity not involving the establishment of a school, a facility, a team referred to in art. 90a ust. 1, or other form of pre-school education, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, may be taken in accordance with the rules laid down in the provisions of the Act of 2 July 2004. about the freedom of economic activity (Dz. U. of 2013 r. items 672 and 675).
Article 84. [ Statue] 1. The school or establishment operates on the basis of the statute given by the lead person.
2. The statutes of the school or establishment should specify:
1) the name, the type of school or the purpose of the facility and their tasks;
2) a person running a school or a facility;
3) the organs of the school or the facility and the scope of their tasks;
4) the organization of the school or establishment;
5) the rights and obligations of employees and students of the school or of the institution, including the cases in which the pupil may be deleted from the school's list of pupils or establishments;
6) how to obtain financial resources for the activity of the school or establishment;
7) rules for admission of students to a school or a facility-with the fact that the statutes take account of the conditions referred to in:
(a) Article 20e ust. 2-in the case of middle school, including bilingual, sports and sporting championships,
(b) Article 20f ust. 1 and Art. 20g ust. 1-in the case of secondary school, including bilingual, sportswear and sports championships,
(c) art. 20k ust. 1, 5 and 6-for adult schools.
3. A person running a school or a facility may cancel it at the end of the school year. In this case, the person running the school or establishment is obliged at least six months before the deadline for liquidation to notify the intention and the reasons for the liquidation: the parents of the students, the body referred to in art. 82 ust. 1 and 1a, and the municipality where the school or the facility is located.
4. The documentation of the course of teaching of the liquidated school shall be provided to the teaching authority, within one month from the date of completion of the liquidation. At the end of the liquidation, the entry in the records shall be deleted.
Art. 84a. [ Application to non-public schools] The provisions of Article 4 67a (b) 1-3, 5 and 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to non-public schools.
Article 84b. [ Application of the provisions of the Act to non-public establishments] 1. To non-public establishments referred to in art. Article 2 (5) and (7) shall apply the provisions of Article 3 (2) of the 71 (1) 1 point 1, with the exception of the provisions determining the amount and the rules for the payment by parents for the stay of their children in these establishments.
2. To non-public establishments referred to in art. Article 2 (5) shall also apply mutatis mutandis. 71b ust. 1, 2, 2a and 2b and provisions issued on the basis of art. 71b ust. 7 (1) and (2) and (2) 8.
Article 85. [ Public School Authority] 1. Non-public primary school, unpublished gymnasium and non-public art school implementing general education in primary or secondary school, established in accordance with art. 82 ust. 1-3, the powers of the public school shall be entitled on the day of commencance
2. The curator of education within 6 months from the day of commencation of the activity by primary school, middle school or secondary school, which has obtained the authority of public school from the day of commencation of activity, shall be obliged to check compliance the conditions laid down in Article 7 ust. 3. In relation to the artistic schools, the powers of the education curator shall be entitled respectively to the Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage.
3. The body of the territorial self-government unit referred to in art. 82 ust. 1, at the request of a person running a non-public school who does not have the authority of a public school gives the school the authority of a public school, if the person presents a positive opinion of the education curator, and in the case of the school leading the education in professions for which, according to the classification of vocational education professions referred to in art. 24 ust. 1, the minister competent is the minister competent for health-also the opinion of this minister, to meet the requirements of the art. 7 ust. 3.
4. The body referred to in art. 82 ust. 1a, at the request of a person running a non-public art school not having the authority of a public school, gives this school the authority of a public school after having established that the school fulfils the conditions laid down in art. 7 ust. 3, and in the case of an art school realizing general education-also after the presentation by the person leading the positive opinion of the educational curator.
Article 85a. [ Application of provisions of the Act] The provisions of Article 4 71b ust. 1-1b and the provisions issued on the basis of Article 1 71b ust. Point 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to non-public kindergartens, non-public, other forms of preschool education, schools and non-public institutions.
Article 85b. [ Manuals for Non-Public Primary School or Non-Public Artistic School implementing general education in primary education] 1. The Minister for Education and Education, at the request of the director of a non-public primary school or a non-public art school pursuing general education in primary education, shall provide the furnishing of these schools in textbooks to the educational, mathematical, mathematical, natural and social classes in the classes I-III, referred to in art. 22ad par. 1. These schools shall provide students with free access to the manuals provided by the minister competent for education and education. The information on the date and method of submission of the application shall be entered on the website of the Office serving the Minister responsible for education and education.
2. To finance the cost of purchasing textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials in the scope referred to in art. 22ae 1, intended for compulsory education courses in general education, as defined in the framework curricula set for public primary and secondary schools, non-public primary schools and gymnasiums shall receive, upon request, a customs grant from the budget of the local government unit required to conduct schools of the relevant type and type.
3. Providing the financing of the cost of purchasing textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials referred to in the paragraph. 2, is a task commissioned from the scope of government administration, carried out by local government units obliged to conduct schools of the appropriate type and type. For the realization of this task, the local government unit receives a special-purpose subsidy from the state budget, granted by the wojewater.
4. The purpose grant referred to in paragraph 4. 2 and 3, the provisions of Article 1 22ae 5-18, art. 22af mouth. 2-11 and the provisions adopted on the basis of the Article 22ag shall apply mutatis mutandis.
5. To finance the purchase cost of textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials in the scope referred to in art. 22ae 1, intended for compulsory education in general education, as defined in the framework curricula set for public primary and secondary schools, non-public arts schools implementing general education in the the scope of primary and lower secondary education receive, upon request, a customs grant from the state budget. The provisions of Article 4 22ae 5-14 and art. 22ah ust. 2-8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
6. The schools referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 5, which have received a special-purpose grant, provide students with free access to textbooks, educational materials or exercise materials purchased from this grant.
7. In the event of liquidation of the schools referred to in paragraph. 1, textbooks for educational, mathematical, mathematical, natural and social classes in the classes I-III of primary school provided by the minister competent for education and education are repayable to the self-government unit -if you are a Member of the European Union, you will be able to take the necessary measures to ensure that you are able to do so.
8. In the event of liquidation of the schools referred to in paragraph. 2 and 5, manuals, educational materials or devices referred to in art. 22ae 11, purchased from the special-purpose subsidy are reimbursable respectively to the local government unit which granted the grant or the minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage.
9. If the value of textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in Art. 22ae 11, to be recovered in accordance with paragraph 1. 8, outweighs the value of the special-purpose grant, the school authority may repay the equivalent of the grant received, respectively, to the local government unit which granted the grant or the Minister responsible for culture and protection. national heritage.
Article 86. [ Experimental school] 1. The Minister responsible for education and education may, by decision, grant the authority of a school to a public school not meeting the conditions laid down in art. 7 ust. 3, in particular, if it considers it experimental.
1a. The person running the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, submits an application to give the school the powers of public school to the minister competent for education and education through the education curator, who shall appraise his opinion.
1b. The application for recognition of the school as experimental should include in particular:
1) determine the purpose, assumptions and manner of realization of the experiment;
2) the opinion of the scientific institution on the assumptions of the experiment together with the consent of the institution to exercise care of the course of the experiment and make its assessment;
3) consent of the pedagogical council;
4) in the case of an experiment concerning education in a profession not included in the classification of vocational education professions, referred to in art. 24 ust. 1, also the justification for the need for education in this profession, together with the opinions:
a) the voivodship or district council of the labour market issued after obtaining the position of the voivodship or district labour office,
(b) the body of an economic or other economic or other economic organisation competent for the profession or employers ' organisations concerned,
(c) a scientific institution or professional association competent for the profession concerned with regard to the substantive assessment of the content of the curriculum laid down for the profession concerned,
(d) the minister competent for the profession concerned as regards the possible introduction of that profession in the classification of vocational education professions.
2. The Minister responsible for education and education, granting the powers referred to in paragraph 2. 1, sets out the necessary conditions for the functioning of the school, taking into account, in particular, the assumptions and manner of implementation of the experiment, indicated in
3. In relation to the non-public art schools, the powers of the minister competent for education and education and the curator of the education mentioned in the paragraph. 1, 1a and 2 shall be entitled respectively to the Minister for Culture and the Protection of the National Heritage and the specialised supervision unit referred to in Article 2. 32a ust. 1.
Article 87. (repealed).
Article 88. [ Withdrawal of allowances] The powers of a public school may be withdrawn by the authority which has granted them if the conditions referred to in Article 4 are found not to be fulfilled in the pedagogical supervision mode. 7 ust. 3, or determined in accordance with art. 86 (1) 2. The withdrawal of allowances shall take place by administrative decision and in the case of primary school, gymnasium and art school pursuing general education in primary or secondary school is equivalent to their liquidation at the end of the school year in which the decision became final.
Article 89. [ Pedagogical Supervision] 1. Pedagogical supervision of schools and non-public institutions shall be competent for education curators, and in the case of schools and arts establishments and establishments referred to in art. 2 point 7, for students of art schools-also minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage. The provisions of Article 4 21a (b) 1 and 2, art. 33 and provisions issued on the basis of art. 21a (b) 3 and art. 35 par. 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. Where the school or non-public service does not meet at the basic level the requirements referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 21a (b) 3, concerning the effects on education, education and care, and the realisation of the objectives and statutory tasks, the provision of art. 34 par. 2b shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Art. 89a. [ Entry in the register kept by the municipality] 1. Submission by a legal person or the physical conduct of preschool education in non-public forms, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, requires the entry in the register kept by the municipality competent for the place where these forms are carried out. The provisions of Article 4 82-84 and 89 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, with the fact that the application for registration instead of a statute should include a project for the organisation of preschool education to be carried out in a given form.
2. Submission by a legal or natural person who runs a non-public kindergarten or a non-public primary school, conducting nursery education in non-public forms, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, requires a change in the entry to the records of the kindergarten or primary school respectively in the mode specified in Art. 82 ust. 5, except that the notification instead of amending the statutes should include a project of preschool education organisations to be implemented in a given form.
3. The retraining of the non-public form, referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, carried out by a legal person or a natural person, in a non-public kindergarten requires a change in the entry to the records kept by the municipality competent due to the place of preschool running in the mode specified in art. 82 ust. 5, except that the statute of kindergarten is attached to the registration.
Article 90. [ Subsidies from the municipal budget] 1. Non-public kindergartens, including special, primary and secondary schools, including integration departments, with the exception of primary schools of special and secondary gymnasiums and primary art schools, receive grants from the municipal budget.
1a. Non-public kindergartens, other forms of preschool education, primary schools and the centres referred to in art. Article 2 (5), as well as non-public psycho-pedagogical counselling, which, according to art. 71b ust. 2a, they lead early support for the development of the child, receive a grant from the budget of the municipality or district respectively at a level not lower than the amount provided for one child benefiting from early development assistance in the part of the global general subsidy for self-government units, provided that the person conducting the kindergarten, another form of pre-school education, school, centre or counselling is given to the authority competent to grant the subsidy the planned number of children to be included in the early support for development, not later than 30 September of the year preceding the year grant of grants.
Non-public kindergarten can receive a grant from the municipal budget for each pupil at an amount equal to the current expenditure provided for one pupil in kindergartens run by the municipality, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget, if the kindergarten is:
1. shall comply with the conditions laid down in the Article. 6 para. 1, except that the time of free teaching, education and care referred to in art. 6 para. 1 point 2, may not be shorter than the time of free instruction, education and care set by the municipal council for kindergartens conducted by the municipality,
2) will charge for the use of preschool education no higher than the fees established by the municipal council on the basis of art. 14 para. 5 point 1 (a),
3) will carry out documentation of the course of teaching, upbringing and care established for public kindergartens,
4) will provide the number of pupils in the kindergarten department not exceeding the maximum number of pupils in the branch of the public kindergarten, specified in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 60 par. 2,
5) provide the students with psychological and pedagogical assistance in accordance with the provisions issued on the basis of art. 22 par. 2 point 11,
6) apply the rules of admission to public kindergartens, as defined in Chapter 2a
-with the fact that a student with a disabled grant may be awarded at a level not lower than the amount provided for in the disabled pupil's preschool in the part of the global subsidy received by the local government unit. In the absence of pre-school communes maintained by the municipality, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy is the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality for the conduct of public kindergartens, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget.
Non-public, other form of pre-school education may receive a grant from the municipal budget for each pupil covered by this form of preschool education equal to 50% of the current expenditure incurred per pupil in kindergartens by the municipality, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, which is the revenue of the municipality's budget, if that other form:
1. shall comply with the conditions laid down in the Article. 6 para. 1 point 3 and paragraph. 2, except that the time of free teaching, education and care referred to in art. 6 para. 2, may not be shorter than the time of free teaching, education and care established by the municipal council for public other forms of pre-school education conducted by the municipality,
2) will charge for the use of preschool education no higher than the fees established by the municipal council on the basis of art. 14 para. 5 point 1 (b),
3) apply the rules of admission to the public other forms of pre-school education set out in Chapter 2a
-with the fact that a student with a disabled grant may be awarded at a level not lower than the amount provided for in the disabled pupil's preschool in the part of the global subsidy received by the local government unit. In the absence of pre-school communes maintained by the municipality, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy is the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality for the conduct of public kindergartens, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget.
1d. Grant of the subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 1b and 1c, takes place after an open contest of offers announced by the mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the City). The provisions of Article 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the announcement of an open tender. 13 of the Act of 24 April 2003. about the activity of the public benefit and about the volunteer (Dz. U. of 2010 No 234, pos. 1536, as of late. zm.).
1e. Acceding to an open tender, a person who leads a non-public kindergarten or a non-public other form of pre-school education shall submit an undertaking to comply with the conditions referred to in paragraph 1, respectively. 1 or 1 c, and indicate the planned number of pupils.
1f. The Rules of Procedure for the open competition of tenders referred to in paragraph 1. 1d, and the criteria for the selection of tenders, shall be defined by the municipal council by way of a resolution, taking into account the need to ensure the best possible conditions for the implementation of the
1g. The municipality, which does not provide all children with an obligation to ensure the possibility of using preschool education, the place of use of preschool education, is obliged to carry out an open competition of offers referred to in paragraph 1. 1d, for non-public kindergartens.
1h. If, as a result of the decision of the contest referred to in paragraph. 1g, the municipality still does not provide the places of use of preschool education to all children, whom it is obliged to provide for the possibility of using preschool education, the municipality is obliged to carry out the contest referred to in the paragraph. 1d, for non-public other forms of preschool education.
1i. Information on the receipt by the kindergarten or other form of education of the preschool grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1b, 1c or 1o, shall be entered in the records referred to in Article 1. 82 ust. 1. Rules of Art. 82 ust. 3 and 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
1j. The grant referred to in paragraph 1. B, 1c or 1o, is granted provided that a person who conducts a pre-school or non-public institution, respectively, provides a different form of pre-school education to the authority competent to grant the grant information on the planned number of pupils not later than Before 30 September of the year preceding the grant year. The provision shall not apply in the year in which the grant was granted by means of an open tender.
1k. If the preschool referred to in paragraph is referred to in paragraph 1. 1b, a student who is not a resident of the commurer is a kindergarten, the municipality of which the student is a resident, covers the cost of the grant granted in accordance with the paragraph. The amount of the current expenditure in the municipality providing the basis for the establishment of the subsidy for the non-public kindergartens referred to in paragraph 1 (1) (b) (b) shall be (b) the amount of the aid referred to in Article 1 (1) (b) or (1j), calculated per pupil, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, the income of the municipality's budget, and the amount of the subsidy referred to in Article 1 (a). 14d ust. 1, which is received by a pupil in a pupil who is a pupil who is a student.
1l. If the non-public other form of preschool education referred to in paragraph is not 1c, a student who is not a resident of the municipality, who is a resident of the municipality of which the student is a resident, shall bear the costs of the grant granted in accordance with the paragraph. 1c, up to the amount of the amount of current expenditure forming part of the municipality providing the basis for the establishment of the amount of the subsidy for the non-public kindergartens referred to in paragraph 1. 1c, per pupil, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, which is the revenue of the municipality's budget, and the amount of the subsidy referred to in art. 14d ust. 1, received by a communal commentary on another form of preschool education attended by a pupil, and a percentage rate fixed for the purposes of subsidising non-public forms of pre-school education in the municipality responsible for covering the cost of the grant.
1m. A person who leads a kindergarten or another form of pre-school education receiving the grant referred to in paragraph 1 (a) of the first subparagraph. 1b, 1c or 1o, may opt not to comply with the conditions referred to in paragraph 1 (b). (b) (b) (c) (c), (c) (c) (c) (c), (c) and (c) (c) (c), (c) and (c) (c), (c) and (c) (c) (c) (c) (d) of the EC). On 31 August of the school year preceding the school year in which the resignation is to take place.
1n. The mayor, the mayor of the city, may, by means of a decision, withdraw the unpublished kindergarten or non-public other form of upbringing the preschool grant referred to in the paragraph, as appropriate. B, 1c or 1o, in the case of a breach by a pre-school of the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. (b) the conditions laid down in paragraph 1 (b) of the first subparagraph of Article 4 (2) of 1c. The revocation of a grant shall be either ex officio or at the request of the pedagogical supervisory authority, after prior notice by the mayor (mayor, president of the city) of a preschool or other preschool education system to cease violating the conditions set out in the paragraph respectively. 1b or 1c, within not more than 3 months.
1o. In particularly justified cases, the municipal council, by way of a resolution, may authorise the award of a non-public kindergarten or non-public other form of preschool education, at a level higher than the amount specified respectively in paragraph 1b or 1c. The Municipal Council shall establish the period of award of this grant in a resolution.
2. Non-public primary schools of special and secondary secondary schools and secondary schools with the powers of public schools, including integration departments, receive grants from the district budget.
2a. Grants for non-public schools with the authority of a public school in which a school obligation or a compulsory instruction is carried out, shall be entitled to each pupil at a rate not lower than the amount prescribed for one pupil of the type and type concerned schools in the part of the educational general subsidy received by the local government unit referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, provided that the school-leading person subs to the authority competent to grant the subsidy the planned number of students not later than 30 September of the year preceding the grant year.
2b. Grants for non-public kindergartens not meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph. 1b shall be entitled to each pupil of not less than 75% of the current expenditure of the municipality of the current expenditure incurred in kindergartens carried out by the municipality on the basis of one student, less the use of the fees for the use of the preschool education and catering for the municipal budget, except for a disabled pupil not lower than the amount foreseen for the disabled pupil's preschool in the part of the global general subsidy received by the municipality, provided that the person conducting the non-public pre-school suburb to the Authority the planned number of pupils not later than 30 September of the year preceding the grant year, to the competent grant award. In the absence of pre-school communes maintained by the municipality, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy is the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality for the conduct of the public kindergarten, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget.
2c. If the preschool referred to in paragraph is referred to in paragraph 2. 2b, a student who is not a resident of the communes of the municipality, is a municipality whose resident is the student, and covers the costs of the grant granted in accordance with the mouth. 2b to the amount of the amount of current expenditure in the municipality providing the basis for the establishment of the amount of the grant for non-public kindergartens per pupil, less the fees for the use of preschool education and for board, which is the revenue of the municipality's budget, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in art. 14d ust. 1, received by the municipality, and the percentage rate fixed for subsidising the non-public kindergartens in the municipality obliged to cover the costs of the grant. In the absence of a non-public kindergarten in the area of the municipality obliged to cover the costs of the grant, the municipality shall bear the cost of the grant equal to 75% of the current expenditure constituting the grant base in the municipality. grants for non-public kindergartens per pupil, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, constituting the revenue of the municipality's budget, as well as the amount of the grant referred to in art. 14d ust. 1, which is received by the municipality.
2d. The person conducting the nursery education in the forms referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 14a par. 7, which do not meet the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1c, receives for each pupil covered by this form of nursery education a grant from the municipal budget of not less than 40% of the current expenditure incurred on one pupil in the public kindergarten operated by the municipality, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, which is the income of the municipality's budget, including that for a disabled pupil not lower than the amount provided for by the disabled pupil's pre-school pupil in a part of the world's education general received by the municipality, provided that the person leading the non-public the form of preschool education shall give the authority competent to grant grants information on the number of pupils planned not later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant. In the absence of pre-school communes maintained by the municipality, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy is the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality for the conduct of the public kindergarten, less the fees for the use of upbringing Kindergartens and for meals, which constitute the income of the municipal budget.
If a non-public other form of pre-school education referred to in paragraph 1 is not a public service. 2d, is covered by a pupil which is not a resident of a communes in the form of preschool education, the municipality of which the student is a resident, shall bear the cost of the grant granted in accordance with the mouth. 2d up to the amount of the amount of current expenditure in the municipality providing the basis for the establishment of the amount of the subsidy for non-public nursery education per pupil, less the fees for the use of upbringing preschool and board, which constitute the income of the municipality's budget, as well as the amount of the grant referred to in art. 14d ust. 1, received by the municipality, and the percentage rate fixed for subsidising non-public forms of pre-school education in the municipality obliged to cover the costs of the grant. In the absence of a non-public form of pre-school upbringing in the area of the municipality obliged to cover the costs of the grant, the municipality shall bear the cost of the grant equal to 40% of the current expenditure in the municipality of subsidising the subsidy. the basis for the award of grants to non-public forms of pre-school education per pupil, less the fees for the use of preschool education and board, which is the revenue of the municipality's budget, and the amount of the grant the grant referred to in Article 14d ust. 1, which is received by the municipality.
2f. In the case of non-public schools with the authority of public schools in which the teaching and education classes in the classes (semesters) of the highest programmies end in April or June, the grant referred to in paragraph 1 shall be completed. 2a, also entitled to every graduate of the school in the period from the month following the month in which he graduated from the school, until the end of the school year, in which the graduate graduated from the school.
2g. At the request of a person conducting a properly non-public kindergarten, another form of pre-school education, a school, a centre or a non-public psycho-pedagogical counseling, as well as a facility referred to in the paragraph. 1a, 2a, 2b, 2d, 3 and 3a, the executive body of the local government unit competent to grant the grant may give its consent to derogate from the time limit referred to in paragraph 1. 1a, 2a, 2b, 2d, 3 and 3a, or grant of grants by a date earlier than the beginning of the following financial year.
3. Grants for non-public schools with the powers of public schools not mentioned in the mouth. Each student participating in at least 50% of the compulsory educational activities of a given month of not less than 50% of the budget set in the budget of the municipality or the district of the current expenditure incurred in schools, shall be entitled to a minimum of 50% of the compulsory education. public school of the same type and type converted into one pupil, provided that the non-public school person subs to the grant authority the planned number of students not later than 30 September of the preceding year the grant year, subject to the paragraph. 3h and 3i. The participation of pupils in compulsory educational activities must be confirmed by their own signatures on the lists of attendance at these classes. In the absence of a public school district or district of a type and type, the basis for establishing the amount of the subsidy shall be the current expenditure incurred by the nearest municipality or district for the conduct of the public school of the type or type concerned.
3a. Non-public office facilities referred to in Article On the basis of Article 2 (2) (5) and (7), they shall receive a subsidy from the budget of the county not less than the amount provided for by one of the establishments of that type in the part of the global subsidy for the local government unit and, in the case of the general government, for each pupil. the case of non-public centres for the implementation of the obligation referred to in Article 14 para. 3, compulsory schooI and the obligation to teach children and young people referred to in art. 16 ust. 7, as well as children and young people with mental disabilities with associated disabilities, at a rate not lower than the amount intended for one raising of such centres in the part of the global subsidy for the self-government unit territorial, provided that the person conducting the establishment presents the planned number of pupils to the authority competent to grant the grant, not later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant.
3b. Non-public schools which do not have the authority of a public school and non-public establishments referred to in art. 2 points 3, 4 and 10, may receive grants from the district budget.
3c. The grants referred to in paragraph 1. 1a-3a, are transferred to the school account of the school, kindergarten, other form of preschool education, establishment or team of schools or establishments in 12 parts by the last day of each month, with the fact that the part for December is transferred in date by 15 December.
3d. The grants referred to in paragraph. 1a-3b, are intended to finance the implementation of the school's tasks, kindergarten, other form of pre-school education or establishments in the fields of education, education and care, including social prevention. Grants may be used exclusively for:
(1) covering the current expenditure of schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and establishments, covering each expenditure incurred for the purpose of the school, kindergarten, other form of pre-school education or establishment, including:
(a) the remuneration of a natural person running a school, a kindergarten, a different form of pre-school education or a post, if he is suitably qualified as the head of the school, kindergarten or institution, or he/she carries out classes in another form of preschool education,
(b) financing expenditure relating to the implementation of the tasks of the operator referred to in Article 5 par. 7
-with the exception of expenditure on investment and investment purchases, the purchase and takeoff of shares and shares or contributions to commercial law companies;
2. the purchase of fixed assets and intangible assets covering:
(a) books and other library collections,
(b) didactic measures for the educational and educational process implemented in schools, kindergartens and institutions,
(c) sports and recreation equipment,
(d) furniture,
(e) other fixed assets and intangible assets of a value not exceeding the size laid down in the corporate income tax provisions for which depreciation charges are considered to be the cost of obtaining the income in 100% of their values, at the time of entry into service.
3e. The bodies of local government units referred to in paragraph. 1a-3b, may control the correctness of the collection and use of grants awarded to schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and institutions from the budgets of these units.
3f. Persons authorised to carry out checks by the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 3e, have the right of access to schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and institutions, and to consult the organisational, financial and documentation of the course of teaching, and, in the case of non-public schools, the powers of public schools not mentioned in the paragraph. 2a-in addition to the attendance of the letter of attendance referred to in paragraph 2. 3, and their verification.
3fa. In the event of obstruction or thwarting by a non-public school with the authority of a public school not mentioned in the paragraph. 2a or by the authority conducting the control activities referred to in paragraph 2. 3f, the docting authority shall invite the school head or the school authority to cease these activities within a specified time limit.
3fb. After the expiry of the time limit referred to in paragraph 1, 3fa, the awarding body shall withhold the transfer of the grant school until the date of the provision of the inspection activities referred to in paragraph 1. 3f.
3fc. The grant provided to the school for the period to be held may only be used for the reimbursement of expenditure relating to the implementation of the school's duties referred to in the paragraph. 3d, incurred by the school in the period of the financial year in which the grant was withheld. Where the period of suspension of the grant is for more than one financial year, it may be used in proportion to the periods of interruption in the individual budget years.
3g. The bodies referred to in paragraph 1. 3e, in connection with the carrying out of checks on the correctness of the collection and use of grants by schools, kindergartens, other forms of preschool education and establishments, may process the personal data of pupils in these schools, kindergartens, other forms of education preschool and preschool.
3h. Grants for schools referred to in paragraph. 3, they are entitled in July and August to each student who, in June, met the condition of participation in the classes referred to in paragraph 1. 3.
3i. To the schools referred to in paragraph. 3 in which the teaching and educational activities in the classes (semesters) of the highest programmly end in April or June, the provision of the paragraph. 2f shall apply mutatis mutandis.
4. The body constituting the units of local government shall determine the granting and clearance procedure of the grants referred to in paragraph 1. 1a-1c and 2-3b, and the mode and scope of checks on the correctness of their collection and use, taking into account in particular the basis for the calculation of the grant, the scope of the data to be included in the grant application and the settlement of its use, and the timing and settlement of the grant.
4a. Non-public art schools with the authority of public schools receive subsidies from the state budget.
4b. Grants for non-public art schools with the authority of a public school in which a school obligation is implemented or the obligation to study, shall be entitled to each pupil at a rate not lower than the amount of current expenditure fixed for schools of the same type carried out by the Minister responsible for culture and the protection of national heritage, on the basis of a single pupil, provided that the person who is running a non-public school is subject to a Minister of Culture and Security Affairs the national heritage of the planned number of students, not later than 30 September the year preceding the grant year.
4c. Grants for non-public art schools with the powers of public schools not mentioned in the mouth. 4b shall be entitled to each student participating in at least 50% of the compulsory educational activities of the month in question, not less than 50% of the current expenditure laid down for schools of the same type carried out by the Minister responsible for the matters referred to in paragraph 4b. culture and protection of national heritage per pupil, provided that the person leading a non-public school provides information on the planned number of pupils to the Minister for Culture and National Heritage later than 30 September of the year preceding the grant year. In the artistic school of the police and the post-secondary participation of pupils in compulsory educational activities, they must be confirmed by their own signatures on the lists of attendance at these classes.
4d. Non-public artistic schools which do not have the authority of a public school may receive grants from the state budget.
4e. The grants referred to in paragraph 1. 4a-4c, shall be transferred to the bank account of the school or the school team in 12 parts by the last day of each month, except that the part for December is transferred by the date of 15 December.
4f. To the grants referred to in paragraph 1. 4a-4d, the paragraph shall apply mutatis mutandis. 2f and 3d-3i.
4g. The Minister for Culture and the Protection of National Heritage, in agreement with the Minister responsible for public finance, will determine, by means of a regulation, the grant and settlement procedure for grants referred to in paragraph 1. 4a-4d, and the mode and scope of the checks on the regularity of their collection and use, taking into account, in particular, the basis for the calculation of the grant, the scope of the data to be included in the grant application and the settlement of its use, and the deadline and manner of the grant.
5. (repealed).
6. (repealed).
7. Exemptions from taxes and charges referred to in art. 81, also applies to non-public schools, schools, as well as other forms of pre-school education, teacher training establishments, teacher training centres and colleges of social services workers and the bodies of the presenters.
8. Non-public secondary schools conducting qualifying vocational courses receive at each listener of the course, who passed the exam confirming qualifications in the profession in the scope of the given qualification, the grant from the district budget in the amount not lower than the amount provided for one listener of the professional course of the vocational training course in the part of the global subsidy for the local government unit, if the person running the school:
1. shall give the authority competent to grant the subsidy the planned number of the course hearers no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant;
2) document the sentence of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession in the scope of the given qualification by the listener of the course, within 30 days from the date of the announcement of the results of that examination by the district examination board.
8a. The amount of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 8, specifies the body constituting the local government units.
9. The grant referred to in paragraph 8, is paid once within 30 days of the submission by the school head of the certificate respectively of the issue of the diplomas confirming the professional qualifications or the passing of the examination confirming qualifications in the profession in question qualifications by the listeners who have completed the qualification course in this school, issued by the district examination board at the request of the school person.
Art. 90a. [ Team] 1. A natural person or a legal entity not being a self-government entity, leading public schools, non-public schools or establishments, may for organizational purposes combine them into a team and determine the principles of the team's operation. The merger does not violate the distinctiveness of schools or facilities within the scope set out in the Act, in particular as regards obtaining the permit, withdrawing the permit, typing in the records and deleting from it, obtaining and losing the authority of the public school and obtaining grants.
2. (repealed).
Chapter 8a
Material aid to pupils
Art. 90b. [ Right to material aid] 1. The student shall have the right to material assistance from the funds allocated to that purpose in the budget of the State or budget of the competent local government unit.
2. Material assistance shall be given to students in order to reduce differences in access to education, to enable to overcome barriers to access to education resulting from the difficult situation of the material pupil, and to support the education of pupils capable.
3. Material assistance shall be entitled:
1) students of public and non-public schools with the authority of public schools for young people and for adults and public listeners of teachers ' colleges, teacher-colleges of foreign languages and colleges of social services workers-by the time the completion of the training, however, not longer than the age of 24;
2) to educate public and non-public centres enabling children and young people referred to in art. 16 ust. 7, as well as children and young people with mental disabilities with disabilities coupled with the implementation of the school obligation and the obligation to study, respectively, until the completion of the implementation of the obligation to study.
4. The provision of material assistance referred to in art. 90c ust. 2, they shall also be entitled:
(1) students of non-public schools which do not have the authority of public schools for young people and for adults, until the completion of their duty to study,
2) to the listeners of the non-public colleges of teachers and teachers of foreign language colleges-until the completion of the education, however, no longer than to the completion of the age of 24.
Art. 90c. [ Nature of the aid] 1. The material aid shall be of a social or motivational nature.
2. The benefits of material assistance of a social character are:
1) a school scholarship;
2) school allowance.
3. The benefits of material assistance of a motivational nature are:
1) scholarship for the results in science or for sports achievements;
2) scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers;
3) scholarship of the minister competent for education and upbringing;
4) scholarship of the minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage.
4. At the same time, the student may be granted material support of a social and motivational character.
Art. 90d. [ School scholarship] 1. A school scholarship may receive a student in a difficult material situation resulting from low incomes per person in the family, in particular when in the family there is: unemployment, disability, severe or long lasting illness, generosity, lack of ability to perform caring and parental functions, alcoholism or drug addiction, and when the family is incomplete or has occurred a random event, subject to the paragraph. 12.
2. School scholarship may be awarded to students in the form of:
1) total or partial coverage of the costs of participation in educational activities, including compensatory measures, going beyond the classes carried out at the school within the framework of the curriculum, as well as participation in educational activities carried out outside the school;
2. State aid of an educational nature, including, in particular, the purchase of textbooks.
3. Paragraph Recipe 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the raising of the centres referred to in Article 3. 90b ust. 3 point 2, and the listeners of teachers ' colleges, teacher-colleges of foreign languages and colleges of social services workers.
4. School scholarships may be awarded to students of upper secondary schools and to the students of colleges referred to in paragraph 1. 3, also in the form of total or partial coverage of costs related to the collection of science outside the place of residence.
5. A school scholarship may also be provided in the form of a cash benefit if the awarding authority finds that the grant of the scholarship in the forms referred to in the paragraph. 2, and in the case of pupils in secondary schools, also in the form referred to in paragraph. 4, it is not possible, but in the case of the listeners of the colleges referred to in paragraph. 3, grant the scholarship in the forms referred to in paragraph. 2 and 4, it is not intentional.
6. A school scholarship may be awarded in one or more forms at the same time.
7. The monthly amount of income per person in the pupil's family entitling to apply for a school scholarship may not be higher than the amount referred to in art. 8 ust. 1 point 2 of the Act of 12 March 2004. of social assistance (Dz. U. No 64, pos. 593, Nr. 99, pos. 1001 and No. 273, pos. 2703).
8. The monthly amount of the income referred to in paragraph 1 shall be fixed. 7, shall be determined in accordance with the rules laid down in the Article 8 ust. 3-13 of the law referred to in the paragraph. 7, with the result that the benefits of material aid referred to in Article 4 are not included in the income. 90c ust. 2 and 3.
9. School stypendium may not be lower monthly than 80% of the amount referred to in art. 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits (Dz. U. Nr 228, poz. 2255, with late. zm.) and may not exceed monthly 200% of the amount referred to in art. 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits.
10. School scholarship is awarded for a period of not less than a month and not longer than 10 months in a given school year, and in the case of the handful of teachers ' colleges, teachers of foreign language colleges and colleges of staff members social-for a period of not less than a month and not longer than 9 months in a given school year.
11. If the form of a school scholarship so requires, a school scholarship may be carried out in periods other than monthly or once, with the result that the value of a school scholarship in a given school year may not exceed a total of twenty-fold. the amount referred to in Article 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits, and in the case of the teachers of the teachers ' colleges, the teacher's foreign language colleges and the colleges of the social service staff-eighteen times the amount referred to in art. 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits.
12. School's scholarship is not entitled to a student who receives other scholarships of a social character from public funds, subject to the paragraph. 13.
13. A student who receives another social scholarship from public funds may receive a school scholarship of a level which, together with another social scholarship, does not exceed 20 times the amount of the public funding grant. the amount referred to in Article 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits, and in the case of the teachers of the teachers ' colleges, the teacher's foreign language colleges and the colleges of the social service staff-eighteen times the amount referred to in art. 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits.
Art. 90e. [ School Allowance] 1. A school force may be awarded to a student who is temporarily in a difficult physical situation due to a random event.
2. A school force may be granted in the form of a cash benefit to cover expenses related to the educational process or in the form of an educational assistance in kind, once or several times a year, irrespective of the scholarship received school.
3. The amount of the school allowance shall not exceed a one-off amount representing five times the amount referred to in art. 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits.
4. The school allowance may be applied for not more than two months after the occurrence of the event justifying the grant of this benefit.
Art. 90f. [ Rules of Procedure for the granting of material aid] The municipal council shall adopt the rules of procedure for the granting of material aid of a social character for pupils residing in the municipality, with the aim of the objectives of material aid of a social character, in which it lays down, in particular:
1) the method of determining the amount of the school scholarship depending on the material situation of the students and their families and other circumstances referred to in art. 90d ust. 1;
2) the form in which the school scholarship is granted according to the needs of the students residing in the territory of the municipality;
3) the mode and manner of granting a school scholarship;
4) the mode and method of granting the school allowance depending on the random event.
Art. 90g. [ Scholarship for performance in science or for sports achievements] 1. The school may grant a scholarship for the results in science or for sporting achievements.
2. The scholarship for the results in science may be awarded to a student who has obtained a high average of the grades and at least a good assessment of the behavior during the period (semester) preceding the period (semester) in which this scholarship is granted and the scholarship for achievements sports may be awarded to a student who has obtained high results in sporting competition at a level at least between school and at least a good assessment of the behaviour during the period (semester) preceding the period (semester) in which he/she admits is a scholarship.
2a. The condition for obtaining at least a good assessment of the behaviour referred to in paragraph. 2, does not apply to students of police schools and schools for adults.
3. The grant of a scholarship for the results in science or for the achievements of sporting pupil may apply not earlier than after the completion of the first period (semester) of science in a given type of school, subject to the paragraph. 4 and 5.
4. The scholarship for the results in science shall not be granted to pupils of classes l-III of primary school and to pupils of Class IV of primary school until the completion of the first period of study.
5. The scholarship for sports achievements shall not be granted to students of classes l-III of primary school.
6. The school head shall establish a scholarship committee at the school.
7. The average of the assessments referred to in paragraph 1. 2, shall determine the scholarship commission, after consulting the pedagogical council and the student council.
8. An application for the grant of a scholarship for the results in science or for the achievements of a sports class educator shall submit to the scholarship committee, which shall forward the application together with its opinion to the head of the school.
9. Scholarship for the results in science or for the achievements of sports is paid once in the period (semester).
10. The scholarship for the results in science or for the achievement of sporting achievements shall not exceed the amount equivalent to twice the amount referred to in art. 6 para. 2 point 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003. on family benefits. The amount of the scholarship shall be determined by the head of the school, after consultation of the scholarship committee and the pedagogical council and in consultation with the school authority.
11. The scholarship of the school shall, after consultation of the pedagogical council, grant to the school head, in the course of the measures granted by the body leading to that objective in the school budget, the director of the school.
12. The provisions of the paragraph. 1-3 and 6-11 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the teacher's college, the teacher's college of foreign languages and the college of social workers, except that the application for a scholarship for performance in science or for athletic achievements shall be heard by the listener.
Art. 90h. [ Scholarship Of The President Of The Council Of Ministers] 1. A scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers may be awarded to a student of the school for youth, whose completion makes it possible to obtain a certificate of maturity.
2. A scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers is awarded to a student who has received a promotion with distinction, obtaining with the highest in a given school the average of the ratings or exhibiting a particular ability in at least one area of knowledge, obtaining in it highest scores, and in other areas of knowledge the results at least good.
3. A scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers is awarded to one student of a given school for the period from September to June in a given school year.
4. Scholarship of the Prime Minister shall be awarded by the President of the Council of Ministers
Art. 90i. [ Scholarship of the Minister responsible for education and education] 1. A scholarship of the minister competent for education and education may be awarded to a student of a public school for youth or a non-public school with the authority of a public school for young people, obtaining outstanding educational attainment, in in particular:
1) laureate of an international Olympics or a laureate and finalist of the Olympic Games in question with a nationwide or tournament coverage;
2) the laureate of a scientific work competition, organised by a scientific institution or scientific association;
(3) a student of upper secondary school who has the highest scores in science according to the individual programme or course of study;
(4) a student participating in the college classes provided for in the course of study, on the basis of the provisions of the study regulations concerning the conditions for the participation of outstanding students in the classes provided for in the course of study;
5) to a student who has obtained high results in sporting competition at national or international level.
2. The minister competent for education and education shall grant the minister responsible for education and education.
3. The Minister for Education and Education announces the number of scholarships and the amount of scholarship in each school year on the websites of the competent ministry.
Art. 90j. [ Scholarship of the Minister for Culture and Conservation of the National Heritage] 1. The scholarship of the minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage may be awarded to the student of the art school leading the education in the artistic profession.
2. The scholarship of the minister competent for culture and protection of the national heritage may be awarded to the student who obtained during the period (semester) a very good average of the grades from the arts and vocational subjects and to the student-the laureate of the international or national art competition.
3. The scholarship of the minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage may be awarded not earlier than after the completion of the first year of science in a given type of art school and no more than once a year.
4. The minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage shall grant the Minister responsible for culture and protection of the national heritage.
5. The Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage shall announce the number of scholarships and the scholarship of each school year on the websites of the competent Ministry.
Art. 90k. [ Delegation] The Council of Ministers will determine, by way of regulation, the amount of the scholarship of the Prime Minister, as well as the detailed manner and mode of awarding and paying the scholarships referred to in art. 90c ust. 3 points 2 to 4, taking into account the participation of the school bodies and the education curator in the process of disclosing the candidates for scholarships and the time limits for the submission of applications for the grant of the scholarship.
Art. 90l. [ Approval of Regulation] Natural persons and legal persons other than regional or local authorities who grant from their own resources scholarships for the results of their studies or for their sporting achievements, under the conditions and in accordance with the procedure laid down in the rules of procedure laid down, may be apply for the approval of the Rules of Procedure by the Minister responsible for Education and Education.
Art. 90m. [ Granting of the provision of material aid] 1. The provision of material assistance of a social character is awarded to the mayor (mayor, president of the city).
2. The municipal council may authorise the head of the social assistance centre to conduct the proceedings in the cases referred to in the paragraph. 1.
Art. 90n. [ Application for the provision of material aid] (1) Administrative decisions shall be issued in matters of social assistance services.
2. The provision of material assistance of a social character shall be granted on:
1) the request of the parents or a full-year pupil;
2. the request of the school head, the teacher's college, the teacher's college of foreign languages, the college of employees of the social services or the centre referred to in art, respectively. 90b ust. 3 point 2.
3. The provision of material assistance of a social character may also be granted ex officio.
(4) An application for the provision of material aid of a social character shall include, in particular:
1) the name and surname of the pupil and his parents;
2) the place of residence of the student;
3) the data justifying the granting of the provision of material assistance, including the certificate or statement of income, subject to the paragraph. 5;
4) the desired form of the provision of material assistance other than monetary form.
5. In the case of applying for a school scholarship for a student whose family benefits from cash benefits from social assistance, instead of a certificate or statement of income amount, a certificate or statement of use with cash benefits from social assistance.
5a. The certificates referred to in paragraph 1. Article 4 (3) and (4) 5, consists of a rigorous criminal liability for making false statements. The applicant shall be obliged to enter in it the clause of the following text: "I am aware of the criminal responsibility for making a false statement." This clause replaces instructing the body of criminal responsibility for making false statements.
6. The application for a school scholarship shall be submitted by 15 September of the school year concerned, and in the case of the teachers of the teachers ' colleges, the teachers of foreign language colleges and the colleges of the social services workers-by 15 October. the school year.
7. In justified cases, the application for the grant of a school scholarship may be submitted after the expiry of the period referred to in paragraph. 6.
Art. 90o. [ Holds or revocation of a scholarship] 1. Parents of the pupil receiving a school scholarship are obliged to immediately notify the authority which awarded the scholarship, about the cessation of the causes which formed the basis of the award of the school scholarship.
2. Paragraph Recipe 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the full year of the pupil.
3. Paragraph Recipe 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the head of the school, the teacher's college, the teacher's foreign language college, the college of social services workers or the centre referred to in art. 90b ust. Article 3 (2), in the case where the Director has information on the reasons for the granting of the school scholarship.
4. The school's scholarship shall be withheld or withdrawn in the event of a cessation of reasons which have been the basis for the award of a school scholarship.
5. Receivables for an unduly collected school scholarship shall be subject to enforcement in the enforcement proceedings in the administration.
(6) The amount of the duty to be recovered and the time limit for repayment of that duty shall be determined by administrative decision.
7. In special cases, in particular if the reimbursement of expenses for a school grant in whole or in part would constitute an excessive burden for the person liable or would not have the effect of the assistance provided, the competent authority may depart from the requests for such a return.
Art. 90p. [ Provision of material assistance services] 1. [ 12] It is the responsibility of the municipality to provide services of a social character.
2. Granting a scholarship for the results in science or for the achievements of sports in:
1) [ 13] public schools, teacher colleges, teacher-colleges of foreign languages and colleges of social services carried out by local government units shall be the task of their own bodies;
2) public schools run by bodies which are not self-government units and non-public schools with the authority of public schools are the task of the bodies conducting these schools.
Art. 90r. [ Deliberate subsidy] 1. [ 14] The municipality receives a special-purpose subsidy from the state budget to finance the benefits of a social character.
2. The grant referred to in paragraph 2. 1, shall give the Minister responsible for public finance, at the request of the Minister responsible for education and education.
3. The Minister responsible for education and education, after consulting the representation of local government units, shall determine, by means of a regulation, the time limits for the transfer of the subsidy referred to in paragraph. 1, the municipalities and the method for determining the amount of this grant, taking into account in particular:
1) the rate of tax revenue per capita in the municipality;
2) the number of children between the ages of 6 and 18, who have been in permanent residence in the municipality;
3) the ratio of the number of persons to whom the periodic allowance referred to in art is granted. 36 pt. 1 lit. b of the Act of 12 March 2004. with social assistance, to the number of people checked in on the territory of the municipality for permanent residence.
4. For the financing of school allowances in a given municipality, no more than 5 % the amount of the grant referred to in paragraph 1.
Art. 90s. [ Funding of scholarships] 1. [ 15] Scholarships for the results in science or for sporting achievements shall be financed from the income of local government units, subject to the paragraph. 4-6.
2. [ 16] Public schools carried out by natural persons and legal persons other than local government units shall receive funds for the award of scholarships for the results of the study or for the achievements of sports in the framework of the grant referred to in art. 80 par. 3.
3. [ 17] Non-public schools with the authority of public schools receive funding for the grant of scholarships for the results in science or for the achievements of sports in the framework of the grant referred to in art. 90 par. 2a and 3.
4. In public schools conducted by the competent ministers of scholarships for the results in science or for the achievements of sports are financed from the state budget of the parts whose dispossars are appropriate ministers.
5. Public art schools carried out by natural persons and legal persons other than local government units shall receive funds for the award of scholarships for the results in science or for the achievements of sports from the state budget in the framework of the grant, o Article 2 80 par. 5.
6. Non-public art schools with the authority of public schools shall receive funds for the award of scholarships for the results in science or for the achievements of sports from the state budget in the grant referred to in art. 90 par. 4b and 4c.
7. The scholarship of the Prime Minister is financed from the state budget, and the scholarship of the Minister responsible for education and education and the scholarship of the minister competent for culture and the protection of national heritage are financed from the state budget the parts to which the Minister responsible for education and education and the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage are available, respectively.
Art. 90t. [ Programmes of local government units] 1. Local government units may create regional or local programs:
1) levelling of educational opportunities of children and young people;
2) support the education of gifted children and young people.
2. For the implementation of the programmes referred to in paragraph. 1, local government units allocate own resources, and may also allocate the public funds referred to in art. 5 par. 1 points 2 and 3 of the Act of 30 June 2005. on public finances.
3. Units of local government may create the programmes referred to in paragraph. 1, in cooperation with the organisations referred to in art. 3 para. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003. about the activity of the public benefit and about the volunteer (Dz. U. Nr 96, pos. 873 and 2004 No. 64, pos. 593, Nr 116, pos. 1203 and No. 210, pos. 2135).
4. In the event of the adoption of the programmes referred to in paragraph. 1, the body constituting the units of local government shall lay down detailed conditions for the granting of assistance to children and young people, the form and scope of this assistance, including scholarships for gifted pupils and the procedure for dealing with such matters, taking into account in In particular, projects which are conducive to the elimination of educational barriers, as well as persons or groups of persons entitled to aid, and educational needs in the area concerned.
Art. 90u. [ Educational Opportunities scheme] 1. The Council of Ministers may adopt a government programme or programmes aimed at:
1) equalization of educational opportunities of children and young people and other social groups;
2. to support the development and implementation of regional or local programmes, as referred to in Article 3. 90t ust. 1 point 1, which are created by local government units or organisations referred to in art. 3 para. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003. about the activity of the public benefit and about the volunteer;
3. to support the emergence and implementation of regional or local programmes, referred to in Article 3. 90t ust. 1 point 2, which are created by local government units or organisations referred to in art. 3 para. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003. about the activity of the public benefit and about the volunteer;
4) support the creation of conditions for the exercise of preventive health care in the students;
5) assisting the school bodies or establishments in providing safe learning, education and care conditions or raising the level of discipline in schools or establishments;
6. developing the competences, interests and empowers of children and young people and other social groups, including assisting the school bodies or establishments in the implementation of the projects in this area;
7) support for projects in the field of patriotic and civic education of children and young people.
2. To co-finance the programmes referred to in paragraph 2. 1 points 2 and 3, a special-purpose subsidy shall be granted after the participation of the own resources of the local or regional authorities or of the organisation referred to in Article 3 (1). 3 para. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003. about the activity of a public benefit and of volunteering, or the acquisition by that entity or the organisation of resources from other sources, for the implementation of a regional or local government or regional organisation or local programme.
3. To co-finance the programmes referred to in paragraph. 1, foreign funds may be allocated within the meaning of the Act of 20 April 2004. o National Development Plan (Dz. U. No 116, item. 1206, 2005 No. 90, item. 759 and No. 267, pos. 2251 and 2006 Nr 149, pos. 1074) and the Act of 6 December 2006. the rules for the conduct of development policy (Dz. U. Nr. 227, pos. 1658).
4. In the event of the adoption of the programme or programmes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the Council of Ministers shall determine, by means of a regulation, the following:
1. the specific conditions for the provision of assistance to children and young people and other social groups covered by the scheme referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 1, the form and scope of this assistance and the procedure for dealing with these matters, taking into account, in particular, projects conducive to the elimination of educational barriers, as well as persons and groups of persons entitled to aid;
(2) specific conditions for the financing of the regional or local programmes referred to in paragraph 1. Article 1 (2), the conditions to be met by those programmes, the bodies evaluating the programmes and the participation of the own resources necessary to apply for a grant, and the manner and mode of selection of the programmes to which they will be granted funding, taking into account in particular the educational needs of the area concerned, the achievements of the pupils, including in particular the results from the check, the gymnasium, the matural exam and the qualification of the qualification in the profession, and cases of application for funding by the local government unit-also the share of education expenditure in the budget of that undertaking;
(3) specific conditions for the financing of the regional or local programmes referred to in paragraph 1. Article 1 (3), the conditions to be met by those programmes, the bodies evaluating the programmes and the participation of the own resources necessary to apply for a grant, and the manner and mode of selection of the programmes to which they will be granted funding, taking into account, in particular, the needs and educational opportunities of pupils, their achievements, the didactic base necessary for the implementation of the programme, the preparation of teaching staff and the material conditions of the students;
4) the detailed conditions, forms and modalities of assisting the creation of conditions for the exercise of preventive health care in the students, taking into account in particular the creation of health prevention offices for pupils;
5) the form and scope of support for bodies leading to the provision of safe learning, education and care in schools and establishments or raising the level of discipline in schools or establishments, how the resources of the state budget are allocated to the the implementation of the programme, the specific criteria and the mode of assessment of the conclusions of the bodies responsible for financial support and the extent of the information to be provided by the request from the authority for financial support, taking into account in In particular, the effectiveness and efficiency of the projects undertaken in the programme;
6) the detailed conditions, forms and mode of implementation of the projects in the area of development of competences, interests and empowers of children and young people and other social groups, as well as the conditions and modalities of assisting the bodies conducting the schools or establishments in the implementation of projects in this area, taking into account the need to develop skills to facilitate adaptation to changes in the social and economic life, to provide financial support to the school bodies, or establishments and the requirement of efficiency and effectiveness of expenditure budget;
7) the detailed conditions, forms and mode of support for projects in the field of patriotic and civic education of children and young people, taking into account in particular the assistance in the knowledge of the places of national memory.
Chapter 9
Specific provisions
Article 91. (repealed).
Article 91a. (repealed).
Article 92. [ Health care] 1. Pupils, with the exception of school pupils for adults, are covered by preventive health care.
2. The organization and forms of preventive health care in the students lay down the rules o general health insurance [ 18] .
Art. 92a. [ Forms Of Rest] 1. In free time from school classes for students, colonies, camps and other forms of rest can be organized.
1a. During the recreation of children and young people, organised in the forms referred to in paragraph 1. 1, educator or manager of this form of rest may not be a person punished for intentional crime against life and health to the detriment of a minor, a crime against sexual freedom and customs for the harm of a minor, a crime against family and care, except for the offence referred to in Art. 209 of the Act of 6 June 1997. -Penal Code (Dz. U. Nr. 88, pos. 553, of late. zm.), offence stipulated in Chapter 7 of the Act of 29 July 2005. anti-drug addiction (Dz. U. 2012 r. items 124 and of 2015 items (28) or the person to whom the prohibition of the pursuit, treatment, education or care of minors has been prohibited, or the obligation to refrain from being present in specific environments or places, prohibition of contacting specific persons, the prohibition of approaching certain persons or the prohibition of leaving the specified place of residence without the consent of the court.
1b. In order to confirm the condition referred to in paragraph. 1a, the candidate for the educator or the manager of the form of recreation of children and young people is obliged to present to the organizer of the recreation of children and young people information from the National Criminal Register. A candidate for an educator or a head of a form of rest, who at the same time is employed on the basis of provisions which contain a condition of impunity for a crime committed intentionally, shall submit in writing a statement of impunity for the offences referred to in paragraph 1. 1a.
2. The Minister for Education and Education shall determine, by means of a regulation, the conditions to be met by the organizers of the rest of the school's children and youth, as well as the rules for organising and supervising it.
Article 93. [ Certificates obtained abroad confirming the secondary education and entitlement to apply for admission to the university higher] 1. Means of secondary education and entitlement to apply for admission to higher education confirm in the Republic of Poland:
1) certificates and other documents issued by a school or educational institution operating in the education system of a Member State of the European Union, a Member State of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), a Member State the European Free Trade Agreement (EFTA)-the parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, entitling them to apply for admission to higher education in those countries;
2) the IB Diplomas (International Baccalaureate) issued by the International Baccalaureate Organization in Geneva;
3. EB (European Baccalaureate) diplomas issued by the European Schools in accordance with the Convention on the Statute of the European Schools, drawn up in Luxembourg on 21 June 1994. (Dz. U. of 2005 No 3, pos. 10).
2. Certificates and other documents issued abroad by schools or educational institutions recognized by the state on whose territory or in whose education system they operate shall be recognized as provided for in international agreements.
3. If the international agreements do not provide otherwise, certificates and other documents issued abroad by schools or educational institutions recognized by the state on whose territory or in whose education system they operate may be recognised on the way an administrative decision for a document confirming in the Republic of Poland basic, gymnasial, primary or secondary education, or a right to continue learning, including the right to apply for admission to higher education, having regard to the terms of reference in the issuing State of the certificate or document.
4. If the certificate or other document referred to in the paragraph is concerned. 1 point 1 or paragraph 1. 3, entitles to apply for admission to certain courses of higher education in the state of its issue, the certificate is or the document confirms in the Republic of Poland the right to apply for admission to the same or similar ones due to the curriculum of the courses of higher education or may be recognized as a document confirming in the Republic of Poland the power to apply for admission to the same or similar ones due to the curriculum of the higher education courses.
Art. 93a. [ Obstacles to the submission of an original or a duplicate of a certificate] If the presentation of the original or a duplicate certificate or other document referred to in Article 4 is submitted. 93 (1) 3, or the authentication of this certificate or other document encounters difficult to remove an obstacle for the person who:
1) has obtained refugee status or subsidiary protection or who holds a temporary residence permit granted in connection with the circumstance referred to in art. 159 par. 1 point 1 lit. c or d of the Act of 12 December 2013. o foreigners (Dz. U. Entry 1650 and of 2014 items 463 and 1004), or
2) was injured as a result of armed conflicts, natural disasters or other humanitarian crises caused by nature or man
-basic, lower secondary, vocational and secondary education obtained by that person abroad, or by that person's entitlement to continue learning abroad, including the right to apply for admission to studies higher, may be confirmed in the Republic of Poland by way of administrative decision.
Art. 93b. [ Authority competent in matters of recognition of a certificate or other document] 1. In matters of recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, either to confirm the education or the authority to continue the science referred to in art. 93a, competent is the curator of the education due to the place of residence of the applicant, hereinafter referred to as the "applicant", and in the case of lack of residence in the territory of the Republic of Poland-the curator of the educational establishment due to the seat an institution in which the applicant intends to submit a certificate or other document issued abroad.
2. If the party to the proceedings is the applicant referred to in art. 93a point 1, the administrative decision shall be issued by the education curator competent for the Mazovian Voivodeship.
Art. 93c. [ Proceedings on the recognition of a certificate or other document] 1. In proceedings on the recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, and in the proceedings for confirmation of education or the authority to continue the study referred to in art. 93a, the educational curator makes a comparison of the course of education abroad with education in the Republic of Poland conducted in public schools, taking into account the content of education, standards of requirements and rating, assumed learning outcomes, or the planned time of study and the right to continue learning at a certain level respectively in the State of issue of the certificate or other document, or in the State of obtaining education or the authority to continue learning. Article Recipe 93 (1) 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. In case of doubt concerning:
1) the course of education in the education system of the state of issuing a certificate or other document referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, either to obtain an education or a right to continue the study referred to in art. 93a,
2) the status of the school or educational institution operating in the State of issue of the certificate or other document referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, either to obtain an education or a right to continue the study referred to in art. 93a
-the education curator may request information in particular to the organisational unit in the Republic of Poland, the function of the National Centre for Information Network Information Network (ENIC) referred to in the Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications related to obtaining the higher education in the European Region, drawn up in Lisbon on 11 April 1997. (Dz. U. of 2004 No. 233, item. 2339), consular office in the Republic of Poland, respectively, the state of issue of a certificate or other document or state of obtaining education or the authority to continue the study, or consular post of the Republic of Poland, which the territorial competence concerns respectively the State of issue of the certificate or other document, or the State of obtaining the education or the authority to continue the study.
Art. 93d. [ Interview to check the level of education] 1. In proceedings on the recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, if the certificate or other document does not give grounds for recognition, the education curator may carry out an interview with the applicant to check the level of his education, hereinafter referred to as the 'check interview'.
2. In the proceedings for confirmation of education or the authority to continue the study referred to in art. 93a, the education curator shall carry out an interview with the applicant, unless, on the basis of the documents submitted by the applicant directly or indirectly, it is possible to establish the fact that the level of education is obtained abroad, or authority to continue learning.
Art. 93e. [ Interview scope] The education curator shall specify the scope of the examination interview, taking into account the scope of the knowledge and skills requirements which the student should have at the end of the specified educational stage in accordance with the basis of the curriculum for general education, and having regard to the specificity of education in the education system of the State of issue of the certificate or other document referred to in Article 93 (1) 3, either to obtain an education or a right to continue the study referred to in art. 93a.
Art. 93f. [ Conducting a check call] 1. The examination shall be carried out by the committee appointed by the education officer.
2. If it speaks for this important interest of the applicant referred to in art. 93a point 1, the education curator competent for the Mazovian voivodship may appoint a committee at the curator of the education authority due to the applicant's place of residence.
3. The committee shall consist of:
1) the education curator or the employee of the education system designated by him-as chairman;
(2) teachers of the subjects covered by the interview at the level of training leading to the education or continuing to be taught, for which recognition or confirmation of the applicant is sought, as members, Committee.
4. In the case referred to in paragraph. 2, the education curator may appoint the members of the commission from among the candidates presented by the curator of the education competent for the place of residence of the applicant referred to in art. 93a point 1.
5. The members of the committee shall be paid for the work of the committee.
Art. 93g. [ Fee for holding a check] 1. The examination of the examination shall be subject to payment. The fee is the income of the state budget
2. The amount of the fee shall be the sum of the costs of remuneration of members of the commission
3. The education curator releases the charge:
1) the applicant referred to in art. 93a point 1;
2) the applicant, who takes the allowance referred to in art. 37 or Art. 38 of the Act of 12 March 2004. of social assistance, or has collected such allowance during the last 2 years preceding the submission of the application for the recognition of the certificate or other document referred to in Article 93 (1) 3, or the confirmation of education or the authority to continue the study referred to in art. 93a.
4. The education curator may distribute the obligation to pay the fee for the instalment if he speaks for this important interest of the applicant.
5. If the examination interview has not been held for reasons of fate or health relating to the applicant, the fee or part of the fee paid may be refunded.
Art. 93h. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation:
1) the types of documents, which shall be submitted together with the application for recognition of the certificate or other document referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, and the requirements concerning the form of submitted documents,
2) the types of documents, which shall be submitted together with the request for confirmation of the education or the authority to continue the study referred to in art. 93a, directly or indirectly attributable to the applicant's possession of an education obtained abroad, or the acquisition of the right to continue studying abroad,
3) the manner of authentication of certificates or other documents referred to in art. 93 (1) 3,
4) the conditions that must be fulfilled by the translation of the certificates or other documents referred to in art. 93 (1) 3, and the documents referred to in point 2,
5) the conditions and mode of conducting the examination call, including the composition of the committee referred to in art. 93f ust. 1, and the conditions for determining the outcome of the check interview, as well as the scope of the items which may be covered by the check-in,
6) the amount of the remuneration of the members of the committee referred to in art. 93f ust. 5, not more than 10% of the minimum rate of basic salary of the basic teacher of the diploma, holding a master's degree in professional training, as determined on the basis of art. 30 par. 5 point 1 of the Act of 26 January 1982. -Teacher's Card,
7) the mode of payment of the fee referred to in art. 93g ust. 1,
(8) the amount of the fee which may be repaid in the cases referred to in Article 3. 93g ust. 5, and the refund mode,
9) cases in which the fee referred to in art. 93g ust. 1, is not refundable
-taking into account the principles of transparency and consistency of the procedures and the application of objective criteria when examining applications for recognition of certificates or other documents resulting from the Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications related to obtaining higher education in the European Region, drawn up in Lisbon on 11 April 1997.
Article 94. [ Education abroad] 1. Training of pupils and the improvement of teachers may take place abroad, on the basis of international agreements, agreements on direct cooperation concluded by schools, school bodies, local government units, bodies government administration, teacher training and improvement centres, educational programmes of the European Union or at the invitation of foreign entities.
The period of improvement abroad shall be included in the period of employment of the teacher in the country from which the rights of staff depend, under the conditions laid down in the Regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 2.
2. The Minister responsible for education and education, in agreement with the Minister for Foreign Affairs, will determine, by means of a regulation, the conditions governing the border of pupils for education and teachers for the purpose of improving, taking into account in particular:
1) the possibility of granting a scholarship and other benefits;
2) the period for which the scholarship is granted, and the detailed terms and conditions of payment of the scholarship and other benefits;
3) the minimum amount of the scholarship, guided by the amount of the basic salary and the foreign supplement, as defined in the provisions on the remuneration and allowances of members of the foreign service;
4. the possibility of providing teachers with the employment of training leave or free of charge and the period for which these leave is granted, as well as the rules for calculating the amount of remuneration for the period of the training leave;
5. the possibility of granting benefits to the families of the persons referred to in point 4;
6) bodies entitled to grant scholarships and benefits and to grant leave;
7) the conditions for passing the period of improvement abroad to the period of employment in the country;
(8) the conditions for cancelling pupils and teachers at the border and the conditions for reimbursement of scholarships and benefits paid to them.
Article 94a. [ People who are not Polish citizens] 1. Persons who are not Polish citizens benefit from learning and care in public kindergartens or public other forms of preschool education, as well as in non-public kindergartens referred to in art. 90 par. (b) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (b) (c) (b) 90 par. 1c, and subject to compulsory schooI, benefit from science and care in public primary schools, gymnasiums, public art schools and in establishments, including arts establishments, on conditions relating to Polish citizens.
1a. Persons who are not Polish citizens, subject to compulsory education, benefit from science and care in public secondary schools on conditions involving Polish citizens until the completion of 18 years or the completion of secondary school.
2. On conditions concerning Polish citizens from science in public schools for adults, public policewomen schools, public schools of art, public institutions, public establishments of teacher education and public the colleges of staff of the social services and of continuing education in the form of professional training courses shall be used:
1) citizens of member states of the European Union, a member state of the European Association for Free Trade (EFTA)-parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation, as well as members of their families holding right of residence or the right of permanent residence;
2) persons of Polish origin within the meaning of the repatriation regulations;
3) persons who have been granted a permanent residence permit in the territory of the Republic of Poland;
4) persons holding an important Pole's Card;
5) persons for whom such an entitlement is derived from international agreements;
6) persons who have been granted refugee status and members of their families;
7) persons with consent for tolerated stay;
7a) persons who have been granted consent to stay for humanitarian reasons, and members of their families;
8) persons who have been granted subsidiary protection and members of their families;
9) persons benefiting from temporary protection in the territory of the Republic of Poland;
10) persons who have been granted a long-term resident's residence permit in the territory of the Republic of Poland;
11) persons who have been granted a temporary residence permit in the territory of the Republic of Poland in connection with the circumstance referred to in art. 127, art. 159 par. 1, art. 176 or Art. 186 para. 1 point 3 or 4 of the Act of 12 December 2013. o foreigners (Dz. U. Entry 1650);
12) [ 19] family members of applicants for international protection;
13) persons who hold a residence card with the annotation "access to the labour market", a Schengen visa or a national visa issued for the purpose of performing work on the territory of the Republic of Poland.
2a. For the members of the families of the persons referred to in the paragraph. 2:
1. point 1-the persons referred to in Article 1 shall be deemed to be concerned. 2 point 4 of the Act of 14 July 2006. about entering the territory of the Republic of Poland, the stay and departure from this territory of citizens of the European Union member states and members of their families (Dz. U. No 144, pos. 1043, 2007 Nr 120, pos. 818 and 2008 No. 216, item. 1367);
2. points 6, 7a, 8 and 12: the spouse and minor children of those persons who are not married and dependent on them shall be considered, and in the case of minors referred to in points 6 and 8, including their initial line in a straight line or a person the adult responsible for the minor in accordance with the law in force in the Republic of Poland.
3. Non-Polish persons not mentioned in the paragraph. 2 may use science in public schools for adults, public schools, public schools, public schools, public establishments, public teacher training establishments and public colleges of staff social and lifelong learning in the form of professional training courses:
1) as a scholarship receiving a scholarship granted by the minister competent for education and upbringing;
2) as scholarships receiving a scholarship granted by the school's leading authority, a teacher training establishment or a facility, by the head of the school, the teacher training establishment or the facility;
3) on the terms of payment.
3a. The amount of repayments for the use of science in public schools, establishments, teachers ' training establishments, colleges of social workers and for lifelong learning in the form of vocational training courses referred to in paragraph 1. Article 3 (3) and the way in which the fees are to be paid shall be determined by the leading authority, taking into account the estimated costs of education or the costs of the benefits provided and the possibility of fully or partial relief from that payment
4. Persons who are not Polish citizens, subject to compulsory school or compulsory education, who do not know the Polish language or know it at a level that is not sufficient to use science, have the right to additional, free learning of the language Polish. Additional learning of the Polish language for these individuals is organized by the school's leading authority.
4a. The persons referred to in paragraph. 4, they shall have the right to the assistance provided by the person wielding the language of the country of origin employed as a teacher's assistance by the head of the school. This aid shall be granted for a period of not more than 12 months.
4b. The authority referred to in paragraph 1. 4, also entitled to persons who are Polish citizens, who are subject to compulsory school or compulsory education, who do not know the Polish language, or who know it at a level that is not sufficient to use science; those persons shall enjoy the right to do so; to the point of reference. 4, not longer than for a period of 12 months.
4c. The persons referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 4b, may benefit from additional compensatory activities in the subject of teaching subjects organised by the school's leading authority, but not longer than for a period of 12 months.
5. For persons who are not Polish citizens who are subject to compulsory school, the diplomatic or consular post of their country of origin operating in Poland or a cultural and educational association of a given nationality may organise in school, in the agreement with the head of the school and with the approval of the leading authority, the language and culture of the country of origin The school provides unpaid rooms and teaching aids.
6. The Minister for Education and Education in consultation with the Minister for Culture and Protection of the National Heritage shall determine, by means of a regulation:
1) conditions and mode of admission to public kindergartens, other forms of kindergarten education, schools, including art schools, establishments and for lifelong learning in the form of qualification vocational courses of non-Polish citizens and Polish citizens who have learnt in schools operating in the education systems of other countries, as well as the types of documents confirming the level of education and the state of health of those persons and the way of qualification to the appropriate class or on appropriate semester, taking into account the lack of knowledge of the Polish language by the candidate or the lack of possibility for the candidate to submit documents stating the completion of the school or the next stage of education abroad;
2) the way of organizing additional learning of the Polish language, additional classes of compensatory in the subject of teaching subjects and learning the language and culture of the country of origin referred to in the paragraph. 4 and 4b-5, taking into account the time dimension of classes and the minimum number of persons for whom the language and culture of the country of origin is organised;
3) the amount of the scholarship for the persons referred to in the paragraph. 3 point 1, and the cases in which the scholarship may be lowered or suspended, taking into account the amount of the scholarship of the Prime Minister referred to in the provisions issued on the basis of art. 90k.
Article 94b. [ The Task Request for the Education System Development Foundation] The Minister for Education and Education may instruct the Foundation for the Development of the Education System, which is the foundation of the State Treasury, to carry out education and education tasks within the framework of the European Union programmes on education, training, youth and sport. For the implementation of these tasks, the Foundation for the Development of the Education System receives a special-purpose subsidy from the part of the state budget, which is the minister competent for education and education.
Article 94c. [ Support for activities in the field of international cooperation of children and young people by the Minister] The Minister for Education and Education may support activities in the field of international cooperation between children and young people, including through their funding, taking into account the annual and multi-annual cooperation plans of the Minister responsible for foreign affairs. for education and education.
Article 95. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education will determine, by means of a regulation, the rules and conditions for hiring in schools and public establishments of non-Polish teachers.
Art. 95a. [ Delegation] The Minister for Education and Education, in agreement with the Minister responsible for Labour, will determine, by way of regulation, the general health and safety rules in public and non-public schools and establishments, taking into account, in particular, the working and learning conditions during their stay at school, including workshops, laboratories and school workshops, and during the physical education classes, during the sporting and tourist excursions, and Proceedings in cases of accidents of pupils.
Article 96. (repealed).
Chapter 10
Amendments to the provisions in force
Article 97. (bypassed).
Article 98. (bypassed).
Article 99. (bypassed).
Article 100. (bypassed).
Article 101. (bypassed).
Article 102. (bypassed).
Article 103. (bypassed).
Chapter 11
Transitional and final provisions
Article 104. [ Municipal tasks] 1. Conduct of primary schools, with the exception of special primary schools (including schools for penal institutions and correctional facilities and shelters for minors) and artistic activities, shall proceed to the compulsory tasks of the municipalities on day 1 January 1994, subject to the paragraph. 2.
2. The municipality may set a different date for the acquisition of schools than specified in the paragraph. 1, but not later than 1 January 1996. Not to take over primary schools as of 1 January 1994. The municipality shall notify the competent education curator until 30 December 1993.
3. (repealed).
4. Conduct of secondary schools, schools of art and institutions may be transferred to the municipality, at its request, as a personal task, with the consent of the school's authority and after notification to the competent education curator at least at 6 months before the takeover date.
5. The property components of schools transferred in accordance with the procedure referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 4 shall be part of the municipal property on the date of transmission.
6. Until 31 December 1995. non-public primary schools receive grants from the state budget on the basis of the rules laid down in the regulations issued on the basis of art. 90 paragraph 5.
7 . Until the municipalities have taken over the primary schools referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the committee conducting the competition for the head of primary school shall be composed of two representatives of the competent municipality, if the competition for the principal of the school is carried out other than the municipality of the body leading the school.
Article 105. [ Driving kindergartens] The task of the municipalities in the area of preschool activities referred to in art. 5 par. 5, it shall become a compulsory task on 1 January 1992.
Article 106. [ Public Schools] Acting on the day of the entry into force of the state school law or carried out by the municipalities become public schools within the meaning of the Act.
Article 107. [ The small child's homes] 1. Houses of a small child acting on the date of entry into force of the Act as of 1 January 1993. is transformed into a care and educational institution as defined by the Act, run by the Minister responsible for Education and Education and subordinated to the authorities.
2. The Council of Ministers shall set out in detail the rules and mode of conversion of the homes of a small child into the care and educational establishments referred to in paragraph 1. 1.
Article 108. (bypassed).
Article 109. [ Curator] 1. Persons performing on the day of the entry into force of the Act the functions of the education and education curators become the curators of the education referred to in the Act.
2. Workers employed on the day of the entry into force of the Act in the curatoriums of education and upbringing become employees of the education couratoriums referred to in the Act.
Article 110. (bypassed).
Article 111. (bypassed).
Article 112. (repealed).
Article 113. [ Privileges so far] 1. (bypassed).
2. Existing powers to conduct schools and other institutions, resulting from provisions issued on the basis of art. 38 par. 2 of the Act referred to in Article 2 114 point 2, shall remain in force until the provisions laid down in the Article are adopted. 29 of this Act.
Article 114. [ Repealed provisions] They are hereby repealed:
1) Decree of 23 March 1956. o the school obligation (Dz. U. Nr 9, pos. 52, of 1961 Nr 32, pos. 160, of 1971. No 12, pos. 115 and 1989. Nr 35, pos. 192);
2) the Act of 15 July 1961. on the development of the education system and education (Dz. U. Nr 32, pos. 160, of 1971. No 12, pos. 115, of 1972 No 16, pos. 114, of 1975 Nr 45, poz. 234, z 1984 r. Nr 49, poz. 253, 1989. Nr 29, pos. 155 and No 35, pos. 192 and 1990 Nr 34, pos. 197 and 198).
Article 115. [ Entry into force] The Act shall enter into force on the day of publication, except that the provisions of Chapter 7 shall enter into force on 1 January 1992.
[ 1] On the basis of art. 18 point 6 of the Act of 13 June 2013. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 827; ost. zm.: Dz.U. z 2014 r. items 7), art. 14 para. 4a will enter into force on 1 September 2017.
[ 2] On the basis of art. 11 (1) 1 of the Act of 13 June 2013. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 827; ost. zm.: Dz.U. z 2014 r. items 7) the annual amount referred to in art. 14d ust. 4 shall be:
1) in 2013 -414 PLN;
2) in 2014 -1242 PLN;
3) in 2015 -1273 zł;
4) in 2016 -1305 zł;
5) in 2017 -1338 PLN;
6) in 2018 -1370 zł;
7) in 2019 -1403 zł;
8) in 2020 -1437 PLN;
9) in 2021 -1471 PLN.
[ 3] On the basis of art. 18 point 6 of the Act of 13 June 2013. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 827; ost. zm.: Dz.U. z 2014 r. items 7), art. 14d ust. 7 will enter into force on 1 September 2017.
[ 4] On the basis of art. Article 20 (4) in conjunction with Article 20 (4 1 point 11 of the Act of 6 December 2013. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of 2014 items 7; ost. zm.: Dz.U. z 2015 r. items 357) art. 20l will be added on 1 January 2016
[ 5] On the basis of art. 23 (1) 1 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) Chapter 3a, applies starting from the school year 2015/2016.
[ 6] On the basis of art. 24 ust. 1 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) Chapter 3b, applies starting from the school year 2015/2016.
[ 7] On the basis of art. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) art. 61 (1) 3a shall apply to pupils in the branch:
1) class II public primary school-from the school year 2015/2016;
2) class III public primary school-from the school year 2016/2017.
[ 8] On the basis of art. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) art. 61 (1) 3b shall apply to pupils in the branch:
1) class II public primary school-from the school year 2015/2016;
2) class III public primary school-from the school year 2016/2017.
[ 9] On the basis of art. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) art. 61 (1) 3c shall apply to pupils in the branch:
1) class II public primary school-from the school year 2015/2016;
2) class III public primary school-from the school year 2016/2017.
[ 10] On the basis of art. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) art. 61 (1) 3d applies to students in the branch:
1) class II public primary school-from the school year 2015/2016;
2) class III public primary school-from the school year 2016/2017.
[ 11] On the basis of art. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015. to amend the Act on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Law of the European Union. 357) art. 61 (1) 3e shall apply to pupils in the branch:
1) class II public primary school-from the school year 2015/2016;
2) class III public primary school-from the school year 2016/2017.
[ 12] On the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007. (Journal of Laws No 53, pos. (358) Art. 90p ust. 1 is in accordance with art. 167 par. 1 and 4 of the Constitution of Poland.
[ 13] On the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007. (Journal of Laws No 53, pos. (358) Art. 90p ust. Article 2 (1) shall be in accordance with Article 2 167 par. 1 and 4 of the Constitution of Poland.
[ 14] On the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007. (Journal of Laws No 53, pos. (358) Art. 90r ust. 1 is in accordance with art. 167 par. 1 and 4 of the Constitution of the Republic of Poland and of Articles 9 ust. 2 The European Charter for Local Self-Government, drawn up in Strasbourg on 15 October 1985. (Dz. U. 1994 r. No 124, pos. 607 and 2006 Nr 154, poz. 1107).
[ 15] On the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007. (Journal of Laws No 53, pos. (358) Art. 90s ust. 1 is in accordance with art. 167 par. 1 and 4 of the Constitution of Poland.
[ 16] On the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007. (Journal of Laws No 53, pos. (358) Art. 90s ust. 2 is in accordance with art. 167 par. 1 and 4 of the Constitution of Poland.
[ 17] On the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007. (Journal of Laws No 53, pos. (358) Art. 90s ust. 3 is in accordance with art. 167 par. 1 and 4 of the Constitution of Poland.
[ 18] Currently: the provisions of the Act of 27 August 2004. on health care services financed from public funds (Dz. U. Nr. 210, pos. 2135), which entered into force on 1 October 2004, and the provisions thereof, pursuant to Article 4 (1) (a) of the Financial Regulation. 229 point 2 of this Act.
[ 19] Article 94a (a) Article 2 (2) shall be amended as follows: 4 of the Act of 10 September 2015. amending the Act on granting protection to foreigners in the territory of the Republic of Poland and certain other laws (Journal of Laws of the Republic of Poland) 1607). The amendment came into force on 13 November 2015.
